RS6200006r93
October 2018
This manual is to be used by qualified, professionally trained HVAC technicians only. The
manufacturer does not assume any responsibility for property damage or personal injury due to
improper service procedures or services performed by an unqualified person.
Copyright ©2006-2018 Goodman Manufacturing Company, L.P.
ANX, SSX, ASX, GSX, DSX
Condensing Units,
ANZ, SSZ, ASZ, GSZ, DSZ, VSX, VSZ Split System Heat Pumps
with R-410A Refrigerant
Blowers, Coils, & Accessories
Service Instructions
Pride and workmanship go into every product to provide our customers with quality products. It is possible, however, that during its
lifetime a product may require service. Products should be serviced only by a qualified service technician who is familiar with the
safety procedures required in the repair and who is equipped with the proper tools, parts, testing instruments and the appropriate
service manual. REVIEW ALL SERVICE INFORMATION IN THE APPROPRIATE SERVICE MANUAL BEFORE BEGINNING REPAIRS.
IMPORTANT NOTICES FOR CONSUMERS AND SERVICERS
RECOGNIZE SAFETY SYMBOLS, WORDS AND LABELS
To locate an authorized servicer, please consult your telephone book or the dealer from whom you purchased this product.
For further assistance, please contact:
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
GOODMAN
®
BRAND PRODUCTS
TOLL FREE
1-877-254-4729 (U.S. only)
email us at: [email protected]
fax us at: (713) 856-1821
(Not a technical assistance line for dealers.)
AMANA
®
BRAND PRODUCTS
TOLL FREE
1-877-254-4729 (U.S. only)
email us at: [email protected]
fax us at: (713) 856-1821
(Not a technical assistance line for dealers.)
Outside the U.S., call 1-713-861-2500.
(Not a technical assistance line for dealers.) Your telephone company will bill you for the call.
2
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ................................................... 2
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION - MODEL TREES ..................... 4
COILS .................................................................................. 6
BLOWERS .......................................................................... 8
AIR HANDLERS .................................................................. 9
LIGHT COMMERCIAL ....................................................... 11
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION - CHARTS .............................. 12
LIGHT COMMERCIAL ....................................................... 12
SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS .......................................... 13
T
HIS
UNIT
SHOULD
NOT
BE
CONNECTED
TO
.
OR
USED
IN
CONJUNCTION
WITH
,
ANY
DEVICES
THAT
ARE
NOT
DESIGN
CERTIFIED
FOR
USE
WITH
THIS
UNIT
OR
HAVE
NOT
BEEN
TESTED
AND
APPROVED
BY
THE
MANUFACTURER
.
S
ERIOUS
PROPERTY
DAMAGE
OR
PERSONAL
INJURY
,
REDUCED
UNIT
PERFORMANCE
AND
/
OR
HAZARDOUS
CONDITIONS
MAY
RESULT
FROM
THE
USE
OF
DEVICES
THAT
HAVE
NOT
BEEN
APPROVED
OR
CERTIFIED
BY
THE
MANUFACTURER
.
T
O
PREVENT
THE
RISK
OF
PROPERTY
DAMAGE
,
PERSONAL
INJURY
,
OR
DEATH
,
DO
NOT
STORE
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
OR
USE
GASOLINE
OR
OTHER
FLAMMABLE
LIQUIDS
OR
VAPORS
IN
THE
VICINITY
OF
THIS
APPLICANCE
.
HIGH VOLTAGE
D
ISCONNECT
ALL
POWER
BEFORE
SERVICING
OR
INSTALLING
THIS
UNIT
. M
ULTIPLE
POWER
SOURCES
MAY
BE
PRESENT
.
F
AILURE
TO
DO
SO
MAY
CAUSE
PROPERTY
DAMAGE
,
PERSONAL
INJURY
OR
DEATH
.
is a registered trademark of Maytag Corporation or its related companies and is used under license. All rights reserved.
CONSUMER INFORMATION LINE
AIR HANDLERS ................................................................ 41
COILS ................................................................................ 49
ACCESSORIES - LIGHT COMMERCIAL .............................. 53
MODELS TO KITS MATCHUP........................................... 54
ASSOCIATED KITS ........................................................... 63
PRODUCT DESIGN .............................................................. 75
SYSTEM OPERATION ........................................................... 78
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART ............................................. 82
SERVICING TABLE OF CONTENTS ..................................... 83
Table of Contents
O
NLY
PERSONNEL
THAT
HAVE
BEEN
TRAINED
TO
INSTALL
,
ADJUST
,
SERVICE
OR
REPAIR
(
HEREINAFTER
, “
SERVICE
”)
THE
EQUIPMENT
SPECIFIED
IN
THIS
MANUAL
SHOULD
SERVICE
THE
EQUIPMENT
. T
HE
MANUFACTURER
WILL
NOT
BE
RESPONSIBLE
FOR
ANY
INJURY
OR
PROPERTY
DAMAGE
ARISING
FROM
IMPROPER
SERVICE
OR
SERVICE
PROCEDURES
. I
F
YOU
SERVICE
THIS
UNIT
,
YOU
ASSUME
RESPONSIBILITY
FOR
ANY
INJURY
OR
PROPERTY
DAMAGE
WHICH
MAY
RESULT
. I
N
ADDITION
,
IN
JURISDICTIONS
THAT
REQUIRE
ONE
OR
MORE
LICENSES
TO
SERVICE
THE
EQUIPMENT
SPECIFIED
IN
THIS
MANUAL
,
ONLY
LICENSED
PERSONNEL
SHOULD
SERVICE
THE
EQUIPMENT
. I
MPROPER
INSTALLATION
,
ADJUSTMENT
,
SERVICING
OR
REPAIR
OF
THE
EQUIPMENT
SPECIFIED
IN
THIS
MANUAL
,
OR
ATTEMPTING
TO
INSTALL
,
ADJUST
,
SERVICE
OR
REPAIR
THE
EQUIPMENT
SPECIFIED
IN
THIS
MANUAL
WITHOUT
PROPER
TRAINING
MAY
RESULT
IN
PRODUCT
DAMAGE
,
PROPERTY
DAMAGE
,
PERSONAL
INJURY
OR
DEATH
.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
SAFE REFRIGERANT HANDLING
While these items will not cover every conceivable situation, they should serve as a useful guide.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
The successful development of hermetically sealed refrigeration
compressors has completely sealed the compressor's moving
parts and electric motor inside a common housing, minimizing
refrigerant leaks and the hazards sometimes associated with
moving belts, pulleys or couplings.
Fundamental to the design of hermetic compressors is a method
whereby electrical current is transmitted to the compressor
motor through terminal conductors which pass through the
compressor housing wall. These terminals are sealed in a
dielectric material which insulates them from the housing and
maintains the pressure tight integrity of the hermetic compres-
sor. The terminals and their dielectric embedment are strongly
constructed, but are vulnerable to careless compressor instal-
lation or maintenance procedures and equally vulnerable to
internal electrical short circuits caused by excessive system
contaminants.
In either of these instances, an electrical short between the
terminal and the compressor housing may result in the loss of
integrity between the terminal and its dielectric embedment. This
loss may cause the terminals to be expelled, thereby venting the
vaporous and liquid contents of the compressor housing and
system.
A venting compressor terminal normally presents no danger to
anyone, providing the terminal protective cover is properly in
place.
If, however, the terminal protective cover is not properly in place,
a venting terminal may discharge a combination of
(a) hot lubricating oil and refrigerant
(b) flammable mixture (if system is contaminated
with air)
in a stream of spray which may be dangerous to anyone in the
vicinity. Death or serious bodily injury could occur.
Under no circumstances is a hermetic compressor to be electri-
cally energized and/or operated without having the terminal
protective cover properly in place.
See Service Section S-17 for proper servicing.
3
T
O
AVOID
POSSIBLE
EXPLOSION
:
• N
EVER
APPLY
FLAME
OR
STEAM
TO
A
REFRIGERANT
CYLINDER
. I
F
YOU
MUST
HEAT
A
CYLINDER
FOR
FASTER
CHARGING
,
PARTIALLY
IMMERSE
IT
IN
WARM
WATER
.
• N
EVER
FILL
A
CYLINDER
MORE
THAN
80%
FULL
OF
LIQUID
REFRIGERANT
.
• N
EVER
ADD
ANYTHING
OTHER
THAN
R-22
TO
AN
R-22
CYLINDER
OR
R-
410A
TO
AN
R-410A
CYLINDER
. T
HE
SERVICE
EQUIPMENT
USED
MUST
BE
LISTED
OR
CERTIFIED
FOR
THE
TYPE
OF
REFRIGERANT
USED
.
• S
TORE
CYLINDERS
IN
A
COOL
,
DRY
PLACE
. N
EVER
USE
A
CYLINDER
AS
A
PLATFORM
OR
A
ROLLER
.
R
EFRIGERANTS
ARE
HEAVIER
THAN
AIR
. T
HEY
CAN
“
PUSH
OUT
”
THE
OXYGEN
IN
YOUR
LUNGS
OR
IN
ANY
ENCLOSED
SPACE
. T
O
AVOID
POSSIBLE
DIFFICULTY
IN
BREATHING
OR
DEATH
:
• N
EVER
PURGE
REFRIGERANT
INTO
AN
ENCLOSED
ROOM
OR
SPACE
. B
Y
LAW
,
ALL
REFRIGERANTS
MUST
BE
RECLAIMED
.
• I
F
AN
INDOOR
LEAK
IS
SUSPECTED
,
THOROUGHLY
VENTILATE
THE
ARA
BEFORE
BEGINNING
WORK
.
• L
IQUID
REFRIGERANT
CAN
BE
VERY
COLD
. T
O
AVOID
POSSIBLE
FROSTBITE
OR
BLINDNESS
,
AVOID
CONTACT
WITH
REFRIGERANT
AND
WAR
GLOVES
AND
GOGGLES
. I
F
LIQUID
REFRIGERANT
DOES
CONTACT
YOUR
SKIN
OR
EYES
,
SEEK
MEDICAL
HELP
IMMEDIATELY
.
• A
LWAYS
FOLLOW
EPA
REGULATIONS
. N
EVER
BURN
REFRIGERANT
,
AS
POISONOUS
GAS
WILL
BE
PRODUCED
.
T
HE
U
NITED
S
TATES
E
NVIRONMENTAL
P
ROTECTION
A
GENCY
("EPA")
HAS
ISSUED
VARIOUS
REGULATIONS
REGARDING
THE
INTRODUCTION
AND
DISPOSAL
OF
REFRIGERANTS
INTRODUCED
INTO
THIS
UNIT
. F
AILURE
TO
FOLLOW
THESE
REGULATIONS
MAY
HARM
THE
ENVIRONMENT
AND
CAN
LEAD
TO
THEH
IMPOSITION
OF
SUBSTANTIAL
FINES
. T
HESE
REGULATIONS
MAY
VARY
BY
JURISDICTION
. S
HOULD
QUESTIONS
ARISE
,
CONTACT
YOUR
LOCAL
EPA
OFFICE
.
S
YSTEM
CONTAMINANTS
,
IMPROPER
SERVICE
PROCEDURE
AND
/
OR
PHYSICAL
ABUSE
AFFECTING
HERMETIC
COMPRESSOR
ELECTRICAL
TERMINALS
MAY
CAUSE
DANGEROUS
SYSTEM
VENTING
.
T
O
AVOID
POSSIBLE
INJURY
,
EXPLOSION
OR
DEATH
,
PRACTICE
SAFE
HANDLING
OF
REFRIGERANTS
.
T
O
AVOID
POSSIBLE
EXPLOSION
,
USE
ONLY
RETURNABLE
(
NOT
DISPOSABLE
)
SERVICE
CYLINDERS
WHEN
REMOVING
REFRIGERANT
FROM
A
SYSTEM
.
• E
NSURE
THE
CYLINDER
IS
FREE
OF
DAMAGE
WHICH
COULD
LEAD
TO
A
LEAK
OR
EXPLOSION
.
• E
NSURE
THE
HYDROSTATIC
TEST
DATE
DOES
NOT
EXCEED
5
YEARS
.
• E
NSURE
THE
PRESSURE
RATING
MEETS
OR
EXCEEDS
400 PSIG.
W
HEN
IN
DOUBT
,
DO
NOT
USE
CYLINDER
.
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
4
ANZ 13 018 1 AA
1 2 3 4,5 6,7,8 9 10,11
Brand
A -
Type
N 1 - 208/230V Single-Phase 60 Hz
2 - 220/240V Single-Phase 50 Hz
Type 3 - 208/230V Three-Phase 60 Hz
X: Condenser R-410A 4 - 460V Three-Pha se 60 Hz
Z: Heat Pump R-410A 5 - 380/415V Three-Phase 50 Hz
SEER
11 - 11 SEER
13 - 13 SEER
14 - 14 SEER
16 - 16 SEER
18 = 1-1/2 Tons
42 =
3-1/2 Tons
24 = 2 Tons
48 = 4 Tons
30 =
2-1/2 Tons
59 = 5 Tons
36 = 3 Tons 60 = 5 Tons
61 = 5 Tons
Nominal Capacity
Amana® brand
Engineering
Major/Minor Revisions
Voltage
Deluxe Split System
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
5
SSZ 14 0 1AA
12 3 4,5
6
9 10,11
Brand
G
(Standard Feature Set)
S
(High Feature Set)
A
Deluxe
D
Deluxe
V
Type
S 1 - 208/230V Single-Phase 60 Hz
2 - 220/240V Single-Phase 50 Hz
Type 3 - 208/230V Three-Phase 60 Hz
X: Condenser R-410A 4 - 460V Three-Phas e 60 Hz
Z: Heat Pump R-410A 5 - 380/415V Three-Phase 50 Hz
SEER
13 - 13 SEER 18 = 1-1/2 Tons 42 = 3-1/2 Tons
14 - 14 SEER 24 = 2 Tons 48 = 4 Tons
16 - 16 SEER 30 = 2-1/2 Tons 59 = 5 Tons
18 - 18 SEER 36 = 3 Tons 60 = 5 Tons
38 = 3 Tons
Engineering
Goodman® brand Major/Minor Revisions
Goodman® brand
Amana® brand
Goodman® brand
Val ue Li ne
Voltage
0 = Legacy Placeholder
N = Sold in North Region
S = Sold in Southeast and North Regions
A = Sold in All Regions
36
7,8
Split System
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
6
CAP F 1824 A 6 A
A
1 2 3 4 5,6,7,8 9 10 11,12
Brand Engineering*
C Indoor Coil
Refrigerant Charge
Unit Application 2 = R-22
A Upflow/Downfl ow Coil
4 = R-410A
H Horizontal A-Coil
6 = R-410A or R-22
S
T
Nominal Width for Gas Furnace
A = Fi ts 14" Furnace Cabinet
B = Fits 17-1/2" Furnace Cabinet
C =
Fits 21" Furnace Cabinet
D = Fits 24-1/2" Furnace Cabinet
N
=
Does Not Apply (Horizontal Slab Coils
Cabinet Finish
U Unpainted
1-1/2 - 2 Tons
PPainted
2-1/2 Tons
N Unpainted Case
2-1/2 Tons
3 Tons
Expansion Device
3 - 3-1/2 Tons
FFlowrator
3 - 3-1/2 Tons
T 4 - 5 Tons
Expansion Valve 4 - 5 Tons
3636 =
3642 =
3743 =
4860 = Factory-Installed Non-Adjustable
Horizontal Slab Coil
Major/Minor Revisions
Coated Coils
Nominal Capacity @ 13 SEER
4961 =
1824 =
3030 =
3131 =
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
7
CAPFA181
4
A6AA
12345678910111213
Product Category
C - Indoor Coil
Engineering
Major/Minor Revision
Application
A - Upflow/Downflow Refrigerant
H - Horizontal 2 - R-22 only
M - Multi - Positional 4 - R-410A only
6 - R-22 or R-410A compatible
Cabinet Finish
U - Uncased
Nominal Width for Gas Furnace
P - Cased, Painted A - 14" Width
C - Cased, Unpainted B - 17.5" Width
C - 21" Width
Expansion Device D - 24.5" Width
F- Flowrator N - Not Applicable (Slab Coil)
T - TXV
E - Electronic expansion valve Cased Height
14 - 14" Coil
Coil Configuration 18 - 18" Coil
A- A Coil 22 - 22" Coil
S - Slab 26 - 26" Coil
30 - 30" Coil
Nominal Capacity Range
17, 18 - 1.5 Tons
24 - 2.0 Tons
30 - 2.5 Tons
36 - 3.0 Tons
48 - 4.0 Tons
60 - 5.0 Tons
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
8
MB R 8 00
A
A
1
1,2 3 4 5,6 7 8 9
Brand
MB - Modular Blower 1: 208-230V/60Hz/1 P
H
Type A: First Seri es
R -
E -
Airflow A: No Ci rcui t Brea ker
8:
B: Circuit Breaker
12:
16:
20:
00 No Heat
Electrical
Design Series
Circuit Breaker
Factory Heat
1200 CFM
1500 CFM
2000 CFM
Speed
Variable Speed
800 CFM
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
9
All Airhandlers use DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS. Power supply is AC 208-240v, 60 hz, 1 phase.
A
W
U F 3642 1 6 AA
1 2 3 4 5,6,7,8 9 10 11,12
Brand Engineering*
A Airhandler
Unit Application Refrigerant Charge
C Ceiling Mount PSC Motor 4 = R-410a
DDownflow PSC Motor
E Electrical
1 208/240V, 1 Phase, 60 Hz
R Multi Posi ti on PSC Motor
S Mul ti Positi on EEM Motor
T Coated Coils
W Wall Mount PSC/EEM Motor
3636 = 3 Ton
Cabinet Finish 1830 = 1-1/2 - 3-1/2 Tons
U Unpainted 3137 = 3 Tons
PPainted 3642 = 3 - 3-1/2Tons
NUncased
1729 = 3 Ton
Expansion Device
FFlowrator
T Expansion Valve 1803 = 1-1/2 Tons Cooling/3 kW Electric Heat
1805 = 1-1/2 Tons Cooling/5 kW Electric Heat
2405 = 2 Tons Cooling/5 kW Electric Heat
3608 = 3 Tons Cooling/8 kW Electric Heat
3105 = 1-1/2 - 2-1/2 Tons Cooling/5 kW Electric Heat
3210 = 2 - 2-1/2 Tons Cooling/5 kW Electric Heat
3705 = 3 Tons Cooling/5 kW Electric Heat
3708 = 3 Tons Cooling/8 kW Electric Heat
3710 = 3 Tons Cooling/10 kW Electric Heat
An "F" in the model number denotes a
Factory Installed Float Switch is present.
Multi-Position & Downflow Application
(Nominal Cooling Capacity/Electric Heat kW)
Ceing Mount & Wall Mount Applications
@ 13 SEER Dedicated Application
Multi-Position & Downflow Application @10 SEER
Major/Minor Revisions
Nominal Capacity
Multi Position
Vari able Speed
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
10
AWP U F -1 8 B16 A A
12345*67 89101112
Product Category
A - Air Handler
Engineering
Major/Minor Revision
ApplicaƟon
M- MulƟͲPosiƟonal Refrigerant
C- Ceiling Mounted 4 - R-410A only
W- Wall Mounted 6 - R-22 or R-410A compaƟble
Motor Type Electrical
P- PSC Motor 1 - 208/240 V, 1 Phase, 60 Hz
E- MulƟ Speed ECM
V- Variable Speed ECM Cabinet Width
A - 14" Width
Cabinet Finish B - 17.5" Width
N - Uncased C - 21" Width
U - Cased, Unpainted D - 24.5" Width
P - Cased, Painted
Nominal Capacity Range - 14 SEER
Expansion Device 18 - 1.5 Tons
F- Flowrator 24 - 2.0 Tons
T - TXV 30 - 2.5 Tons
E - Electronic expansion valve 36 - 3.0 Tons
48 - 4.0 Tons
CommunicaƟng Capability (opƟonal) 60 - 5.0 Tons
C- CommunicaƟng
(Blank) - None
*CommunicaƟng capable models will have 13 digit model number
7MM Air Handler Nomenclature
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
11
Airhandlers use DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS. Power supply is AC 208-230v, 60 hz, 1 phase.
ARU F 18 B 1 4AA
1 2 3 4 5,6 7 8 9 10,11
Brand Engineering*
A Si ngle-Pi ece
Ai rha ndl er
Unit Application Refrigerant Charge
C Ceiling Mount PSC Motor 4 = R-410a
R Multi Position PSC Motor
S Mul ti Positi on EEM Motor Electrical
W Wall Mount PSC/EEM Motor 1 208/240V, 1 Phase, 60 Hz
Cabinet Finish
U Unpainted B =
17-
1/2" Wide
PPainted C = 21" Wide
NUncased D = 24 -1/2" Wide
Expansion Device
FFlowrator 18 =
1-1/2 Tons
39 =
2-1/2 - 3 Tons
T Expansion Valve 24 = 2 Tons 42 =
3-1/2 Tons
25 = 2 Tons 47 =
3-1/2 Tons
29 =
2-1/2 - 3 Tons
48 = 4 Tons
30 =
2-1/2 Tons
49 = 4 Tons
33 = 1 1/2 - 2 Tons 59 = 5 Tons
36 =3 Tons 60 =5 Tons
37 =
2-1/2 - 3 Tons
61 = 5 Tons
Major/Minor Revisions
Cabinet Width
Nominal Capacity @ 13SEER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
12
LIGHT COMMERCIAL
For use with GSX/GSZ11 Light Commercial models only.
A
R 090 A
A
12 3,4,5 6,7
Brand
A
Single Piece
Ai r Ha ndl er
Unit Application
R 090 7-1/2 Tons
120 10 Tons
Engineering
Major/Minor Revisions
Nominal Capacity
Multi Position
PSC Motor
GS X 11 090 1 AA
1 2 3 4,5 6,7,8 9 10,11
Brand
G - Goodman brand
A - Amana brand
Type
S 1 - 208/230V Single-Phase 60 Hz
2 - 220/240V Single-Phase 50 Hz
Type 3 - 208/230V Three-Phase 60 Hz
X: Condens er R-410A 4 - 460V Three-Phase 60 Hz
Z: Heat Pump R-410A 5 - 380/415V Three-Phase 50 Hz
SEER
11 - 11 SEER
13 - 13 SEER
14 - 14 SEER
16 - 16 SEER 036 - 3 Tons
048 - 4 Tons
060 - 5 Tons
090 - 7-1/2 Tons
120 - 10 Tons
Nominal Capacity
Engineering
Major/Minor Revisions
Voltage
Split System
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
13
LIGHT COMMERCIAL
Model/Rev Description
GSX11090*AA
GSX11120*AA
Introduction of Goodman Light Commercial 11 SEER, R-410A Condensers.
GSX111203AB
GSX110903AB
GSX111204AB
GSX110904AB
208-230V and 460V 3 Phase condensing units with new ball valve/brackets, suction
tube/assembly and panel w/offset.
GSX11 LIGHT COMMERCIAL
G
OODMAN
®
BRAND
S
PLIT
X-
R410A CONDENSERS 11 SEER
Model/Rev Description
GSZ11090*AA
GSZ11120*AA
Introduction of Goodman Light Commercial 11 SEER, R-410A Heat Pumps.
GSZ110903AB
GSZ111203AB
GSZ110904AB
GSZ111204AB
208-230V and 460V 3 Phase R410A heat pump units with new ball valve/brackets, suction
tube/assembly and panel w/offset.
GSZ11 LIGHT COMMERCIAL
G
OODMAN
S
PLIT
Z-
R410A
HEAT PUMP 11 SEER
Model/Rev Description
AR0904A
AR1204A
Introducation of new 7.5 & 10 Ton Air Handler Models, for use with GSX11 and GSZ11
Light Commercial Models.
AR LIGHT COMMERCIAL
A
SINGLE PIECE
R-
MULTI-POSITION PSC MOTOR
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
14
Split System Heat Pumps
Model/Rev Description
ASZ130**1AA Initial release of Amana® Brand 13 SEER Heat Pump R410A.
ASZ130**1AB Introduces new revisions with improved circuiting for effective defrost.
ASZ130[18, 36-60]1AB
ASZ130[24-30]1AC
Introduces models containing crankcase heater, CCH switch and upgraded defrost
control.
ASZ130[18, 36-60]1AC
ASZ130[24-30]1AD
Relocation of low pressure switch from liquid line to suction line as a compressor
safeguard to prevent low pressure from entering.
ASZ130[18, 36-60]1AD
ASZ130[24-30]1AE
Initial release of models using single speed PSC motors; removal of low ambient
temperature switch.
ASZ130241BA Release of 2 Ton models, converting from 3/8" to 5mm condenser coils
ASZ130181AF
ASZ130[24-30]1AG
Current reversing valve change from Dunan to new SanHua reversing valve
ASZ130481AF
Current Ranco reversing valve 0151M00020 replaced by SanHua 0151R00070 reversing
valve
ASZ130361AG
ASZ130421AH
Change from copper wound motor to aluminum wound motor.
ASZ130481AG
ASZ130601AF
Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
ASZ130181AG
ASZ130[24,30]1AH
Replaced motor 0131M000266 with 0131M00811
ASZ130421AJ
Change from copper wound compressor motor to aluminum wound compressor motor.
ZP34K5EPFV130 and ZP36K5EPFV130.
ASZ13
A
MANA
®
BRAND
S
PLIT
Z-
R410A
HEAT PUMP 13 SEER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
15
Split System Heat Pumps
Model/Rev Description
ASZ140**1AA
Initial release of Amana® Brand 14 SEER Heat Pump R410A with sound blankets and
Coresense control.
ASZ140**1AB Screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.
ASZ140**1AC Horizontal style louvers.
ASZ140[18, 42-48]1AD
ASZ140[24-36, 60]1AE
New steel muffler, and suction tubes w/shock loop.
ASZ140361AF
ASZ140421AD
ASZ140[48-60]1AE
TXV & compensator replaced with flowrator & accumulator.
ASZ140[18, 30,36]1AF
ASZ140241AG
ASZ14[42, 48, 60]1AE
Sanhua (RANCO) reversing valves.
ASZ140241AF Smaller B1227315 reversing valve.
ASZ140[18,30,36]1AG
ASZ140241AH
ASZC160[42,48,60]1AF
Introduction of heat pumps with accumulators, crankcase heaters, and upgraded defrost
control.
ASZ140361BA Chassis size reduction from large to medium.
ASZ140[18, 30]1AH
ASZ140241AJ
ASZ140[42-60]1AG
Relocation of low pressure switch from liquid line to suction line as a compressor
safeguard to prevent low pressure from entering.
ASZ140[18, 30]1AJ
ASZ140241AK
ASZ140[42-60]1AH
ASZ140361BB
2 speed PSC motors replaced with single speed PSC motors.
ASZ140181AL
ASZ140241AM
ASZ140301AL
ASZ140361BC
ASZ140381AB
ASZ140[42-60]1AK
Revision made for design improvement.
ASZ14
A
MANA
®
BRAND
S
PLIT
Z-
R410A HEAT PUMP 14 SEER
*ASZ14 CONTINUED ON THE NEXT PAGE
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
16
Split System Heat Pumps
Model/Rev Description
ASZ14
A
MANA
®
BRAND
S
PLIT
Z-
R410A HEAT PUMP 14 SEER
ASZ140381AA 35" chassis with 6-channel flowrator and ZP29K5 compressor.
ASZ140[18-30]1BA Updated ratings and agency information.
ASZ140[18-60]1KA
Introduction of ready 15, 14 SEER heat pumps to meet the 2015 energy efficiency
requirement.
ASZ140[42,49]1KB Motor change on 3 & 3.5T 14 SEER & 2 & 2.5T 16 SEER. Increase blade gap.
ASZ140181KC Change from copper wound motor to aluminum wound motor.
ASZ140[24,30,36,48,60]1KB
ASZ140[42,49]1 KC
Refrigerant Charge Reduction
ASZ140181KD Refrigerant Charge Reduction
ASZ140[24,30,36]1KC
Equivalent motor with Aluminum Windings replacing Copper Windings.
ASZ140[48,60]1KC
Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
17
Split System Heat Pumps
Model/Rev Description
ASZ160**1AA Initial release of Amana® Brand 16 SEER Heat Pump R410A.
ASZ160**1AB
Introduces models with screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and
control box covers.
ASZ160**1AC Horizontal style louvers.
ASZ160**1AD Muffler and standardized TXV, Compensator using the ASZ18 Seer weldment.
ASZ160241AD
ASZ160[36-60]AE
Adds new steel muffler, and suction tubes w/shock loop.
ASZ160[24,36]1AF
ASZ160[48,60]1AF
Sanhua (RANCO) reversing valves.
ASZ160[24,36,48,60]1KA Initial release of Amana® Brand 16 SEER Heat Pump models
ASZ160[18-48]1LA Initial release of Amana® Brand 16 SEER Heat Pump models with 9.6+ HSPF
ASZ160601LA Initial release of Amana® Brand 5 Ton 16 SEER, 13 eer Heat Pump models.
ASZ160[24,30]1LB Motor change on 3 & 3.5T 14 SEER & 2 & 2.5T 16 SEER. Increase blade gap.
ASZ160181LB 16SEER 1.5T Heat Pumps, Remove Hard Start Kit
ASZ160181LC Change from copper wound motor to aluminum wound motor.
ASZ160[36,48]1LB Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
ASZ160421LB Replaced motor 0131M00018P with 0131M00813
ASZ16
A
MANA
®
BRAND
S
PLITS
Z-
R410A HEAT PUMP 16 SEER
Model/Rev Description
ASZ180**1AB Initial release of Amana® Brand 18 SEER Heat Pump R410A.
ASZ180[36,48,60]1AC Sanhua (RANCO) reversing valves.
ASZ18
A
MANA
®
BRAND
S
PLIT
Z-
R410A
HEAT PUMP 18 SEER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
18
Split System Heat Pumps
Model/Rev Description
ANZ130[18-60]1AA Initial release of Amana® Brand Split System Base Heat Pump, 13 Seer R-410A units.
ANZ130[18/24/30]1AB Reversing valve change from Dunan to new SanHua reversing valve
ANZ130481AB Ranco 0151M00020 reversing valve changed to new SanHua 0151R00070 reversing valve
ANZ130241AC Create new Motor & Replace 0131M00294 with 0131M00800
ANZ130601AB Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
ANZ130[18,30]1AC Replaced motor 0131M000266 with 0131M00811
ANZ130[36,42,48]1AC Replaced motor 0131M00018P with 0131M00813
ANZ130421AD
ANZ130421AE
Change from copper wound compressor motor to aluminum wound compressor motor.
ZP34K5EPFV130 and ZP36K5EPFV130.
ANZ13
A
MANA
®
BRAND
SPLIT SYSTEM
N-
BASE
Z-
R410A HEAT PUMP 13 SEER
Model/Rev Description
ANZ140(18-60)1AA
Introduction of ready 15, 14 SEER heat pumps to meet the 2015 energy efficiency
requirement.
ANZ140(24-30)1AB Energy guide update.
ANZ140181AB
Minor revisions on OD units ZP14K6 compressors without hard start kit.
14S 1.5T HPs ONLY.
ANZ140421AB
ANZ140491AB
Motor change on 3 & 3.5T 14 SEER & 2 & 2.5T 16 SEER. Increase blade gap.
ANZ140[18,30]1AC
ANZ140361AB
Change from copper wound motor to aluminum wound motor.
ANZ140[42,49]1AC
ANZ140[48,60]1AB
Refrigerant Charge Reduction
ANZ140[18,30]1AD
ANZ140361AC
Refrigerant Charge Reduction
ANZ140241AD Equivalent motor with Aluminum Windings replacing Copper Windings.
ANZ140[48,60]1AC Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
ANZ14
A
MANA
®
BRAND
SPLIT SYSTEM
N-
BASE
Z-
R410A HEAT PUMP 14 SEER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
19
Split System Heat Pumps
Model/Rev Description
DSZ160**1AA Initial release of Deluxe Goodman 2-stage 16 SEER heat pumps with R-410A.
DSZ160241AC
DSZ16036, 48, 60]1AB
Sanhua (RANCO) reversing valves.
DSZ16
D
ELUXE
S
PLIT
Z-
R410A
HEAT PUMP 16 SEER
Model/Rev Description
DSZ180**1AA Initial release of Deluxe Goodman 2-stage 18 SEER heat pumps with R-410A.
DSZ180[36, 48, 60]1AB Sanhua (RANCO) reversing valves.
DSZ18
D
ELUXE
S
PLIT
Z-
R410A HEAT PUMP 18 SEER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
20
Split System Heat Pumps
Model/Rev Description
VSZ13**1AA Initial release of Value Line 13 SEER heat pumps with R-410A.
VSZ130[24 & 30]1AB Improved circuiting for effective defrost.
VSZ130[24 & 36]1BA Initial release of models with 5mm Smart Coil™.
VSZ130[18, 42, 48]1AB
VSZ130241BB
VSZ130301AC
Models containing crankcase heater, CCH switch and upgraded defrost control.
VSZ130[24 & 36]1BC
VSZ130301AE
VSZ130[18, 42 & 48]1AD
Release of single phase models with new 6 pole motor.
VSZ130[18, 42-60]1AC
VSZ130301AD
Relocation of low pressure switch from liquid line to suction line as a compressor
safeguard to prevent low pressure from entering.
VSZ130241CA
Release of 2 Ton models with a compressor change from ZP21K5EPFV130 to
ZP20K5EPFV130.
VSZ130181AE
VSZ130421AF
Changed from four-piece louver assembly to a two piece louver assembly. Added a corner
post on 26" and 29" chassis.
VSZ130361BD
VSZ130301AF
VSZ130481AE
Single phase models with new 6 pole motor.
Changed from four-piece louver assembly to a two piece louver assembly. Added a corner
post on 26" and 29" chassis.
VSZ130421AF Compressor change from ZP36K5EPFV130 to ZP34K5EPFV130.
VSZ130241CB
2 Ton models changing from the current four piece louver assembly, to a two piece louver
plus a corner post on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.
VSZ130181AF
VSZ130241BD
VSZ130301AG
Reversing valve change from Dunan to new SanHua.
VSZ130481AF Ranco 0151M00020 reversing valve replaced by SanHua 0151R00070 reversing valve
VSZ130241BE Create new Motor & Replace 0131M00294 with 0131M00800
VSZ130601AD Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
VSZ13
V
ALUE
S
PLIT
Z-
R410A
HEAT PUMP 13 SEER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
21
Split System Heat Pumps
Model/Rev Description
VSZ14[018-060]1AA Introduction of ready 15, 14 SEER heat pumps to meet the 2015 efficiency requirement.
VSZ140(18-30)1AB Energy guide update. PCBDM160 with new software.
VSZ140421AB
VSZ140491AB
Motor change on 3 & 3.5T 14 SEER & 2 & 2.5T 16 SEER. Increase blade gap.
VSZ140[18,30]1AC
VSZ140[36,48,60]1AB
Refrigerant charge reduction.
VSZ140[18, 30]1AD
VSZ140361AC
Change from copper wound motor to aluminum wound motor.
VSZ140[24, 42, 49]1AC
Refrigerant Charge Reduction
VSZ140241AD
Equivalent motor with Aluminum Windings replacing Copper Windings.
VSZ140[48,60]1AC
Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
VSZ140[18,24,30]1AF
VSZ140[36,42,48,49,60]1AE
GMC product for outdoor splits is changing the paint color to match the new paint for
GMC indoor furnaces being released.
VSZ140181BA
Convert VSZ 14 SEER 1.5 Ton HP from Copeland to Rechi Compressor
VSZ14
V
ALUE
S
PLIT
Z-
R410A
HEAT PUMP 14 SEER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
22
Split System Heat Pumps
Model/Rev Description
GSZ13**1AA Initial release with Regal Beloit motor.
GSZ13**1AB
GSZ13**3AA
GSZ13**4AA
Initial release with Broad Ocean motor.
GSZ130[24 & 30]1AC Release of minor revision with improved circuiting for effective defrost.
GSZ130[24 & 36]1BA Initial release of models with 5mm Smart Coil™.
GSZ130241CA
Release of 2 Ton models with a compressor change from ZP21K5EPFV130 to
ZP20K5EPFV130.
GSZ130241CB
2 Ton models changing from the current four piece louver assembly, to a two piece louver
plus a corner post on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.
GSZ130[18, 42-60]1AC
GSZ130301AD
GSZ130361BB
Release of models containing crankcase heater, CCH switch and upgraded defrost control.
GSZ130[18,42,48,60]1AD
GSZ130301AE
GSZ130[36,48,60{3,4]AB
GSZ130[48,60{3,4]AB
Relocation of low pressure switch from liquid line to suction line as a compressor safeguard
to prevent low pressure from entering.
GSZ130[18,42,48]1AF
GSZ130301AG
GSZ130[36,48]3AD
GSZ130484AC
Changing from the current four piece louver assembly, to a two piece louver plus a corner
post on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.
GSZ130361BC
GSZ130[42,48]1AE
Release of models with new 6 pole motor/fan combination.
GSZ130361BD
Models with new 6 pole motor/fan combination. Changing from the current four piece louver
assembly, to a two piece louver plus a corner post on Goodman and value series 26" and
29" chassis.
GSZ130421AF
Release of two piece louver plus corner post on 26" and 29" chassis with compressor
changing from ZP36K5EPFV130 to ZP34K5EPFV130.
GSZ130[36, 48]3AC Release of 3 phase models with new 6 pole motor.
GSZ14**1AA Initial release of 14 SEER models.
GSZ130481AG
GSZ130483AE
GSZ130484AD
Replaced Ranco reversing valve 0151M00020 with SanHua 0151R00070 reversing valve .
GSZ13
G
OODMAN
S
PLIT
Z-
R410A HEAT PUMP 13 SEER
*GSZ13 CONTINUED ON THE NEXT PAGE
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
23
Split System Heat Pumps
Model/Rev Description
GSZ13
G
OODMAN
S
PLIT
Z-
R410A HEAT PUMP 13 SEER
GSZ130[19,31]1AD
GSZ130241BE
GSZ130251AC
Create new Motor & Replace 0131M00294 with 0131M00800
GSZ130601AE Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
GSZ130181AH
GSZ130301AJ
Replaced motor 0131M000266 with 0131M00811
GSZ130361BF
GSZ130371AD
GSZ130421AJ
GSZ130481AH
Replaced motor 0131M00018P with 0131M00813
GSZ130421AK
GSZ130421AL
Change from copper wound compressor motor to aluminum wound compressor motor.
ZP34K5EPFV130 and ZP36K5EPFV130.
Model/Rev Description
GSZ140(18-60)1KA
GSZ140491AA
Introduction of ready 15 14 SEER heat pumps to meet the 2015 energy efficiency
requirement.
GSZ140(18-30)1KB Energy guide update. PCBDM160 with new software.
GSZ140301KC
GSZ140361KB
Migrating from copper to aluminum motors.
GSZ140[42,49]1KB
Motor change on 3 & 3.5T 14 SEER & 2 & 2.5T 16 SEER. Increase blade gap.
GSZ140181KC
GSZ140361KC
Refrigerant charge reduction
GSZ140[24,30]1KD
GSZ140[48,60]1KB
New model revisions, GSZ140241KD, GSZ140301KD, GSZ140481KB and GSZ140601KB
will have the BOMs changed and have a lower refrigerant charge.
GSZ140[24,30]1KE
GSZ140[48,60]1KC
New model revisions to deplete current overstock of Ranco reversing valves
GSZ140181KD
Change from copper wound motor to aluminum wound motor.
GSZ140[42,49]1KC
Refrigerant charge reduction
GSZ140241KF Equivalent motor with Aluminum Windings replacing Copper Windings.
GSZ140371AB
GSZ140[48,60]1KD
Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
GSZ14
G
OODMAN
S
PLIT
Z-
R410A HEAT PUMP 14 SEER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
24
Split System Heat Pumps
Model/Rev Description
GSZ160[18-48]1BA Initial release of Goodman 16 SEER, 13 EER Heat Pumps with 9.0+ HSPF
GSZ1160601BA Initial release of Goodman 5 Ton 16 SEER, 13 EER Heat Pumps
GSZ160241BB
GSZ160301BB
Motor change on 3 & 3.5T 14 SEER & 2 & 2.5T 16 SEER. Increase blade gap.
GSZ160181BB 16 SEER 1.5T Heat Pumps, Remove Hard Start Kit
GSZ160181BC Equivalent motor with Aluminum Windings replacing Copper Windings.
GSZ160181BD
GSZ160[24,30]1BC
GSZ160[36,42,48,60]1BB
Switching current Goodman 16SEER condensers and heat pumps with grille tops to louver
tops to be consistent with other Goodman units having louver-style top panels.
GSZ160[36,48]1BC Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
GSZ160421BC Replaced motor 0131M00018P with 0131M00813
GSZ16
G
OODMAN
S
PLIT
Z-
R410A HEAT PUMP 16 SEER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
25
Split System Heat Pumps
Model/Rev Description
SSZ140**1AA Initial release of Goodman 14 SEER Heat Pump R410A.
SSZ140**1AB Screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.
SSZ140**1AC Broad Ocean Motors.
SSZ140181AC
SSZ140241AF
SSZ140301AD
Discharge line mufflers added.
SSZ140361AF
SSZ140[42-60]1AD
Added discharge line mufflers. Replaced TXV and compensator with flowrator and
accumulator.
SSZ140241AG Smaller B1227315 reversing valve.
SSZ140[18, 30, 42-60]AE
SSZ140241AH
SSZ140361AG
Sanhua (RANCO) reversing valves.
SSZ140[18, 30, 42-60]AF
SSZ140241AJ
SSZ140361AH
Introduction of heat pumps with accumulators, crankcase heaters, and upgraded defrost
control.
SSZ140[18,30]1AH
SSZ140241AL
SSZ140361BB
Changed from four-piece louver assembly to a two piece louver assembly. Added a corner
post on Goodman 26" and 29" chassis.
SSZ140140[18, 30]1AJ
SSZ140[19, 25]1AC
SSZ140[31, 37]1AC
SSZ140241AM
SSZ140361BCC
SSZ140381AB
SSZ140140381AB
SSZ140[42-60]AH
Revision made for design improvement.
SSZ140[18-60]1AD
Relocation of low pressure switch from liquid line to suction line as a compressor
safeguard to prevent low pressure from entering.
SSZ140361AF
SSZ140[42-60]1AD
Chassis size reduction from large to medium.
SSZ140381AA Initial release of 35" chassis with 6-channel flowrator and ZP29K5 compressor.
SSZ140[18-30]1BA Updated ratings and agency information.
SSZ140241BB
SSZ140251AE
Change from copper wound motor to aluminum wound motor.
SSZ140361BE
SSZ140371AE
SSZ140[42,48,60]1AK
Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
SSZ14
S
PECIAL HIGH FEATURE
S
PLIT
Z-
R410A
HEAT PUMP 14 SEER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
26
Split System Heat Pumps
Model/Rev Description
SSZ160**1AA Initial release of Goodman 16 SEER Heat Pump R410A.
SSZ160**1AB Screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.
SSZ160**1AC
Broad Ocean Motor. Updated muffler and standardized TXV. Compensator using ASZ18
SEER weldment to the SSZ160601AC.
SSZ16[024-48]1AC
SSZ160601AD
Discharge line mufflers added.
SSZ160361AF
SSZ160[42-60]1AD
Added discharge line mufflers. Replaced TXV and compensator with flowrator and
accumulator.
SSZ160241AF
SSZ160[36, 48]1AD
SSZ160601AE
Sanhua (RANCO) reversing valves.
SSZ160241AF
SSZ160[36-48]1AE
SSZ160601BA
Introduction of heat pumps with accumulators, crankcase heaters, and upgraded defrost
control.
SSZ160241AH
Changed from four-piece louver assembly to a two piece louver assembly. Added a corner
post on Goodman 26" and 29" chassis.
SSZ160601BB Ultratech® compressor
SSZ160241AK Change from copper wound motor to aluminum wound motor.
SSZ16
S
PECIAL
HIGH FEATURE
S
PLIT
Z-
R410A HEAT PUMP 16 SEER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
27
Split System Condensers
Model/Rev Description
GSX130**1AA Initial release of Goodman 13 SEER R-410A Condensers with Regal Beloit motors
GSX13061[1/3/4]AA
Introduction of Goodman 13 SEER R-410A Condensers that supplement our current 5 ton
models.
GSX130363AB
GSX130484AB
GSX130603AB
GSX130604AB
Changed from the current four piece louver assembly, to a two piece louver plus a corner
post on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.
GSX130**1AB Broad Ocean motors.
GSX130483AB 3 Phase model with new 6 pole motor.
GSX130483AC
3 phase model chan
g
in
g
from the current four piece louver assembl
y
, to a two piece louver
plus a corner post on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.
GSX130181EA
GSX130181EB
Introduction of 1.5 ton condenser with Rechi Compressor.
GSX130**1BA
GSX130**3AA
GSX130**4AA
Introduction of Goodman 13 SEER R-410A Condensers using SmartCoil® coils. Units will
have new louvers because units are smaller. Piston size change. Other components
unchanged.
GSX130301BB Replaced fan motor to -294 and fan blade to -18 on GSX130301BA models.
GSX130[42, 48]1BC
GSX130301BC
GSX130601BB
Changed from the current four piece louver assembly, to a two piece louver plus a corner
post on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.
GSX130[42, 48]1BB New 6 pole motor/fan combination.
GSX130181CA Rotary compressor.
GSX130421CA
GSX130481CA
Introduction of Goodman 3.5 and 4 ton 13 SEER condensing units with reciprocating
compressor.
GSX130361CA Replaced current compressor with compressor ZP29K5EPFV130.
GSX130[18-36]1DA Condenser conversion to 23" chassis for the 1.5 - 3 ton models.
GSX130181ED
Changed from a 4 leg Rechi Compressor 50N382XV-ZAKM to 3 Leg Rechi Compressor
50N382XV-5AKM. Changed Suction line Assy from 0210R01608 to 0210R01406. This
minor
GSX13031DB
Improved coil circuit assembly for greater capacity/efficiency and a new discharge tubing
assembly.
GSX130361EA Introduction of Goodman 3 ton conversion from 29" chassis to 26".
GSX130361EB
Changed from the current four piece louver assembly, to a two piece louver plus a corner
post on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.
GSX130371AA Improved decibel ratings for Canadian market.
GSX130181EF Change from motor 0131M00276 to 0131M00593 on units GSX130181 & VSX130181
GSX130363AD Change from copper wound motor to aluminum wound motor.
GSX130241EC
GSX130301BF
Create new Motor & Replace 0131M00294 with 0131M00800
GSX13
G
OODMAN BRAND
S
PLIT
X-
R410A
C
ONDENSERS 13 SEER
*GSX13 CONTINUED ON THE NEXT PAGE
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
28
Model/Rev Description
GSX13
G
OODMAN BRAND
S
PLIT
X-
R410A
C
ONDENSERS 13 SEER
Split System Condensers
GSX130611AC Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
GSX130241ED
GSX130[30,60]1BG
GSX130361EE
GSX130[42,48]1BF
Factory Refrigerant Charge Optimization
GSX130181EH Changing Flat BOM structure to Indented BOM structure
GSX130181EG
Switching 3-legged and 4-legged compressors in 13SEER and 14SEER condensers to
those with improved overload protection (OLP).
GSX130181EJ Switching compressor from 50N382XV-5AKM to 50N382YV-5AKM
GSX130301LA
13 SEER 2_5T Condenser Rechi Conversion - Switch from Copeland compressor to Rechi
compressor in 13 SEER 2.5 ton condensers (GSX, VSX, ANX)
GSX130361EF
GSX130[42,48]1BG
GSX130483AE
GSX130601BH
Replaced motor 0131M00018P with 0131M00813
GSX130421BH
GSX130421BJ
Change from copper wound motor to aluminum wound motor.
GSX130301LB Change from copper wound motor to aluminum wound motor.
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
29
Split System Condensers
Model/Rev Description
GSX14**1AA Introduction of Goodman 14 SEER R-410A models.
GSX140[18-19]1KA
GSX140[24-25]1KA
GSX140[30-31]1KA
GSX140[36-37]1KA
GSX140[42, 48, 60]1KA
Goodman
S
plit
X
14 Seer Condensing units. Introducing the Goodman 14 SEER standard
condenser 5mm architecture with updated scroll compressors.
GSX140241KB Replaced 1/12hp fan motor with 1/8hp fan motor.
GSX140311AA Introduction of 12.2 EER air conditioning units.
GSX140[30-36,42]1KB Migrating from copper to aluminum motors.
GSX140251LA
Changed compressor from K5 to K6, Changed coil slab from 25" tall to 30" tall, Changed
louvers from 24" tall to 29" tall
GSX140241LB
Create minor revisions of the new Rechi 2.0T units to consume the excess inventory of
19P fan motor
GSX140191KB
Remove HS Kit from Control Panels of condenser units with updated
ZP14K6E scroll compressors.
GSX140361KC
GSX140371KB
GSX140421KC
GSX140 [43,48,60]1KB
Refrigerant charge reduction.
GSX140311KB
GSX140371KC
GSX140431KC
Change from copper wound motor to aluminum wound motor.
GSX140[48,60]1KC Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
GSX140301LA
Changing from Copeland to Rechi in 14 SEER 2.5T condenser units: Project involves
moving to a larger coil, and added accessories for the Rechi application.
GSX140181LB
Switching 3-legged and 4-legged compressors in 13SEER and 14SEER condensers to
those with improved overload protection (OLP).
GSX140241LD Charge Optimization for 14 SEER 2T lineup
GSX140[36,42]1KE Charge Optimization for 14 SEER 3T and 3.5T condenser units
GSX140181LC
GSX140191KC
GSX140251BB
Replaced motor 0131M000266 with 0131M00811
GSX140241LC
Replaced motor 0131M000266 with 0131M00811
Refrigerant Charge Change
GSX140[37,43]1KD Charge optimization for Southwest 14 SEER models
GSX140301KC Reinstatement and new minor revision
GSX14
G
OODMAN BRAND
S
PLIT
X-
R410A
C
ONDENSERS 14 SEER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
30
Split System Condensers
Model/Rev Description
GSX160**1FA Initial release of the Goodman 16 SEER R410A Condensers.
GSX160611FA New high capacity 5 ton model that will supplement the current GSX160601 models.
GSX160[18-61]1FB Minor revision for GSX16s to include ball valves 0151R00045 and 0151R00046.
GSX160601GA 7mm coils.
GSX160(48/60/61)1FB Ball valve change from 0151R00046 to 0151R00081
GSX160(18/24/30/36)1FC Migrating from copper to aluminum motors.
GSX160(18/24/30/36)1FC
GSX160(42/48/60/61)1FC
Ball Valve Re-work 0151R00045 & 0151R00046
GSX160311AA
GSX160371AA
Initial release creates and launches 2 new SKUs in the 16 SEER single-stage AC
product line.
GSX160[24, 30, 60]1FE
Refrigerant charge reduction.
GSX160[31,37]1AB
Equivalent motor with Aluminum Windings replacing Copper Windings.
GSX160[18,36,42,48,61]1FE
GSX160[24,30]1FF
GSX160[31,37]1AC
Switching current Goodman 16SEER condensers and heat pumps with grille tops to
louver tops to be consistent with other Goodman units having louver-style top
panels.
GSX160[48,61]1FF Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
GSX160421FG
GSX160481FH
Change from copper wound compressor motor to aluminum wound compressor motor.
ZP34K5EPFV130 and ZP36K5EPFV130.
GSX16S[18-48]1AA
GSX16A[18-60]1AA
Releasing new top level nomenclature for the 16 SEER condenser family. The "0" that
previously followed the GSX16 family name (preceding the nominal capacity digits) will
now be used to designate the region the product can be sold in (A=All Regions, N=Nor
GSX16S301AB
QIP Factory Refrigerant Charge Optimization.
GSX16
GOODMAN BRAND SPLIT X-R410A CONDENSERS 15 AND 16 SEER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
31
Split System Condensers
Model/Rev Description
SSX140**1AA Initial release of Goodman 14 SEER AC 410A.
SSX140**1AB
R
ev
i
s
i
ons
h
ave screw
l
oca
ti
ons move
d
i
n
th
e
t
op pane
l
,
b
ase pans,
l
ouvers, an
d
con
t
ro
l
box covers.
SSX14018, 241AC Revised condenser coils by removing [1] haripin.
SSX140301AC Model contains the Broad Ocean motor 0131M00060
SSX14036-601AC Models contain the Broad Ocean motor 0131M00061
SSX14030,361AD Revised condenser coils by removing [1] haripin.
SSX140421AD Introduces SSX140421A in 29" base pan
SSX140[18-24]1BA
SSX140[30-36]1BA
SSX140421CA
Converts 1.5 - 3.5 ton condenser coil tubes from 3/8" tube diameter to 5mm tube
diameter.
SSX140[18-36]1BC
SSX140421CC
Changing from the current four piece louver assembly, to a two piece louver plus a corner
post on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.
SSX140[18-36]1BD
SSX140421CD
SSX140481BB
SSX140601AG
Revision made for design improvement.
SSX140421BA
Revision for SSZ140421B* in 29 base pan and it will the reduce the unit charge from 180
oz. to 170 oz. and replace the 1/4 hp outdoor unit motor with 1/6 hp motor.
SSX14030-421AE Revised condenser coils by removing [1] haripin.
SSX140[18-48]1BA
SSX14042-481CA
Introduction of Goodman 14 SEER R-410A Condensers with SmartCoil® Coils.
SSX140[18-36]1BB
SSX140421CB
SSX140601AF
Relocation of low pressure switch from liquid line to suction line as a compressor
safeguard to prevent low pressure from entering.
SSX14
S
PECIAL HIGH FEATURE
S
PLIT
X-
R410A
CONDENSERS 14 SEER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
32
Split System Condensers
Model/Rev Description
DSX160**1AA Initial release of Goodman 2-stage, 16 SEER condensing units with R-410A.
DSX160[24, 36]1BA Conversion of 2 & 3 ton models to SmartCoil® Coils.
DSX160241BC Introduces Ultratech® 2.0 compressor changes.
DSX16
D
ELUXE
S
PLIT
X-
R410A
HEAT PUMP 16 SEER
Model/Rev Description
SSX160**1AA Introduces Goodman 16 SEER AC 410A
SSX160**1AB
New revisions have screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and
control box covers.
SSX160**1AB
SSX160591AA
New revisions have screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and
control box covers.
SSX160[24, 36, 48]1BA
SSX160[30 & 42]1AA
SmartCoil® coils.
SSX160[24, 36]1BC
SSX160[30, 42]1AB
Changing from the current four piece louver assembly, to a two piece louver plus a corner
post on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.
SSX160601BA ZPS49K compressor.
SSX160[24,36,60]1BB
Relocation of low pressure switch from liquid line to suction line as a compressor
safeguard to prevent low pressure from entering.
SSX16
S
PECIAL HIGH FEATURE
S
PLIT
X-
R410A
C
ONDENSER 16 SEER
Model/Rev Description
DSXC18**1AA Intial release of 2-stage condensing units with R-410A communicating models.
DSXC18036AB
DSXC18048AB
DSXC18060AB
Updated wiring diagram with notes for communicating condensing units.
DSXC18036AC
Replaced existing compressor ZPS20K4EPFV230 to ZPS20K5EPFV130 & existing
compressor ZPS30K4EPFV230 to ZPS30K5EPFV130 for communicating condensing
units.
DSXC180[48-60]AC Intial release of Ultratech 2.0 to communicating condensing units
DSX18
D
ELUXE
S
PLIT
X-
R410A
HEAT PUMP 18 SEER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
33
Split System Condensers
Model/Rev Description
VSX130[18-48]1AA Introduces Value Line 13 SEER condensing units with R-410A.
VSX130611AA Supplements the 5 ton model GSX130611 to enhance performance.
VSX130301AB Replaced fan motor to -294 and fan blade to -18 on the VSX130301AA.
VSX130301AC
VSX130[42-48]1AC
Changed from current four piece louver assembly to a two piece louver assembly plus a
corner post on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.
VSX130[42-48]1AB Replaced with 6-pole motor and Copeland compressor.
VSX130181BA Rotary compressor.
VSX130181EA
VSX130181EB
Introduction of 1.5 ton condenser with Rechi Compressor.
VSX130181ED
Changed 4-leg Rechi Compressor 50N382XV-ZAKM to 3-Leg Rechi Compressor
50N382XV-5AKM. Changed Suction line Assy from 0210R01608 to 0210R01406.
VSX130241BA
2.0 ton condensing units with aluminum coils, aluminum manifolds w/existing scroll
compressor.
VSX130361BA Replaced current compressor with compressor ZP29K5EPFV130.
VSX130361EB
Changed from current four piece louver assembly, to a two piece louver plus a corner post
on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.
VSX130601BA Condensing units with SmartCoil® coils.
VSX130601BB
Changing from the current four piece louver assembly, to a two piece louver plus a corner
post on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.
VSX130421BA
VSX130481BA
3.5 and 4 ton 13 SEER condensing units with reciprocating compressor.
VSX130[18-36]1DA 3.5 and 4 ton 13 SEER Condensers conversion to 23" chassis for the 1.5 - 3 ton models.
VSX130301DB
2.5 13 SEER Condensers with improved coil circuit assembly for greater
capacity/efficiency and the creation of a new discharge tubing assembly.
VSX130301EA
3 Ton 13 SEER Condensers release of 3 ton models converting from 29" chassis to 26"
chassis.
VSX130241EA
2.0 Ton 13 SEER Condensers with Rechi Compressor, converting 23" chassis to 26"
chassis
VSX130371AA 2.5 13 SEER Condensers with improved decibel ratings for Canadian market.
VSX130241EB Compressor wires yellow, red and black changing from 40" to 45".
VSX130181EF Change from motor 0131M00276 to 0131M00593 on units GSX130181 & VSX130181
VSX130241ED
VSX130301AF
Create new Motor & Replace 0131M00294 with 0131M00800
VSX13
V
ALUE
S
PLIT
X-
R410A CONDENSER 13 SEER
*VSX13 CONTINUED ON THE NEXT PAGE
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
34
Split System Condensers
Model/Rev Description
VSX13
V
ALUE
S
PLIT
X-
R410A CONDENSER 13 SEER
VSX130611AC Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
VSX13[241,361]EE
VSX130301AG
VSX130[421,481]AF
VSX130601BE
Factory Refrigerant Charge Optimization
VSX130181EH Changing Flat BOM structure to Indented BOM structure
VSX130181EG
Switching 3-legged and 4-legged compressors in 13SEER and 14SEER condensers to
those with improved overload protection (OLP).
VSX130181EJ Switching compressor from 50N382XV-5AKM to 50N382YV-5AKM
VSX130301LA
13 SEER 2_5T Condenser Rechi Conversion - Switch from Copeland compressor to Rechi
compressor in 13 SEER 2.5 ton condensers (GSX, VSX, ANX)
VSX130361EF
VSX130[42,48]1AG
VSX130601BF
Replaced motor 0131M00018P with 0131M00813
VSX130181EL
VSX130241EG
VSX130301LB
VSX130361EH
VSX130421AM
VSX130421AL
VSX130481AJ
VSX130601BH
VSX130611AE
GMC product for outdoor splits is changing the paint color to match the new paint for
GMC indoor furnaces being released.
VSX130421AJ
VSX130421AK
Change from copper wound motor to aluminum wound motor.
VSX130301LC Change from copper wound motor to aluminum wound motor.
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
35
Model/Rev Description
VSX140[18-19]1AA
VSX140[24-25]1AA
VSX140[30-31]1AA
VSX140[36-37]1AA
VSX140[42, 48, 60]1AA
Introducing the 14 SEER standard condenser 5mm architecture with updated scroll
compressors.
VSX140241AB Replaced 1/12hp fan motor with 1/8hp fan motor.
VSX140251BA
Changed compressor from K5 to K6, Changed coil slab from 25" tall to 30" tall, Changed
louvers from 24" tall to 29" tall
VSX140241BB
Create minor revisions of the new Rechi 2.0T units to consume the excess inventory of
19P fan motor
VSX140191KB
Remove HS Kit from Control Panels of condenser units with updated
ZP14K6E scroll compressors.
VSX140[30,31]1AB
VSX140[36-43]1AC
Change from copper wound motor to aluminum wound motor.
VSX140301BA
Copeland to Rechi 2.5 T update suct tube, fix liq line assy, fix wiring diagram, change
charge qty.
VSX140[48,60]1AC Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
VSX140181BB
Switching 3-legged and 4-legged compressors in 13SEER and 14SEER condensers to
those with improved overload protection (OLP).
VSX140241BD Charge Optimization for 14 SEER 2T lineup
VSX140[36,42]1AE Charge Optimization for 14 SEER 3T and 3.5T condenser units
VSX140181BC
VSX140191AC
VSX140251BB
Replaced motor 0131M000266 with 0131M00811
VSX140241BC
Replaced motor 0131M000266 with 0131M00811
Refrigerant Charge Change
VSX140[37,43]1AD Charge optimization for Southwest 14 SEER models
VSX140[18,24]1BF
VSX140[18,25]1BE
VSX140[19,36,42]1AF
VSX140[19,37,43,48,60]1AE
VSX140241BG
VSX140251BD
VSX140301BC
VSX140311AD
GMC product for outdoor splits is changing the paint color to match the new paint for
GMC indoor furnaces being released.
VSX14
V
ALUE
S
PLIT
X-
R410A CONDENSER 13 SEER
Split System Condensers
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
36
Split System Condensers
Model/Rev Description
ANX130[18-24]1AA
Launch of the Tier 1.5T & 2.0T models. Launched with 26" chasis to accommodate
horizontal style louvers.
ANX130[30-61]1AA Initial release.
ANX130241BA Convert ANX13/14 1.5 and 2 ton models to Rechi compressors.
ANX130[30-60]1AD Refrigerant Charge Reduction
ANX130241BB
ANX130301AE
Create new Motor & Replace 0131M00294 with 0131M00800
ANX130611AD Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
ANX130241BC
ANX130301AF
ANX130[36,42,48,60]1AE
Factory Refrigerant Charge Optimization
ANX130181BA
New major revision of ANX130181 as a result of change to Rechi compressor. Rechi
compressor and associated parts (grommets, bolts, wires, associated tubing, etc.) will
replace the current compressor and associated parts.
ANX130301BA
13 SEER 2_5T Condenser Rechi Conversion - Switch from Copeland compressor to Rechi
compressor in 13 SEER 2.5 ton condensers (GSX, VSX, ANX)
ANX130181AC
ANX130181BB
Replaced motor 0131M000266 with 0131M00811
ANX130181BC
ANX130181BD
Replaced 50N382XV-ZAKM Rechi compressor with rechi 50N382YV-ZAKM compressor in
all models.
ANX130[36,42,48,60]1AF Replaced motor 0131M00018P with 0131M00813
ANX130421AG
ANX130421AH
Change from copper wound motor to aluminum wound motor.
ANX130301BB Change from copper wound motor to aluminum wound motor.
ANX13
A
MANA
®
BRAND
SPLIT SYSTEM
N-
BASE
X-
R410A CONDENSERS 13 SEER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
37
Split System Condensers
Model/Rev Description
ANX140[18-60]1AA
Introducing the Amana
®
Brand 14 SEER standard condenser 5mm architecture with
updated scroll compressors.
ANX140241AB Replaces 1/12hp fan motor with 1/8hp fan motor.
ANX140431AA Introduction of ready 15, 12.2 EER air conditioning units.
ANX140251BA
Changed compressor from K5 to K6, Changed coil slab from 25" tall to 30" tall, Changed
louvers from 24" tall to 29" tall
ANX140191AB
Remove HS Kit from Control Panels of condenser units with updated
ZP14K6E scroll compressors.
ANX140181BA
ANX140241BA
Convert ANX13/14 1.5 and 2 ton models to Rechi compressors.
ANX140[30-37]1AB
ANX140[42,43]1AB
Change from copper wound motor to aluminum wound motor.
ANX140481AB
ANX140601AB
Refrigerant Charge Reduction
ANX140[36,37]1AC
ANX140[42,43]1AC
Refrigerant Charge Reduction
ANX140[48,60]1AC Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
ANX140301BA
Changing from Copeland to Rechi in 14 SEER 2.5T condenser units: Project involves
moving to a larger coil, and added accessories for the Rechi application.
ANX140181BB
Switching 3-legged and 4-legged compressors in 13SEER and 14SEER condensers to
those with improved overload protection (OLP).
ANX140241BC Charge Optimization for 14 SEER 2T lineup
ANX140[36,42]1AD Charge Optimization for 14 SEER 3T and 3.5T condenser units
ANX140181BC
ANX140191AC
ANX140251BB
Replaced motor 0131M000266 with 0131M00811
ANX140241BB
Replaced motor 0131M000266 with 0131M00811
Refrigerant Charge Change
ANX140[37,43]1AD Charge Optimization for Southwest 3T and 3.5T lineup
ANX14
A
MANA
®
BRAND
SPLIT SYSTEM
N-
BASE
X-
R410A CONDENSERS 14 SEER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
38
Split System Condensers
Model/Rev Description
ASX130**1AA
Initial release new models of Amana
®
Brand Deluxe 13 SEER AC R410A conditioners.
ASX130611AA
Initial release of new models of Amana® Brand Deluxe 13 SEER AC R410A conditioners;
replaced ASX130601* models.
ASX130611AA
Introduction of Amana
®
brand 13 SEER R-410A Condensers that supplement our current
5 ton models.
ASX130**1BA
Initial release of models using SmartCoil
®
coils. Smaller units with new louvers. Piston
size changed; other components unchanged.
ASX130**1CB
Relocation of low pressure switch from liquid line to suction line. Compressor safeguard to
prevent low pressure from entering.
ASX130181DA Initial release of models with new 266 fan motor; Low pressure switch removed.
ASX130181DB
ASX130[24-48]1CD
ASX130601CC
Low pressure switch 013M00082 added; updated wiring diagram.
ASX130[24-48]1CC
ASX130601CB
Initial release of models with single speed PSC motors; Does not contain a low pressure
switch, low ambient temperature switch and relay.
ASX130361DA Release of 3 ton models with a 26" chassis.
ASX130361DE Refrigerant Charge Reduction
ASX130[42,48]1CF
ASX130601CE
ASX130611AC
Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
ASX130[24,30,60]1CF
ASX130361DF
ASX130[42,48]1CG
Factory Refrigerant Charge Optimization
ASX130181DD
ASX130[24,30]1CG
Replaced motor 0131M000266 with 0131M00811
ASX130361DG Replaced motor 0131M00018P with 0131M00813
ASX130421CH
Change from copper wound compressor motor to aluminum wound compressor motor.
ZP34K5EPFV130 and ZP36K5EPFV130.
ASX13
A
MANA
®
BRAND
S
PLIT
X-
CONDENSERS 13 SEER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
39
Split System Condensers
Model/Rev Description
ASX140**1AA
Initial release of models of Amana
®
Brand Deluxe 14 SEER AC R410A conditioners.
ASX140**1AB Screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.
ASX140**1AC Horizontal style louvers.
ASX14018-361AD Revised condenser coils by removing (1) hairpin. R410A quantity reduced by 6 ounces.
ASX140421AD Initial release of model ASX140421A in 29" base pan
ASX140421BA
29" platform. Unit charge reduced from 180 oz. to 170 oz. 1/4 hp outdoor unit motor
replaced with 1/6 hp motor.
ASX14018-361BA
ASX140[42-48]1CA
1.5 - 3.5 ton condenser coil tubes converted from 3/8" tube diameter to 5mm tube
diameter.
ASX140[18-30]1BA
ASX140[42-48]1CA
Initial release of models using SmartCoil® coils.
ASX140[18-36]1CB
ASX140421DB
ASX140601BB
Low pressure switch relocated from liquid line to suction line as a compressor safeguard
to prevent low pressure from entering.
ASX140[24-36]1CC
ASX140421DC
ASX140481CB
ASX140601BC
Initial release of models with single speed PSC motors; Does not contain a low pressure
switch, low ambient temperature switch and relay.
ASX140181DB
ASX140[24-36]1CD
ASX140421DD
ASX140481CC
ASX140601BD
Low pressure switch added.
ASX140181DD
ASX140[24-48]1CE
ASX140421DE
ASX140601BE
Design improvement.
ASX140181DA Initial release of models with new 266 fan motor; Low pressure switch removed.
ASX140[18-19, 24-25]1KA
ASX140[30-31, 36-37]1KA
ASX140[42, 48, 60]1KA
Initial release of 5mm architecture with updated scroll compressors.
ASX140241KB 1/8 hp fan motor replaced 1/12 hp fan motor.
ASX140241LA ASX140251LA
Changed compressor from K5 to K6, Changed coil slab from 25" tall to 30" tall, Changed
louvers from 24" tall to 29" tall
ASX14
A
MANA
®
BRAND
S
PLIT
X-
CONDENSERS 14 SEER
*ASX14 CONTINUED ON THE NEXT PAGE
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
40
Split System Condensers
Model/Rev Description
ASX14
A
MANA
®
BRAND
S
PLIT
X-
CONDENSERS 14 SEER
ASX140191KB
Remove HS Kit from Control Panels of condenser units with updated
ZP14K6E scroll compressors.
ASX140241LA
Change compressor from K6 to K5 on ASX140241 and DX14SA0241
ASX 140[30,43]1KB Change from copper wound motor to aluminum wound motor.
ASX 140[48,60]1KB Refrigerant Charge Reduction
ASX 140[36,37,42,43]1KC
ASX160[24,30]1FC
Refrigerant Charge Reduction
ASX140[48,60]1KC Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
ASX140[36,42]1KD Charge Optimization for 14 SEER 3T and 3.5T condenser units
ASX140181KB
ASX140191KC
ASX140[24,25]1LB
Replaced motor 0131M000266 with 0131M00811
ASX140[37,43]1KD Charge Optimization for Southwest 3T and 3.5T lineup
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
41
Model/Rev Description
ASX180**1AB
Initial release new models of Amana
®
Brand Deluxe 18 SEER AC R410A conditioners.
ASX18
A
MANA
®
BRAND
S
PLIT
X-
CONDENSERS 18 SEER
Split System Condensers
Model/Rev Description
ASX160**1AB Screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.
ASX160**1AC Horizontal style louvers.
ASX160**1FA Single speed outdoor fan.
ASX160611FA High capacity 5 ton models that supplement the current ASX160601 models.
ASX160611GA 7mm coils.
ASX160[24-60]1BA Wiring diagram updated with notes.
ASX160[24/36]1CA
Initial release of Conversion of 2 & 3 ton models to SmartCoil
®
coils.
ASX160(48/60/61)1FB Ball valve change from 0151R00046 to 0151R00081
ASX160311AA
ASX160371AA
Initial release creates and launches 2 new SKUs in the 16 SEER single-stage AC product
line.
ASX160[18-42]1FB Change from copper wound motor to aluminum wound motor.
ASX160601FC Refrigerant charge reduction
ASX160[31,37]1AB Equivalent motor with Aluminum Windings replacing Copper Windings.
ASX160[48,61]1FC Create new Motor 0131M00807 & Replace 0131M00061 with 0131M00807
ASX160421FC
ASX160481FD
Change from copper wound compressor motor to aluminum wound compressor motor.
ZP34K5EPFV130 and ZP36K5EPFV130.
ASX16
A
MANA
®
BRAND
S
PLIT
X-
CONDENSERS 16 SEER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
42
Air Handlers
Model/Rev Description
ADPF****16AA Introduction of new 13 SEER Air Handler Models suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A.
ADPF364216AB
Replacement of the current spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped
design used on the 80% furnace line.
ADPF486016AB
Replacement of the current spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped
design used on the 80% furnace line.
ADPF304216AC
Replacement of the current spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped
design used on the 80% furnace line.
ADPF****1BA Replacement of all ARPFcoils using wavy fin with louver enhanced fin.
ADPF182416CA
ADPF486016CA
Replacement of existing air handler copper coils and other associated parts with
aluminum components.
ADPF
A-
SINGLE PIECE
D
OWNFLOW AIR HANDLER PSC MOTOR
P
AINTED
F
LOWATER
Model/Rev Description
ACNF****1AA Release of all models of 13 SEER Dayton uncased air handlers.
ACNF****16AA
Release of all models of 13 SEER Dayton uncased air handlers suitable for use with R-22
& R-410A.
ACNF****1AB Drain pan material change.
ACNF****1BA Current wavey fin design with replaced new louvered fin design
ACNF****16DA
Converted copper coils, manifolds, hairpins, flowrators, 90° flowrator stub to aluminum.
Conversion of copper 3/8" return bends to aluminum 5/16" return bends.
ACNF180[51-81]6DB
ACNF240[51-81]6DB
ACNF241016DB
ACNF300[51-81]6DB
ACNF301016DB
UL1995 heater change.
ACNF250[01/05/06/08/]16AA
ACNF251016AA
ACNF310[01/05/06/08/10]16AA
Change in the air handler design. The motor changed from an existing PSC to a constant
torque motor.
ACNF180016DC
ACNF18[0516,0616,0816]DD
ACNF240016DC
ACNF24[0516,0616,0816,1016]DD
ACNF25[0016,0516,0616,0816,1016]AB
ACNF300016DC
ACNF30[0516,0616,0816,1016]DD
ACNF31[0016,0516,0616,0816,1016]AB
Creation of new ACNF Minor Rev models to produce coils with non acid etched fins.
ACNF
A-
SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER
C
EILING MOUNT
N-
UNCASED
F
LOWATER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
43
Model/Rev Description
ARPF364216AB
ARPF486016AB
Replacement of the current spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped
design used on the 80% furnace line.
ARPF****16BA Wavy fin replaced with louver enhanced fin.
ARPF****16CA Replaced air handler copper coils and other associated parts with aluminum components.
ARPF
A-
SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER
R-
MULTI-POSITION PSC MOTOR
P
AINTED
F
LOWRATER
Air Handlers
Model/Rev Description
AEPF****16AA Introducation of new 13 SEER Air Handler Models suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A.
AEPF****16BA Introduction of new models adding lower kW hit kits on the S&R plate.
AEPF****16BB
Replacement of the current spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped
design used on the 80% furnace line.
AEPF****16CA Replacement of all ARPFcoils using wavy fin with louver enhanced fin.
AEPF313716AA Introduction of 3-Ton Air Handler units with 3-row coil.
AEPF
A-
SINGLE PIECE
E-
MULTI-POSITION VARIABLE SPEED
P
AINTED
F
LOWATER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
44
Air Handlers
Model/Rev Description
ARUF172916AA
A24-00-2RCA
Introduction of new Air Handler Models with all aluminum evaporator coils. Conversion
includes coils, manifold, hairpin, flowrators, 3/8" return bend to 5/16" aluminum return
bends.
ARUF****16AA Introduction of new 13 SEER Air Handler Models suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A
ARUF364216AB
ARUF486016AB
ARUF364216AC
Replaced current spot welded blower housing with cinched/crimped design used on the
80% furnace line.
ARUF****16BA Replaced wavy fin with louver enhanced fin.
ARUF****16CA
Replaced existing air handler copper coils and other associated parts with aluminum
components.
ARUF***14AA
ARUF***14AA
ARUF***14AB
Initial release of the redesigned air handlers manufactured at the Houston furnace facility.
ARUF18B14AB
ARUF24B14BA
ARUF36C14BA
ARUF42C14AB
R-410A only. 2 & 3 ton coil replacement. 2 ton replaced w/3 row/16" tall; 3 ton replaced
with 18" tall coil. 3.5 ton model blower motor changes from 10X8 to 10X10.
ARUF24B14BB Changed 16 Tall, 3 Row, 6 Cir Coil Assembly to 14 Tall, 3 Row , 6 Cir Coil Assembly.
ARUF24B14CA Initial release of model to meet AHRI requirements
ARUF30C14BA ARUF30B, 17.5 inch wide models converted to an ARUF30C, 21 inch wide model.
ARUF36C14BB
ARUF42C14AC
The aluminum models changes the RBs, COs, and coil slabs to 9mm braze joints.
ARUF36C14BC
ARUF30B14AC
ARUF30C14BB
ARUF42C14AD
ARUF[48-60]D14AC
Serial plate changes
ARUF[37,43,49]C14AA
Release ARUF series airhandlers for 7mm 14SEER HP's to meet 2015 DOE energy
efficiency level
ARUF[37,43,49]D14AA Initial Release. D53 Cabinet fir 7mm 14 SEER Heat Pumps.
ARUF[47,61]D14AA
Ready 2015 - Release ARUF series airhandlers for 7mm 14SEER HP's to meet 2015 DOE
energy efficiency level
ARUF[37,43,49]C14AB
ARUF[37,43,47,49,61]D14AB
Revisions because of New Heater kits released
ARUF[25,29,31,]B14AB
ARUF[37,43,49]C14AC
ARUF[37,43,47,49,61]D14AC
Air handler revisions due to using an upgraded (thicker with higher R value)
Quietflex wrapper insulation.
ARUF
A-
SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER
R-
MULTI-POSITION PSC MOTOR
U
NPAINTED
F
LOWRATOR
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
45
Model/Rev Description
ASUF29B14AA
ASUF39C14AA
Initial release of models in the mid-range efficiency air handler. Incorporates smart frame
chassis with EEM (X-13) style motors and piston type flowrators.
ASUF49C14AA
ASUF59D14AA
Initial release of mid-range efficiency air handler with X-13 motor & fixed orifice flowrator.
ASUF49C14AB
ASUF59D14AB
9 mm return bend coil.
ASUF59D14AC Four row, piston, 9 mm return bend coil.
ASUF59D14AD Nidec Pre-programmed Motor. Nidec motor can be programmed by the supplier.
ASUF29B14AB
ASUF39C14AB
ASUF49C14AC
Programmed Broad Ocean Motor. The supplier can program the motor.
ASUF29B14AC
ASUF39C14AC
ASUF49C14AD
Changed from X13 Motor IP to IGBT (Broad Ocean).
ASUF
A-
SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER
S-
ENERGY EFFICIENT MOTOR
U
NPAINTED
F
LOWRATOR
Model/Rev Description
ARPT***14AA Initial release of the new air handlers.
ARPT***14AB Initial release of the air handlers manufactured at the Houston furnace facility.
ARPT[18-36]B14AC
ARPT[36-60]D14AC
Serial plate changes.
ARPT - R410A ONLY
A-
SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER
R-
MULTI-POSITION PSC MOTOR
P
AINTED FLOWRATER
T
XV
Model/Rev Description
ASPF****16AA Introduction of new ASPF Air Handlers.
ASPF****16BA
Initial release of modified ASPF control scheme, to ensure blower operation during and
after call for heat on units with heat kits and replacing wavy fin with louver enhanced fin on
coil.
ASPF****16CA
Replaced existing air handler copper coils and other associate departs with aluminum
components.
ASPF****16DA
Initial release of models with Emerson SelecTech motor. Replaced Regal-Beloit X-13
motor.
ASPF****16EA
Replaced of existing air handler copper coils and other associated parts with aluminum
components and replaced Regal-Beloit X-13 motor with Emerson SelecTech motor.
ASPF
A-
SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER
S-
MULTI-POSITION EEM MOTOR
P
AINTED
F
LOWRATOR
Air Handlers
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
46
Air Handlers
Model/Rev Description
ASPT[24/36/48/60]*14 Introduction of new generation ASPT air handlers.
ASPT36C 14AB
ASPT[48/60]D14AB
ASPT48D 14AC
9mm return bend coil changes to new generation of ASPT air handlers.
ASPT24B 14AC
ASPT30C 14AB
ASPT36C 14AC
Programmed Broad Ocean Motor. The supplier can program the motor instead of furnace plant,
thus eliminating any programming installing issues. The programmed label will provide by
supplier.
ASPT[24, 36]B14AD
ASPT30C14AC
ASPT[42, 48] C14AB
X13 Motor IP changed to IGBT (Broad Ocean).
ASPT[42-48]C14AA
Initial release of models with 2+2 coil slab assy. These models are required to meet higher
tonnage rating in Cabinet.
ASPT42D 14AB
ASPT48D 14AD
ASPT60D 14AC
Nidec Pre-programmed Motor. Nidec motor can be programmed by the supplier instead of
programming at the furnace plant, thus eliminating any programming installing issues.
ASPT[25,29,37] B14AA
ASPT[37,47, 59] C14AA
ASPT[47, 49, 61] D14AA
Initial release of models with a 2 slab, low airflow resistant coil with a fixed speed ECM 53"
cabinet size. ASPT42C and aspt48C 2+2 models discontinued.
ASPT33C14AA
ASPT39C14AA
ASPT49C14AA
Upgrade the current ASPT C-49 cabinets to include 1. quality improvements captured in
Ready15 design. 2.include redesigned drain pan, Morrison blower housing and Emerson NXT
Booster Charge AdjustableTXV.
ASPT35B14AA Introducing 2.5 and 3 Ton Air Handler product lines.
ASPT[33,37,39,47,49,59]C14AB
ASPT[47,49,61]D14AB
Revisions because of New Heater kits released
ASPT[25,29,37,]B14AB
ASPT[33,37,39,47,49,59]C14AC
ASPT[47,49,61]D14AC
Air handler revisions due to using an upgraded (thicker with higher R value)
Quietflex wrapper insulation.
ASPT[33,39,47]BA
Revision change on ASPT33C14/39C14/47C14 air handlers to change the amps in electrical
data which ends reducing the MOP size from 35 to 30 and thus increasing wire gauge size in
the field for the 5kW heater kit
ASPT35B14AB
The SR plate format is changing from SR075 to SR099 and in order to track this change a
minor revision is necessary.
ASPT
A-
SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER
S-
MULTI-POSITION EEM MOTOR
P
AINTED
T
XV
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
47
Model/Rev Description
MBE****AA-1AA Introduction of a module blower with variable speed blower motor.
MBE****AA-1BA Introduction of new models adding lower kW hit kits on the S&R plate.
MBE
M
ODULAR
B
LOWER AIR HANDLER
E-
MULTI-POSITION VARIABLE-SPEED
Model/Rev Description
MBR****AA-1AA Initial release of a module blower with PSC blower motor.
MBR****AA-1AB A quality improvement to use 0.75" Quiet Flex Insulation.
MBR****AA-1AC Release of MBR/MBVC Models(Minor Revisions) for 11th St Plant. Dayton to Houston
MBR****AA-1AD
Add permanent sealing/condensation-control upgrades to all MB units and remove high-
voltage knockouts
MBR
M
ODULAR
B
LOWER AIR HANDLER
R-
MULTI-POSITION PSC MOTOR
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
48
*AWUF CONTINUED ON THE NEXT PAGE
Model/Rev Description
AWUF****1AA Initial release of 13 SEER Dayton wall mount air handlers.
AWUF****16AA
Initial release 13 SEER Dayton wall mount air handlers suitable for use with R-22 and R-
410A refrigerant.
AWUF3005-101AA Introduces 13 SEER Dayton wall mount air handlers using a Burr Oak Louvered Fin coil.
AWUF****1BA Replaced wave fin design with new louvered fin design.
AWUF370**16AA Initial release of AWUF37 Air Handlers for use with R-22 and R410A.
AWUF****16BA
Replaced wave fin design with new louvered fin design. Replaced copper tube hairpins with
aluminum hairpins.
AWUF180316BA
AWUF240316BA
AWUF300316BA
Initial release of AWUF 3KW Heater air handlers.
AWUF310[5/8]16AA
AWUF321016AA
Initial release of higher 14 SEER AWUF series air-handlers
AWUF300[3-10]16BB
AWUF360[5-10]16BB
18 x 20 x 1 filter replaced the 16 x 20 x 1 filter.
AWUF18F[3-8]16AA
AWUF24F[1/8]16AA
AWUF30F*16AA
AWUF31F[5/8]16AA
AWUF32F116AA
AWUF36F*16AA
AWUF37F[1/5/8]16AA
Initial release of R-401A air handlers with factory-installed float switch and a drain pan water
sensor switch.
AWUF180[3-8]16BB
AWUF240[3-10]16BB
AWUF300[5-10]16BC
AWUF310[5-10]16AB
AWUF360[5-10]16BC
AWUF370[5-10]6BB
UL1995 heater change to remove sequencer and replace a contactor.
AWUF190*16AA
AWUF250*16AA
AWUF251*16AA
Matchup to meet the new 14 SEER min efficiency levels. Uses a 4 row coil and an EEM
Motor (X13 style) to achieve higher efficiency. Initial release.
AWUF
A
SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER
W
ALL
M
OUNT
PSC
M
OTOR
U
NPAINTED
F
LOWRATOR
Air Handlers
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
49
Air Handlers
AWUF180[316,516,816]BC
AWUF190[316,516,816]AB
AWUF240[316,516,816]BC
AWUF241016BC
AWUF250[316,516,816]AB
AWUF251016AB
AWUF300[516,816]BD
AWUF301016BD
AWUF310[516,816]AC
AWUF321016AC
AWUF360[516,816]BD
AWUF361016BD
AWUF370[516,816]BC
AWUF371016BC
Release gasket and caps to seal leak. With this modification we will able to meet 2% at 1
inch static leak and 1.4% leak rate at 0.5 inch static. Modified all current AWUF units to
pass current air leak rate.
AWUT310[516, 816]AA
AWUT321016AA
AWUT370[516,816}AA
AWUT371016AA
AWUT is a new line up of the AWUF wall mounted Electric Heat Air-Handlers with a factory
installed TXV. The lineup will be matched with a 3, 5,8 and 10KW heater , 208V/230V and
single phase,
AWUF310516AD Design improvement- update MOP
AWUF180[316,516,816]BD
AWUF190[316,516,816]AC
AWUF240[316,516,816]BD
AWUF241016BC
AWUF250[316,516,816]AC
AWUF251016AC
AWUF300[516,816]BC
AWUF301016DC
AWUF310516AE
AWUF310816AD
AWUF321016AD
AWUF360[516,816]BE
AWUF361016BE
AWUF[516,816]BD
AWUF371016BD
Redesigned the AWUF Control Box to make it larger to allow more room to access
components for serviceability in the field.
AWPUT180[514, 814]AA
AWEUT180[314, 514, 814]AA
AWPUT24[0514, 0814, 1014]AA
AWEUT24[0514, 0814, 1014]AA
AWPUT and AWEUT is a new line up for wall mounted Electric Heat Air-Handlers with
factory installed TXV and 7mm Coils.
Model/Rev Description
AWUF
A
SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER
W
ALL
M
OUNT
PSC
M
OTOR
U
NPAINTED
F
LOWRATOR
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
50
Model/Rev Description
CAPF*****6AA Initial release of CAPF Dayton Upflow/Downflow coils.
CAPF*****6BA Burr Oak Louvered Fin released in place of the W avy Fin.
CAPF36***CA Redesigned for performance improvement from 2 row to 3 row.
CAPF*****6DA Replaced existing copper coils and other associated parts with aluminum components.
CAPF*****6DB Drain pan material changed.
CAPF1824A6DC
CAPF1824B6DC
CAPF1824C6DC
CAPF3030A6DC
CAPF3030B6DC
CAPF3030C6DC
CAPF3030D6DC
CAPF3131B6DC
CAPF3131C6DC
CAPF3137B6AB
CAPF3636A6DC
CAPF3636B6DC
CAPF3636C6DC
CAPF3636D6DC
CAPF3642C6DC
CAPF3642D6DC
CAPF3743C6DC
CAPF3743D6DC
CAPF4860C6DC
CAPF4860
Redesign the wrapper for the CAPF to provide increased ease of installation.
CAPFA1818A6AA
CAPFA1818B6AA
Replaced 3/8 aluminum tubing in residential splits indoor coils with more efficient 7mm
aluminum tubing.
CAPFA1818A6BA
CAPFA1818B6BA
Redesigned drain pan, replace two piece access panels with single piece access panel.
CAPFA1818C6AA
CAPFA2418A6AA
CAPFA2418B6BA
CAPFA2418C6AA
CAPFA2422B6AA
CAPFA2422C6AA
Initial release of CAPFA Upflow/Downflow 7mm AL Coils.
CAPFA3022B6AA
CAPFA3022C6AA
CAPFA3022D6AA
CAPFA3626B6AA
CAPFA3626C6AA
CAPFA3626D6AA
Initial release of CAPFA Upflow/Downflow 7mm AL Coils.
CAPF
C-
IND O O R C O IL
A-
UPFLOW/DOWNFLOW
P
AINTED
F
LOW RATOR
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
51
Model/Rev Description
CHPF*****6AA Intial release of 13 SEER CHPF horizontal A coil.
CHPF*****6BA
Released Burr Oak Louvered Fin in place of the Wavy Fin. The rows changed by one, (i.e.
4 row to 3 row; 3 row to 2 row) where applicable.
CHPF1824A6CA
CHPF2430B6CA
CHPF3636B6CA
CHPF3642C6CA
CHPF3642D6CA
CHPF3743C6BA
CHPF3743D6BA
CHPF4860D6DA
Louvered fins. Replaced copper tube hairpins with aluminum hairpins.
CHPF1824A6CB
CHPF2430B6CB
CHPF3636B6CB
CHPF3642C6CB
CHPF3642D6CB
CHPF3743C6BB
CHPF3743D6BB
CHPF4860D6DB
Drain pan material change to a Decabromodiphenyl Ether free resin.
CHPF1824A6CC
CHPF2430B6CC
CHPF3636B6CC
CHPF3642C6CC
CHPF3642D6CC
CHPF3743C6BC
CHPF3743D6BC
CHPF4860D6DC
Change to prepainted wrappers
CHPF
C
-INDOOR COIL
H
ORIZONTAL A-COIL
P
AINTED
F
LOWRATOR
Coils
Model/Rev Description
CAPT3131B4BA
CAPT3131C4BA
Initial release of coils with factory-installed, non-adjustable TXV. Single stage AHRI ratings
for CAPT3131 NTC combinations.
CAPT3743C4AA
CAPT3743D4AA
Initial release of single stage AHRI ratings for CAPT3743 NTC combinations.
CAPT4961C4AA
CAPT4961D4AA
Initial release of single stage AHRI ratings for CAPT4961C4 NTC combinations.
CAPT3131B4AB
CAPT3131C4AB
CAPT3743C4AB
CAPT3743D4AB
CAPT4961C4AB
CAPT4961D4AB
Redesign the wrapper for the CAPT to provide increased ease of installation.
CAPT
C-
INDOOR
COIL
A-
UPFLOW/DOWNFLOW
P
AINTED CASED
FLOWRATOR W/
T
XV
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
52
Coils
Model/Rev Description
CAUF*****6AA Initial release of CAUF Dayton Upflow/Downflow coils.
CAUF*****6BA Burr Oak Louvered Fin replaced Wavy Fin.
CAUF****6*DA Replaced existing copper coils and other associated parts with aluminum components.
CAUF*****6DB Drain pan material change to a Decabromodiphenyl Ether free resin.
CAUF1824(A/B/C)6RDB
CAUF3636(A/B)6RDB
CAUF3636(C/D)6RDB
CAUF3642(C/D)6RDB
CAUF3743(C/D)6RDB
CAUF4860(C/D)6RDB
CAUF4961(C/D)6RDB
Manufacturing Location Change from Dayton to Houston. Designated by "R".
CAUF3137B6RAA
Manufacturing Location Change from Dayton to Houston. Designated by "R".
CAUF36***CA Redesign from 2 row to 3 row for performance improvement.
CAUFA*****6AA
CAUFA*****6BA Initial release of 7mm AL CAUFA Upflow/Downflow Coils.
CAUF
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
53
Coils
Model/Rev Description
CSCF*****6AA Release 13 SEER CSCF slab horizontal coil.
CSCF*****6BA
Burr Oak Louvered Fin released in place of the Wavy Fin. The rows change by one, (i.e.
4 row to 3 row; 3 row to 2 row) where applicable.
CSCF1824N6BB
CSCF3036N6BB
CSCF3642N6CB
CSCF4860N6CB
Drain pan material change.
CSCF3642N6CA
CSCF4860N6CA
Release 13 SEER CSCF slab horizontal coil. Louvered fin project.
CSCF1824N6DA
CSCF3036N6DA
CSCF3642N6DA
CSCF4860N6DA
Release 13 SEER CSCF slab horizontal coil. Converting copper coils, maifolds, haripins,
flowrators to aluminum coils.
Model/Rev Description
CTPF*****6AA Initial release of coated coils.
CTPF1824*6AB
CTPF3030*6AB
CTPF3131*6AB
CTPF3636*6AC
CTPF3642*6AB
CTPF4860*6AB
Drain pan material change.
Model/Rev Description
CTUF1824*6AA
CTUF3030*6AA
CTUF3131*6AA
CTUF3636*6AA
CTUF3642*6AA
CTUF4860*6AA
Initial release.
CTUF1824*6AB
CTUF3030*6AB
CTUF3131*6AB
CTUF3636*6AC
CTUF3642*6AB
CTUF4860*6AB
Initial release.
CTUF
C-
INDOOR COIL
T-
COATED
U
NPAINTED
F
LOWRATOR
CSCF
C-
INDOOR COIL
S-
HORIZONTAL SLAB
C
OIL UNPAINTED
F
LOWRATOR
CTPF
C-
INDOOR COIL
T-
COATED
P
AINTED
F
LOWRATOR
ACCESSORIES
54
LIGHT COMMERCIAL
GSX11
GSZ11
NOTES:
• AR Series Air Handlers do not have factory installed electric heat. Purchased as an accessory, these are the ONLY heater kits that can be
used with the AR Series.
• The electrical characteristics of the air handler, electric heater kits and building power supply must be compatible.
AHKD
Model
Nominal
kW
Electrical
Characteristics
Stages
Weight
(lbs.)
Max.
Overcurrent
Protection
AHKD15-3 15 208-230/3/60 1 56 60
AHKD15-4 15 460/3/60 1 55 30
AHKD20-3 20 208-230/3/60 2 59 70
AHKD20-4 20 460/3/60 2 57 35
AHKD30-3 30 208-230/3/60 2 60 100
AHKD30-4 30 460/3/60 2 58 50
ELECTRIC HEATER KITS
Model Description GSX110903 GSX110904 GSX111203 GSX111204
FSK01A*
Freeze Protection Kitxxxx
ASC01
Anti Short Cycle Kit xxxx
LAKT-01
Low Ambient Kit xxxx
LSK03*
Liquid Line Solenoid Kit
xxxx
Model Description GSZ110903 GSZ110904 GSZ111203 GSZ111204
FSK01A*
Freeze Protection Kitxxxx
ASC01
Anti Short Cycle Kit xxxx
OT-EHR18-60
Emergency Heat Relay Kit --- --- --- ---
LAKT-01
Low Ambient Kit xxxx
LSK03*
Liquid Line Solenoid Kit
xxxx
55
ACCESSORIES
1
Contains 20 brackets; four brack-
ets needed to anchor unit to pad
2
Installed on indoor coil.
3
Field-installed, non-bleed, expan-
sion valve kit - Condensing units
and heat pumps with reciprocat-
ing or rotary compressors require
the use of start-assist compo-
nents when used in conjuntion
with an indoor coil using a non-
bleed thermal expansion valve re-
frigerant.
4
For use on the GSX13 & VSX13
23" chassis only. Contains 20
brackets; four brackets needed
to anchor unit to pad.
ASX13
Model Description
ASX13
018*
ASX13
024*
ASX13
030*
ASX13
036*
ASX13
042*
ASX13
048*
ASX13
060*/061*
ABK-20
1
Anchor Bracket Kit XXXXXX X
ASC01Anti-Short Cycle Kit XXXXXX X
CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit X X X X
CSR-U-2 Hard-start Kit X X
CSR-U-3 Hard-start Kit X X
FSK01A
2
Freeze Protection KitXXXXXX X
LSK02*Liquid Line Solenoid KitXXXXXX X
TX2N4A³ TXV Kit X X
TX3N4
3
TXV Kit X X
TX5N4
3
TXV Kit X X X
G/VSX13
Model Description
G/VSX13
018*
G/VSX13
024*
G/VSX13
030*
G/VSX13
036*
G/VSX13
042*
G/VSX13
048*
G/VSX13060*
GSX13061*
ABK-20
1
Anchor Bracket Kit XXXXXX X
ABK-21
4
Anchor Bracket Kit X X X X
ASC01Anti-Short Cycle Kit XXXXXX X
CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit X X X X
CSR-U-2 Hard-start Kit X X
CSR-U-3 Hard-start Kit X X
FSK01A
2
Freeze Protection KitXXXXXX X
LSK02*Liquid Line Solenoid KitXXXXXX X
TX2N4A³ TXV Kit X X
TX3N4
3
TXV Kit X X
TX5N4
3
TXV Kit X X X
CSB-15 Sound Blanket Kit X X X
CSB-16 Sound Blanket Kit X X X X
GSX13 Three-Phase models
Model Description
GSX13
0363*
GSX13
0483*
GSX13
0484*
GSX130
[60/61]3*
GSX130
[60/61]4*
ABK-20
1
Anchor Bracket Kit XXXXX
ASC01Anti-Short Cycle Kit XXXXX
FSK01A
2
Freeze Protection KitXXXXX
LSK02*Liquid Line Solenoid KitXXXXX
TX3N4
3
TXV Kit X
TX5N4
3
TXV Kit XXXX
CSB-15Sound Blanket Kit XXXX
CSB-16 Sound Blanket Kit X
LAKT01Low Ambient Kit XXXXX
0163R00002 Crankcase Heater Kit X
0163R00003 Crankcase Heater Kit X X
0163R00004 Crankcase Heater Kit X X
ACCESSORIES
56
ASX14
Model Description
ASX14
018
ASX14
024
ASX14
030
ASX14
036
ASX14
042
ASX14
048
ASX14
060
ABK-20
1
Anchor Bracket Kit XXXXXX X
ASC01 Anti-Short Cycle Kit
XXXXXX X
CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit
XXXX
CSR-U-2 Hard-start Kit
XX
CSR-U-3 Hard-start Kit
XX
FSK01A
2
Freeze Protection Kit
XXXXXX X
LSK02*Liquid Line Solenoid KitXXXXXX X
TX2N4A
3
TXV Kit
XX
TX3N4
3
TXV Kit
XX
TX5N4
3
TXV Kit
XX X
GSX14
Model Description
GSX14
018
GSX14
024
GSX14
030
GSX14
036
GSX14
042
GSX14
048
GSX14
060
ABK-20
1
Anchor Bracket Kit XXXXXX X
ASC01Anti-Short Cycle Kit XXXXXX X
CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit X X X X
CSR-U-2 Hard-start Kit X X
CSR-U-3 Hard-start Kit X X
FSK01A
2
Freeze Protection Kit
XXXXXX X
LSK02*Liquid Line Solenoid KitXXXXXX X
TX2N4A
3
TXV Kit
XX
TX3N4
3
TXV Kit
XX
TX5N4
3
TXV Kit
XX X
CSB-14 Sound Blanket Kit X X
CSB-16Sound Blanket Kit XXXXX
SSX14
Model Description
SSX14
018
SSX14
024
SSX14
030
SSX14
036
SSX14
042
SSX14
048
SSX14
060
ABK-20
1
Anchor Bracket Kit XXXXXX X
ASC01Anti-Short Cycle Kit XXXXXX X
CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit X X X X
CSR-U-2 Hard-start Kit X X
CSR-U-3 Hard-start Kit X X
FSK01A
2
Freeze Protection KitXXXXXX X
LSK02*Liquid Line Solenoid KitXXXXXX X
TX2N4A
3
TXV Kit X X
TX3N4
3
TXV Kit X X
TX5N4
3
TXV Kit X X X
1
Contains 20 brackets; four brackets needed to anchor unit to pad
2
I
ns
t
a
ll
e
d
on
i
n
d
oor co
il
3 Field-installed, non-bleed, expansion valve kit - Condensing units and heat pumps w ith reciprocating or rotary compressors
require the use of start-assist components w hen used in conjunction w ith an indoor coil using a non-bleed thermal expansion
valve refrigerant.
57
ACCESSORIES
SSX16
Model Description
SSX16
024*
SSX16
030*
SSX16
036*
SSX16
042*
SSX16
048*
SSX16
060*
ABK-20
1
Anchor Bracket Kit XXXXXX
ASC01Anti-Short Cycle Kit XXXXXX
CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit X X X
CSR-U-2 Hard-start Kit X X
CSR-U-3 Hard-start Kit X X
FSK01A
2
Freeze Protection KitXXXXXX
LSK02*Liquid Line Solenoid KitXXXXXX
TX2N4A
3
TXV Kit X
TX3N4
3
TXV Kit X X
TX5N4
3
TXV Kit X X X
ASX16/DSX16
Model Description
A/DSX16
024*
A/DSX16
030*
A/DSX16
036*
A/DSX16
042*
A/DSX16
048*
A/DSX16
060*
ABK-20
1
Anchor Bracket Kit XXXXXX
ASC01Anti-Short Cycle Kit XXXXXX
CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit X X X
CSR-U-2 Hard-start Kit X X
CSR-U-3 Hard-start Kit X X
FSK01A
2
Freeze Protection KitXXXXXX
LSK02*Liquid Line Solenoid KitXXXXXX
TX2N4A
3
TXV Kit X
TX3N4
3
TXV Kit X X
TX5N4
3
TXV Kit X X X
ASX/GSX16 (Rev F or Later)
Model Description
A/GSX16
018F*
A/GSX16
024F*
A/GSX16
030F*
A/GSX16
036F*
A/GSX16
042F*
A/GSX16
048F*
A/GSX16
060F*
A/GSX16
061F*
ABK-20Anchor Bracket Kit XXXXXX X X
ASC01Anti-Short Cycle Kit XXXXXX X X
CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit X X X X
CSR-U-2 Hard-start Kit X X
CSR-U-3 Hard-start Kit X X X
FSK01A
2
Freeze Protection KitXXXXXX X X
LSK02*Liquid Line Solenoid KitXXXXXX X X
TXV-30
3
Fixed TXV Kit X X X
TXV-42
3
Fixed TXV Kit X X
TXV-48
3
Fixed TXV Kit X
TXV-60
3
Fixed TXV Kit XX
3
Field-installed, non-bleed, expansion valve kit - Condensing units and heat pumps w ith reciprocating or rotary compressors require the
use of start-assist components w hen used in conjunction w ith an indoor coil using a non-bleed thermal expansion valve refrigerant.
1
Contains 20 brackets; four brackets needed to anchor unit to pad.
2
Installed on indoor coil
ACCESSORIES
58
ASX/DSX18
Model Description
A/DSX18
036*
A/DSX18
048*
/DSX18
060*
ABK-20
1
Anchor Bracket Kit X X X
ASC01 Anti-Short Cycle Kit X X X
CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit X
CSR-U-2 Hard-start Kit X
CSR-U-3 Hard-start Kit X X
FSK01A
1
Freeze Protection Kit X X X
LSK02* Liquid Line Solenoid Kit X X X
TX2N4A TXV Kit
TX3N4 TXV Kit X
TX5N4 TXV Kit X X
1
Installed on indoor coil
GSX16S/GSX16A
Model Description
GSX1 6
S/A181A*
GSX1 6
S/A241A*
GSX16
S/A301A*
GSX16
S/A361A*
GSX16
S/A421A*
GSX16
S/A481A*
GSX16
A601A*
GSX16
A611A*
ABK-20
1
Anchor Bracket Kit XXXXXXXX
ASC01Anti-Short Cycle Kit XXXXXXXX
CSR-U-1Hard-start Kit XXXX
CSR-U-2 Hard-start Kit X X
CSR-U-3 Hard-start Kit X X X
FSK01A
2
Freeze Protection KitXXXXXXXX
LSK02*Liquid Line Solenoid KitXXXXXXXX
TXV-30
3
Fixed TXV Kit X X X
TXV-42
3
Fixed TXV Kit X X
TXV-48
3
Fixed TXV Kit X
TXV-60
3
Fixed TXV Kit XX
1
Contains 20 brackets; four brackets needed to anchor unit to pad.
2
Installed on indoor coil
3
Field-installed, non-bleed, expansion valve kit - Condensing units and heat pumps w ith reciprocating or rotary compressors require the
use of start-assist components w hen used in conjunction w ith an indoor coil using a non-bleed thermal expansion
59
ACCESSORIES
1
Contains 20 brackets; four brackets needed to anchor unit to pad
2
Installed on indoor coil.
3
Required for heat pump applications where ambient temperatures fall below 0°F with 50% or higher relative humidity.
4
Condensing units & heat pumps with reciprocating compressors require the use of start-assist components when used in conjuntion with an indoor coil using a non-bleed expansion valve refrigerant
metering device.
5
Field-installed, non-bleed, expansion valve kit - Condensing units and heat pumps with reciprocating compressors require the use of start-assist components when used in conjuntion with an indoor coil
using a non-bleed thermal expansion valve refrigerant.
ASZ13
Model Description
ASZ13
018
ASZ13
024
ASZ13
030
ASZ13
036
ASZ13
042
ASZ13
048
ASZ13
060
AFE18-60AAll-Fuel Kit XXXXXXX
ASC01Anti-Short Cycle Kit XXXXXXX
CSR-U-1
4
Hard-start Kit XXXX
CSR-U-2
4
Hard-start Kit X X
CSR-U-3
4
Hard-start Kit XX
FSK01A
2
Freeze Protection Kit XXXXXXX
LSK02*Liquid Line Solenoid Kit XXXXXXX
OT/EHR18-60Emergency Heat Relay kit XXXXXXX
OT18-60A
3
Outdoor Thermostat w/Lockout StatXXXXXXX
TX2N4A
4
TXV Kit X X
TX3N4
4
TXV Kit X X
TX5N4
4
TXV Kit XXX
ACCESSORIES
60
GSZ13
Model Description
G/VSZ13
018
G/VSZ13
024
G/VSZ13
030
G/VSZ13
036
G/VSZ13
042
G/VSZ13
048
G/VSZ13
060
AFE18-60A
All-Fuel Kit
XXXXXXX
ASC01
Anti-Short Cycle Kit
XXXXXXX
CSB-15
Sound Blanket
XXX
CSB-16
Sound Blanket
XXXX
CSR-U-1
4
Hard-start Kit XXXX
CSR-U-2
4
Hard-start Kit X X
CSR-U-3
4
Hard-start Kit XX
FSK01A
2
Freeze Protection Kit XXXXXXX
LSK02*Liquid Line Solenoid Kit XXXXXXX
OT/EHR18-60Emergency Heat Relay kit XXXXXXX
OT18-60A
3
Outdoor Thermostat w/Lockout StatXXXXXXX
TX2N4A
5
TXV Kit X X
TX3N4
5
TXV Kit X X
TX5N4
5
TXV Kit
XXX
GSZ13 Three-Phase
Model Description
GSZ1 3
036*
GSZ1 3
048*
GSZ1 3
048*
GSZ1 3
060*
GSZ1 3
060*
AFE18-60AAll-Fuel Kit XXXXX
ASC01Anti-Short Cycle Kit XXXXX
FSK01A
2
Freeze Protection Kit XXXXX
LSK02*Liquid Line Solenoid Kit XXXXX
OT/EHR18-60Emergency Heat Relay kit XXXXX
OT18-60A
3
Outdoor Thermostat w/Lockout StatXXXXX
TX3N4
5
TXV Kit X X
TX5N4
5
TXV Kit X X X
CSB-15Sound Blanket Kit XXXX
CSB-16 Sound Blanket Kit X
LAKT01Low Ambient Kit XXXXX
1
Contains 20 brackets; four brackets needed to anchor unit to pad
2
Installed on indoor coil.
3
Required for heat pump applications where ambient temperatures fall below 0°F with 50% or higher relative humidity.
4
Condensing units & heat pumps with reciprocating compressors require the use of start-assist components when used in conjuntion with an indoor coil using a non-bleed
expansion valve refrigerant metering device.
5
Field-installed, non-bleed, expansion valve kit - Condensing units and heat pumps with reciprocating compressors require the use of start-assist components when used
in conjuntion with an indoor coil using a non-bleed thermal expansion valve refrigerant.
61
ACCESSORIES
SSZ14
Model Description
SSZ14
018*
SSZ14
024*
SSZ14
030*
SSZ14
036*
SSZ14
042*
SSZ14
048*
SSZ14
060*
AFE18-60AAll-Fuel Kit XXXXXXX
CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit X X X X
CSR-U-2 Hard-start Kit X X
CSR-U-3 Hard-start Kit XX
FSK01A
1
Freeze Protection Kit XXXXXXX
LSK02*Liquid Line Solenoid Kit XXXXXXX
OT18-60A
2
Outdoor Thermostat XXXXXXX
OT/EHR18-60Emergency Heat Relat Kit XXXXXXX
TX2N4A³ TXV Kit X X
TX3N4³ TXV Kit X X
TX5N4³
TXV Kit XXX
ASZ14
Model Description
ASZ14
018*
ASZ14
024*
ASZ14
030*
ASZ14
036*
ASZ14
042*
ASZ14
048*
ASZ14
060*
AFE18-60AAll-Fuel Kit XXXXXXX
CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit X X X X
CSR-U-2 Hard-start Kit X X
CSR-U-3 Hard-start Kit XX
FSK01A
1
Freeze Protection Kit XXXXXXX
LSK02*Liquid Line Solenoid Kit XXXXXXX
OT18-60A
2
Outdoor Thermostat XXXXXXX
OT/EHR18-60Emergency Heat Relat Kit XXXXXXX
TX2N4A³ TXV Kit X X
TX3N4³ TXV Kit X X
TX5N4³
TXV Kit XXX
GSZ14
Model Description
GSZ14
018*
GSZ14
024*
GSZ14
030*
GSZ14
036*
GSZ14
042*
GSZ14
048*
GSZ14
060*
AFE18-60AAll-Fuel Kit XXXXXXX
CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit X X X X
CSR-U-2 Hard-start Kit X X
CSR-U-3 Hard-start Kit XX
FSK01A
1
Freeze Protection Kit XXXXXXX
LSK02*Liquid Line Solenoid Kit XXXXXXX
OT18-60A
2
Outdoor Thermostat XXXXXXX
OT/EHR18-60Emergency Heat Relat Kit XXXXXXX
TX2N4A³ TXV Kit X X
TX3N4³ TXV Kit X X
TX5N4³
TXV Kit XXX
CSB-15 Sound Blanket Kit X X X
CSB-16 Sound Blanket Kit X X X X
1
Installed on indoor coil
2
Required for heat pump applications where ambient temperatures fall below 0°F with 50% or higher relative humidy.
ACCESSORIES
62
ASZ16/DSZ16
Model Description
A/DSZ16
024*
A/DSZ16
030*
A/DSZ16
036*
A/DSZ16
042*
A/DSZ16
048*
A/DSZ16
060*
AFE18-60A All-Fuel Kit X X X X X X
CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit X X X
CSR-U-2 Hard-start Kit X X
CSR-U-3 Hard-start Kit XX
FSK01A
1
Freeze Protection Kit X X X X X X
LSK02* Liquid Line Solenoid Kit X X X X X X
OT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat Relay Kit X X X X X X
OT18-60A² Outdoor Thermostat w/ Lockout Stat X X X X X X
TX2N4A TXV Kit X
TX3N4 TXV Kit X X
TX5N4 TXV Kit X X X
SSZ16
Model Description
SSZ16
024*
SSZ16
030*
SSZ16
036*
SSZ16
042*
SSZ16
048*
SSZ16
060*
AFE18-60A All-Fuel Kit X X X X X X
CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit X X X
CSR-U-2 Hard-start Kit X X X X
CSR-U-3 Hard-start Kit XX
FSK01A
1
Freeze Protection Kit X X X X X X
LSK02* Liquid Line Solenoid Kit X X X X X X
OT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat Relay Kit X X X X X X
OT18-60A² Outdoor Thermostat w/ Lockout Stat X X X X X X
TX2N4A TXV Kit X
TX3N4 TXV Kit X X
TX5N4 TXV Kit X X X
1
Installed on indoor coil
2
Required for heat pump applications where ambient temperatures fall below 0°F with 50% or higher relative humidity.
1
Installed on indoor coi
l
2
Required for heat pump applications where ambient temperatures fall below 0°F with 50% or higher relative humidity.
63
ACCESSORIES
ASZ/DSZ18
Model Description
A/DSZ18
036*
A/DSZ18
048*
A/DSZ18
060*
AFE18-60A All-Fuel Kit X X X
CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit X
CSR-U-2 Hard-start Kit X
CSR-U-3 Hard-start Kit X X
FSK01A
1
Freeze Protection Kit X X X
LSK02* Liquid Line Solenoid Kit X X X
OT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat Relay Kit X X X
OT18-60A² Outdoor Thermostat w/ Lockout Stat X X X
TX2N4A³ TXV Kit
TX3N4³ TXV Kit X
TX5N4³ TXV Kit X X
1
Installed on indoor coil
2
R
equ
i
re
f
or
h
ea
t
pump app
li
ca
ti
ons w
h
ere am
bi
en
t
t
empera
t
ures
f
a
ll
b
e
l
ow
0°F
w
ith
50%
or
hi
g
h
er re
l
a
ti
ve
h
um
id
y.
³ Field-installed, non-bleed, expansion valve kit — Condensing units and heat pumps with reciprocating compressors require the use of
start-assist components when used in conjunction with an indoor coil using a non-bleed thermal expansion valve
refrigerant
metering
device
.
ACCESSORIES
64
SUCTION LINE
BULB
1/4 FLARE CONNECTION
EXPANSION VALVE
EVAPORATOR COIL
REMOVE BEFORE INSTALLING EXPANSION VALVE
SEAL SUPPLIED W/ KIT
SEAL SUPPLIED W/ KIT
BULB TO BE LOCATED
AT 10 OR 2 O'CLOCK
For Applications requiring
a field installed access fitting
TAILPIECE
3/8"-
SWEAT
7/8" NUT
DISTRIBUTOR
BODY
PISTON
SEAL
EVAPORATOR COIL
1/4' FLARE
CONNECTION
BULB
SUCTION LINE
EXPANSION VALVE
REMOVE BEFORE
INSTALLING
EXPANSION VALVE
SEAL SUPPLIED W/ KIT
SEAL SUPPLIED W/ KIT
BULB TO BE LOCATED
AT 10 OR 2 O'CLOCK
TAILPIECE
3/8"-
SWEAT
7/8" NUT
DISTRIBUTOR
BODY
PISTON
SEAL
For Applications not requiring
a field installed access fitting
EXPANSION VALVE KITS
OT/EHR18-60
OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT &
EMERGENCY HEAT RELAY
Set Point
A
djustment
Screw
Set Point
Indicator
Mark
(Shown @ Oº F)
Thermostat
Dial
DEAD
DIAL
315º
45º
COLD
(Turn Clockwise)
WARM
(Turn Counterclockwise)
OT18-60
Not for use with
ComfortNet System
65
ACCESSORIES
FSK01A
FREEZE THERMOSTAT
KIT
Install Line
Thermostat
Here
Install Line
Thermostat
Here
Wire Nut
Wire Nut
Y
Y
B
l
a
c
k
B
l
a
c
k
Wire Nut
Y
Wire Nut
Y
B
l
a
c
k
B
l
a
c
k
ACCESSORIES
66
COIL ACCESSORIES
COIL MODEL
TX2N4A
TXV KIT
TX3N4
TXV KIT
TX5N4
TXV KIT
FSK01A FREEZE
PROTECTION KIT
CA*F18246*
XX
CA*F30306*
XX
CA*F31316*
CA*F36366*
CA*F36426*
XX X
CA*F37436*
CA*F48606*
CA*F49616*
CHPF18246*
XX
CHPF24306*
CHPF36366*
X
X
CHPF36426*
XX
CHPF37436*
CHPF48606*
CSCF1824N6*
XX
CSCF3036N6*
XX
CSCF3642N6*
XX X
CSCF4860N6*
HK* SERIES ELETRIC HEAT KITS -
ELECTRIC HEAT KIT APPLICATIONS - MBR, MBE
NO HEAT
HKR-03*
HKR05-(C)'
HKR-06*
HKR-08(C)*
HKR-10(C)*
HKA-15C*
HKA-20C*
^HKR3-15*
^HKR3-20A
MBR0800AA-1AA
- XXXXX- -
MBR1200AA-1AA
- XXXXXXXXX
MBR1600AA-1AA
- XXXXXXXXX
MBR2000AA-1AA
- XXXXXXXXX
MBE1200AA-1AA
----XX----
MBE1600AA-1AA
-----X----
MBE2000AA-1AA
-----X----
MBE1200AA-1BA
- XXXXX- - - -
MBE1600AA-1BA
- XXXXX- - - -
MBE2000AA-1AA
- XXXXX- - - -
X = Allowable combinations
^ = Circuit 1: Single Phase for Air Handler Motor
- = Restricted combinations
Circuit 2: 3-Phase for HKR3 Heater Kits
BLOWER
ELECTRIC HEAT KIT
67
ACCESSORIES
ELECTRIC HEAT KIT APPLICATIONS - ARUF
ELECTRIC HEAT KIT APPLICATIONS - ARPF
ARUF1729
1/16
ARUF1824
1/16
ARUF1931
1/16
ARUF3030
1/16
ARUF3642
1/16
ARUF3743
1/16
ARUF4860
1/16
HKR-03* XXXXXXX
HKR-05*, HKR-05C*XXXXXXX
HKR-06* XXXXXXX
HKR-08*, HKR-08C* X
1
X
1
X
1
XXXX
HKR-10*, HKR-10C* X
1
X
1
X
1
X
1
XXX
HKA-15C* X
2
X
2
X
2
X
2
X
3
X
3
X
HKA-20C* X
2
X
3
X
3
X
^ HKR3-15* X
2
X
3
X
3
X
^ HKR3-20* X
2
X
3
X
3
X
* Revision level that may or may not be designated
C Circuit breaker option
^ Heat kit required three-phase power supply
1
Air handler must either be on medium or high speed
2
Air handler must be on high speed
3
For static pressure of 0.6 or higher, air handler must be on medium or high speed.
ARPF1824
1/16
ARPF1931
1/16
ARPF3030
1/16
ARPF3642
1/16
ARPF3743
1/16
ARPF4860
1/16
HKR-03* XXXXXX
HKR-05*, HKR-05C* X X X X X X
HKR-06* XXXXXX
HKR-08*, HKR-08C* X
1
X
1
XXXX
HKR-10*, HKR-10C* X
1
X
1
X
1
XXX
HKA-15C* X
2
X
2
X
2
X
3
X
3
X
HKA-20C* X
2
X
3
X
3
X
^ HKR3-15* X
2
X
3
X
3
X
^ HKR3-20* X
2
X
3
X
3
X
* Revision level that may or may not be designated
C Circuit breaker option
^ Heat kit required three-phase power supply
1
Air handler must either be on medium or high speed
2
Air handler must be on high speed
3
For static pressure of 0.6 or higher, air handler must be on medium or high speed.
ACCESSORIES
68
ELECTRIC HEAT KIT APPLICATIONS - AEPF
ELECTRIC HEAT KIT APPLICATIONS - ADPF
ADPF182416 ADPF304216 ADPF486016 ADPF4486016
HKR-03* X X X X
HKR-05*, HKR-05C* X X X X
HKR-06* X X X X
HRK-08*, HKR-08C* X
1
X
1
X
1
X
HKR-10*, HKR-10C*
X
1
X
1
X
1
X
HKA-15C*
XX
X
2
X
1
HKA-20C*
-X
X
2
X
1
^HKR3-15*
-X
XX
^HKR3-20*
-X
XX
*
Revision level that may or may not be designated
1
Air handler must be on speed tap 2, 3, 4 or 5
C Circuit Breaker option
2
Air handler must be on speed tap 4 or 5
^ Heat kit requires 3-phase power supply
3
Air handler must be on speed tap 3, 4 or 5
AEPF183016 AEPF303616 AEPF313716 AEPF426016
HKR-05*, HKR-05C* X X
HRK-08*, HKR-08C X X X
HKR-10*, HKR-10C
X
1
XXX
HKA-15C* X
1
X
1
X
HKA-20C*
X
2
*
Revision level that may or may not be designated
C Circuit Breaker option
1
This heater kit can be used ONLY for 1000 CFM or higher applications
2
This heater kit can be used ONLY for 1200 CFM or higher applications
69
ACCESSORIES
ELECTRIC HEAT KIT APPLICATIONS - ASPF
DRAIN PAN INSULATION KITS
ARUF**14**, ARPT**14**, ASPT**14** & ASUF**14**
DFK-B
Downflow Kit
DFK-C
Downflow Kit
DFK-D
Downflow Kit
ARUF18B14** ARUF30C14** ARUF48D14**
ARUF24B14** ARUF36C14** ARUF60D14**
ARUF30B14** ARUF42C14** ARPT36D14**
ARPT18B14** ARPT36C14** ARPT42D14**
ARPT24B14** ASPT36C14** ARPT48D14**
ARPT30B14** ASPT42C14** ARPT60D14**
ASPT24B14** ASPT48C14** ASPT48D14**
ASUF49C14** ASPT60D14**
ASUF59D14**
MODEL LIST FOR DOWNFLOW KITS
ASPF183016 ASPF303616 ASPF313716 ASPF426016
HKR-03* X X X X
HKR-05*, HKR-05C* X X X X
HKR-06* X X X X
HRK-08*, HKR-08C*
X
1
X
1
X
1
X
HKR-10*, HKR-10C*
X
1
X
1
X
1
X
+HKR3-15*
X
2
X
2
X
2
X
1
+HKR3-20*
X
2
X
2
X
1
HKA-15C*
X
2
X
2
X
2
X
1
HKA-20C*
X
2
X
2
X
1
*
Revision level that may or may not be designated
C Circuit Breaker option
+ Heat kit requires 3-phase power supply
1
Air handler must be on speed tap 2, 3, 4 or 5
2
Air handler must be on speed tap 4 or 5
3
Air handler must be on speed tap 3, 4 or 5
ACCESSORIES
70
3 5 6 8 10 15 19 20 25
18 715 715 715 715 950
24 715 715 715 715 950
30B 715 715 715 715 875 875
30C 1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345
36 1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345
42 1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345
48 1590 1590 1590 1590 1715 1715 1715
60 1590 1590 1590 1590 1715 1715 1715
Minimum CFM r equir ed f or Heater Kits
*ARUF
ARPT
HEATER (kW)
ARPT**14**
Heat Kit Applications
Type / model 18B14-A* 24B14-A* 30B14-A* 36C14-A* 36D14-A* 42D14-A* 48D14-A* 60D14-A*
HKSX03XC* XXXXXXXX
HKSX05XC* XXXXXXXX
HKSX06XC* XXXXXXXX
HKSX08XC* XXXXXXXX
HKSX10XC* XXXXXXXX
HKSX15XF* XXXXX
HKSX20XF* XXXXX
HKSC05XC* XXXXXXXX
HKSC08XC* XXXXXXXX
HKSC10XC* XXXXXXXX
HKSC15XA* XXXXXX
HKSC15XB* XXXXXX
HKSC15XF* XXXXX
HKSC19CA* X
HKSC19CB* X
HKSC20DA* XXXX
HKSC20DB* XXXX
HKSC20XF* XXXXX
ARPT
71
ACCESSORIES
ARUF**14**
Heat Kit Applications
TYPE/MODEL 18B14-A* 24B14-B* 24B14-C* 30B14-A* 30C14-B* 36C14-B* 42C14-A* 48D14-A* 60D14-A*
HKSX03XC* XXXXXXXXX
HKSX05XC* XXXXXXXXX
HKSX06XC* XXXXXXXXX
HKSX08XC* XXXXXXXXX
HKSX10XC* XXXXXXXXX
HKSX15XF* XXXXX
HKSX20XF* XXXXX
HKSC05XC* XXXXXXXXX
HKSC08XC* XXXXXXXXX
HKSC10XC* XXXXXXXXX
HKSC15XA* XXXXXX
HKSC15XB* XXXXXX
HKSC15XF*
XXXXX
HKSC19CA* X X X
HKSC19CB* X X X
HKSC20DA* XX
HKSC20DB* XX
HKSC20XF*
XXXXX
HKSC25DC*
XXX
* Revision level that may o r may not be designated
Refer to the minimum airflow requirements for each of the heat kits.
ARUF
Model ARUF25B14 ARUF29B14 ARUF31B14 ARUF37C14 ARUF43C14 ARUF49C14 ARUF37D14 ARUF43D14 ARUF47D14 ARUF49D14 ARUF61D14
HKSX03XC XXXX
HKSX05XC XXXXXXXXXXX
HKSX06XC XXXXXXXXXXX
HKSX08XC XXXXXXXXXXX
HKSX10XC XXXXXXXXXXX
HKSC05XC XXXXXXXXXXX
HKSC08XC XXXXXXXXXXX
HKSC10XC XXXXXXXXXXX
HKSC15XA XXXXXXXXX
HKSC15XB XXXXXXXXX
HKSC15XF XXXXXXXX
HKSC19CA XXX
HKSC19CB XXX
HKSC19CH
HKSC20DA XXXXX
HKSC20DB XXXXX
HKSC20DH
HKSC20XF XXXXXXXX
HKSC25DA X
HKSC25DB X
ACCESSORIES
72
ASUF**14**
Heat Kit Applications
TYPE/MODEL 29B14-A* 39C14-A* 49C14-A* 59D14-A*
HKSX03XC* X X X X
HKSX05XC* X X X X
HKSX06XC* X X X X
HKSX08XC* X X X X
HKSX10XC* X X X X
HKSX15XF* X X X
HKSX20XF* X X X
HKSC05XC* XXXX
HKSC08XC* XXXX
HKSC10XC* XXXX
HKSC15XA* X X X
HKSC15XB* X X X
HKSC15XF* X X X
HKSC19CA* X X
HKSC19CB* X X
HKSC20DA* X
HKSC20DB* X
HKSC20XF* X X X
HKSC25DC* X
* Revision level that may or may not be designated.
Refer to the minimum airflow requirements for each of the heat kits.
ASUF
3 5 6 8 10 15 19 20 25
29 715 715 715 715 875
39 1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345
49 1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345
59 1590 1590 1590 1590 1715 1715 1715
Minimum CFM r equired f or Heater Kits
ASUF
HEATER (kW)
73
ACCESSORIES
ASPT**14**
Heat Kit Applications
TYPE/MODEL 24B14-A* 30C14-A* 36C14-A* 42C14-A* 48C14-A* 42D14-A* 48D14-A* 60D14-A*
HKSX03XC* XXXXXXXX
HKSX05XC* XXXXXXXX
HKSX06XC* XXXXXXXX
HKSX08XC* XXXXXXXX
HKSX10XC* XXXXXXXX
HKSX15XF* XXXXXX
HKSX20XF* XXXXXX
HKSC05XC* XXXXXXXX
HKSC08XC* XXXXXXXX
HKSC10XC* XXXXXXXX
HKSC15XA* X X X X X X
HKSC15XB* X X X X X X
HKSC15XF* X X X X X X
HKSC19CA* X X X
HKSC19CB* X X X
HKSC20DA* XXX
HKSC20DB* XXX
HKSC20XF* X X X X X X
HKSC25DC* XX
* Revision level that may or may not be designated.
Refer to the minimum airflow requirements for each of the heat kits.
ASPT
Model ASPT25B14 ASPT29B14 ASPT33C14 ASPT35B14 ASPT37B14 ASPT37C14 ASPT39C14 ASPT47C14 ASPT47D14 ASPT49C14 ASPT49D14 ASPT59C14 ASPT61D14
HKSX03XC X X X X
HKSX05XC XXXXXXXXX XXXX
HKSX06XC XXXXXXXXX XXXX
HKSX08XC XXXXXXXXX XXXX
HKSX10XC XXXXXXXXX XXXX
HKSC05XC XXXXXXXXXXXXX
HKSC08XC XXXXXXXXXXXXX
HKSC10XC XXXXXXXXXXXXX
HKSC15XA X XXX XX
HKSC15XB XXXXXXXXXXXX
HKSC15XF X XXXXXXXXX
HKSC19CA X X
HKSC19CB X X X X X
HKSC19CH XXX
HKSC20DA X
HKSC20DB XXX
HKSC20DH XX
HKSC20XF XXX
HKSC25DA XX
HKSC25DB XX
ACCESSORIES
74
3
5 6 8 10 15 19 20 25
ASPT24B14*
715 715 715 715 875
NR NR NR NR
ASPT30C14*
730 715 715 715 950 NR NR
NR NR
ASPT36C14* NR
1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345 1345
NR
ASPT42C14* NR
1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345 1345
NR
ASPT48C14* NR
1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345 1345 NR
ASPT42D14* NR
1590 1590 1590 1590 1715 NR 1715 NR
ASPT48D14* NR
1590 1590 1590 1590 1715 NR 1715 1715
ASPT60D14* NR
1590 1590 1590 1590 1715 NR 1715 1715
Minimum CFM required for Heater Kits
HEATER (kW)
ASPT
ASPT**14**
75
ACCESSORIES
ARUF & ASPT
3 5 6 8 10 15 19 20 25
ARUF25B14 715 715 715 715 950
ARUF29B14 715 715 715 715 950
ARUF31B14 715 715 715 715 875 875
ARUF37C14 1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345
ARUF43C14 1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345
ARUF49C14 1170 1170 1170 1170 1340 1430
ARUF37D14 1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345
ARUF43D14 1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345
ARUF47D14 1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345
ARUF49D14 1240 1240 1240 1240 1520 1520
ARUF61D14 1590 1590 1590 1590 1715 1715 1715
MODEL
HEATER KIT (kW)
DFK-B DFK-C DFK-D
DOWNFLOW KIT DOWNFLOW KIT DOWNFLOW KIT
ARUF25B14** ARUF37C14** ARUF37D14**
ARUF29B14** ARUF43C14** ARUF43D14**
ARUF31B14** ARUF49C14** ARUF47D14**
ASPT24B14** ASPT33C14** ARUF49D14**
ASPT29B14** ASPT37C14** ARUF61D14**
ASPT35B14** ASPT39C14** ASPT61D14**
ASPT37B14** ASPT47C14** ASPT47D14**
ASPT49C14** ASPT49D14**
ASPT59C14**
MODEL LIST FOR DOWNFLOW KIT
MODEL
3 5 6 8 10 15 19 20 25
ASPT25B14
715 715 715 715 850
ASPT29B14
715 715 715 715 875 1050
ASPT33C14
715 715 715 715 875 875
ASPT35B14
715 715 715 715 875 1050
ASPT37B14
715 715 715 715 875 1050
ASPT37C14
1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345
ASPT39C14
1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345
ASPT47C14
1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345
ASPT59C14
1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345
ASPT47D14
1240 1240 1240 1240 1520 1520
ASPT49C14
1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345
ASPT49D14
1590 1590 1590 1590 1715 1715 1715
ASPT61D14*
1590 1590 1590 1590 1715 1715 1715
MINIMUM CFM REQUIRED FOR HEATER KITS
HEATER (kW)
PRODUCT DESIGN
76
This section gives a basic description of cooling unit operation,
its various components and their basic operation. Ensure your
system is properly sized for heat gain and loss according to
methods of the Air Conditioning Contractors Association (ACCA)
or equivalent.
CONDENSING UNIT
The condenser air is pulled through the condenser coil by a direct
drive propeller fan. This condenser air is then discharged out of
the top of the cabinet. These units are designed for free air
discharge, so no additional resistance, like duct work, shall be
attached.
The suction and liquid line connections on present models are of
the sweat type for field piping with refrigerant type copper. Front
seating valves are factory installed to accept the field run copper.
The total refrigerant charge for a normal installation is factory
installed in the condensing unit.
GSX, GSZ, ASX, ASZ, SSX, SSZ, DSX, DSZ, VSX, and VSZ models are
available in 1 1/2 through 5 ton sizes and use R-410A refrigerant.
They are designed for 208/230 volt single phase applications.
GSX/GSZ *****3 models are available in 3, 4, and 5 ton sizes and
use R-410A refrigerant. They are designed for 208/230 volt 3-
phase applications.
ASX, ASZ, DSX and DSZ R-410A model units use the Copeland Scroll
"Ultratech" Series compressors which are specifically designed
for R-410A refrigerant. These units also have Copeland
®
ComfortAlert diagnostics.
GSX, GSZ, SSX, SSZ, VSX, and VSZ R-410A model units, except for
GSX130181C*, VSX130181B*, VSX130241E*, VSX130421B*, and
VSX130481B*, use the Copeland Scroll "Ultratech" Series com-
pressors which are specifically designed for R-410A refrigerant.
There are a number of design characteristics which are different
from the traditional reciprocating and/or scroll compressors.
"Ultractech" Series scroll compressors will not have a discharge
thermostat. Some of the early model scroll compressors required
discharge thermostat.
"Ultratech" Series scroll compressors use "POE" or polyolester
oil which is NOT compatible with mineral oil based lubricants
like 3GS. "POE" oil must be used if additional oil is required.
COILS AND BLOWER COILS
MBR/MBE blower cabinets are designed to be used as a two-piece
blower and coil combination. MBR/MBE/MBVC blower sections
can be attached to cased evaporator coil. This two-piece arrange-
ment allows for a variety of mix-matching possibilities providing
greater flexibility. The MBE/MBVC blower cabinets use a variable
speed motor that maintains a constant airflow with a higher duct
static.
MBE blower cabinests are approved for applications with cool-
ing coils of up to 0.8 inches W.C. external static pressure. The MBE
models includes a feature that allows airflow to be changed by
+10% or -15%. The MBVC models allow airflow trimming of +/-
10%.
The MBR blower cabinet uses a PSC motor. It is approved for
applications with cooling coils of up to 0.5 inches W.C. external
static pressure.
The MBR/MBE blower cabinets with proper coil matches can be
positioned for upflow, counterflow, horizontal right or horizon-
tal left operation. All units are constructed with R-4.2 insulation.
In areas of extreme humidity (greater than 80% consistently),
insulate the exterior of the blower with insulation having a vapor
barrier equivalent to ductwork insulation, providing local codes
permit.
The CAUF, CAPF and CAPT coils are designed for upflow and
counterflow applications. The CACF and CHPF coils are designed
for horizontal applications.
AR*F, ASPF, ASUF, ASPT
Multi-Position Air Handler
These one-piece multi-position air handlers are used with R-
410A and are available in 2 to 5 ton sizes with optional 3 kW to
25kW electric heat kits available for field installation. The AR*F
unit’s blower design includes a PSC motor and is compatible with
heat pumps and cooling applications. ASUF and ASPT units use
an EEM blower motor and are compatible with heat pumps and
cooling applications.
This appliance can be installed in the vertical or left horizontal
position without modification. The horizontal right and downflow
positions require product modification. This product is designed
for zero inches (0 inches) clearance; however, adequate access
for service or replacement must be considered without removing
permanent structure. This unit can be installed on a platform
when deemed necessary.
In an attic installation a secondary drain pan must be provided
by the installer and placed under the entire unit with a separate
drain line properly sloped and terminated in an area visible to
the owner. This secondary drain pan is required in the event that
there is a leak or main drain blockage. Closed cell insulation
should be applied to the drain lines in unconditioned spaces
where sweating may occur.
NOTE: Single piece air handlers are factory-sealed to achieve a
2% or less leakage rate at 1.0" water gauge external duct static
pressure.
PRODUCT DESIGN
77
The ASX [16 & 18], ASZ [16 & 18], DSX[16 & 18] and DSZ [16 & 18]
series split system units use a two-stage scroll compressor. The
two-step modulator has an internal unloading mechanism that
opens a bypass port in the first compression pocket, effectively
reducing the displacement of the scroll. The opening and closing
of the bypass port is controlled by an internal electrically
operated solenoid.
The ZPS/ZRS two-step modulated scroll uses a single step of
unloading to go from full capacity to approximately 67% capac-
ity. A single speed, high efficiency motor continues to run while
the scroll modulates between the two capacity steps.
FIGURE A
A scroll is an involute spiral which, when matched with a mating
scroll form as shown, generates a series of crescent shaped gas
pockets between the two members.
During compression, one scroll remains stationary (fixed scroll)
while the other form (orbiting scroll) is allowed to orbit (but not
rotate) around the first form.
As this motion occurs, the pockets between the two forms are
slowly pushed to the center of the two scrolls while simulta-
neously being reduced in volume. When the pocket reaches the
center of the scroll form, the gas, which is now at a high pressure,
is discharged out of a port located at the center.
During compression, several pockets are being compressed
simultaneously, resulting in a very smooth process. Both the
suction process (outer portion of the scroll members) and the
discharge process (inner portion) are continuous.
Some design characteristics of the Compliant Scroll compressor
are:
• Compliant Scroll compressors are more tolerant of liquid
refrigerant.
NOTE: Even though the compressor section of a Scroll com-
pressor is more tolerant of liquid refrigerant, continued
floodback or flooded start conditions may wash oil from the
bearing surfaces causing premature bearing failure.
• "Ultratech" Series scroll compressors use "POE" or polyolester
oil which is NOT compatible with mineral oil based lubri-
cants like 3GS. "POE" oil must be used if additional oil is
required.
• Compliant scroll compressors perform "quiet" shutdowns
that allow the compressor to restart immediately without the
need for a time delay. This compressor will restart even if the
system has not equalized.
NOTE: Operating pressures and amp draws may differ from
standard reciprocating compressors. This information can
be found in the unit's Technical Information Manual.
PRODUCT DESIGN
78
CAPACITY CONTROL - LEGACY MODELS
During the compression process, there are several pockets within
the scroll that are compressing gas. Modulation is achieved by
venting a portion of the gas in the first suction pocket back to the
low side of the compressor thereby reducing the effective dis-
placement of the compressor. See Figure A. Full capacity is
achieved by blocking these vents, increasing the displacement to
100%. A solenoid in the compressor, controlled by an external 24-
volt ac signal, moves the slider ring that covers and uncovers
these vents. The vent covers are arranged in such a manner that
the compressor operates somewhere around 67% capacity when
the solenoid is not energized and 100% capacity when the
solenoid is energized. The loading and unloading of the two step
scroll is done “on the fly” without shutting off the motor between
steps. See Figure B below. The unloaded mode default was chosen
for two reasons:
Molded Plug w/
Rectifier
24 Va
c
Line
Line
Run Capacitor
C
R
S
Internal Unloader
Coil
FIGURE B
1. It is expected that the majority of run hours will be in the low
capacity, unloaded mode.
2. It allows a simple two-stage thermostat to control capacity
through the second stage in both cooling and possibly heat-
ing if desired.
UNLOADER SOLENOID
A nominal 24-volt direct current coil activates the internal
unloader solenoid. The input control circuit voltage must be 18
to 28 volt ac. The coil power requirement is 20 VA. The external
electrical connection is made with a molded plug assembly. This
plug is connected to the Comfort Alert™ or CoreSense™ Module
(dependent upon which module you are using) which contains a
full wave rectifier to supply direct current to the unloader coil.
COOLING
The refrigerant used in the system is R-410A. It is a clear,
colorless, non-toxic and non-irritating liquid. R-410A is a 50:50
blend of R-32 and R-125. The boiling point at atmospheric
pressure is -62.9°F.
A few of the important principles that make the refrigeration cycle
possible are: heat always flows from a warmer to a cooler body.
Under lower pressure, a refrigerant will absorb heat and vaporize
at a low temperature. The vapors may be drawn off and con-
densed at a higher pressure and temperature to be used again.
The indoor evaporator coil functions to cool and dehumidify the
air conditioned spaces through the evaporative process taking
place within the coil tubes.
NOTE: The pressures and temperatures shown in the refrigerant
cycle illustrations on the following pages are for demonstration
purposes only. Actual temperatures and pressures are to be
obtained from the "Expanded Performance Chart".
Liquid refrigerant at condensing pressure and temperatures,
(270 psig and 122°F), leaves the outdoor condensing coil through
the drier and is metered into the indoor coil through the metering
device. As the cool, low pressure, saturated refrigerant enters the
tubes of the indoor coil, a portion of the liquid immediately
vaporizes. It continues to soak up heat and vaporizes as it
proceeds through the coil, cooling the indoor coil down to about
48°F.
Heat is continually being transferred to the cool fins and tubes
of the indoor evaporator coil by the warm system air. This
warming process causes the refrigerant to boil. The heat removed
from the air is carried off by the vapor.
As the vapor passes through the last tubes of the coil, it becomes
superheated. That is, it absorbs more heat than is necessary to
vaporize it. This is assurance that only dry gas will reach the
compressor. Liquid reaching the compressor can weaken or
break compressor valves.
The compressor increases the pressure of the gas, thus adding
more heat, and discharges hot, high pressure superheated gas
into the outdoor condenser coil.
In the condenser coil, the hot refrigerant gas, being warmer than
the outdoor air, first loses its superheat by heat transferred from
the gas through the tubes and fins of the coil. The refrigerant now
becomes saturated, part liquid, part vapor and then continues to
give up heat until it condenses to a liquid alone. Once the vapor
is fully liquefied, it continues to give up heat which subcools the
liquid, and it is ready to repeat the cycle.
SYSTEM OPERATION
79
HEATING
The heating portion of the refrigeration cycle is similar to the
cooling cycle. By energizing the reversing valve solenoid coil, the
flow of the refrigerant is reversed. The indoor coil now becomes
the condenser coil, and the outdoor coil becomes the evaporator
coil.
The check valve at the indoor coil will open by the flow of
refrigerant letting the now condensed liquid refrigerant bypass
the indoor expansion device. The check valve at the outdoor coil
will be forced closed by the refrigerant flow, thereby utilizing the
outdoor expansion device.
The restrictor orifice used with the CA*F, CHPF and CH**FCB coils
will be forced onto a seat when running in the cooling cycle, only
allowing liquid refrigerant to pass through the orifice opening.
In the heating cycle, it will be forced off the seat allowing liquid
to flow around the restrictor. A check valve is not required in this
circuit.
COOLING CYCLE
For legacy room thermostat: When the room thermostat calls for
cool, the contacts of the room thermostat close making termi-
nals R to Y1 & G (if thermostat calls for low stage cool), or R to
Y1, Y2 & G (if thermostat calls for high stage cool), the low voltage
circuit of the transformer is completed. Current now flows
through the magnetic holding coils of the compressor contactor
(CC) and fan relay (RFC). If thermostat calls for high stage cool,
the microprocessor on the UC board will also energize the
compressor high stage solenoid to run the compressor at full
capacity.
This draws in the normally open contact CC, starting the com-
pressor and condenser fan motors in either low or high stage
depending on the thermostat’s demand. At the same time, con-
tacts RFC close, starting the indoor fan motor.
When the thermostat is satisfied, it opens its contacts, breaking
the low voltage circuit, causing the compressor contactor and
indoor fan relay to open, shutting down the system.
If the room thermostat fan selector switch should be set on the
“on” position, then the indoor blower would run continuously
rather than cycling with the compressor.
GSZ, ASZ, SSZ, DSZ, and VSZ models energize the reversing valve
thorough the "O" circuit in the room thermostat. Therefore, the
reversing valve remains energized as long as the thermostat
subbase is in the cooling position. The only exception to this is
during defrost.
For heat pumps, during cooling cycle the reversing valve is
energized as the room thermostat closes “O” terminal to R and
the microprocessor on the UC board responds to such a condi-
tion by energizing the solenoid coil on the reversing valve.
DEFROST CYCLE
The defrosting of the outdoor coil is jointly controlled by the
defrost control board and the defrost thermostat.
Solid State Defrost Control
During operation the power to the circuit board is controlled by
a temperature sensor, which is clamped to a return bend (3/8"
coils) or a feeder tube (5 mm coils) entering the outdoor coil.
Defrost timing periods of 30, 60, or 90 minutes may be selected
by connecting the circuit board jumper to 30, 60, or 90 respec-
tively. Accumulation of time for the timing period selected starts
when the sensor closes (approximately 31° F), and when the room
thermostat calls for heat. At the end of the timing period, the unit’s
defrost cycle will be initiated provided the sensor remains
closed. When the sensor opens (approximately 75° F), the defrost
cycle is terminated and the timing period is reset. If the defrost
cycle is not terminated due to the sensor temperature, a ten
minute override interrupts the unit’s defrost period. The new
upgraded defrost control has a 12 minute override interrupt.
HEATING CYCLE
The reversing valve on the GSZ, SSZ, ASZ and DSZ models is
energized in the cooling cycle through the "O" terminal on the
room thermostat.
These models have a 24 volt reversing valve coil. When the
thermostat selector switch is set in the cooling position, the "O"
terminal on the thermostat is energized all the time.
Care must be taken when selecting a room thermostat. Refer to the
installation instructions shipped with the product for approved
thermostats.
When the room thermostat calls for heat, the contacts of the
room thermostat close making terminals R to Y & G, the low
voltage circuit of the transformer is completed. Current now
flows through the magnetic holding coils of the compressor
contactor (CC) and fan relay (RFC).
This draws in the normally open contact CC, starting the com-
pressor condenser fan motors. At the same time, contacts RFC
close, starting the indoor fan motor.
When the thermostat is satisfied, it opens its contacts, breaking
the low voltage circuit, causing the compressor contactor and
indoor fan relay to open, shutting down the system.
If the room thermostat fan selector switch should be set to the
“on” position, then the indoor blower would run continuously
rather than cycling with the compressor.
When the thermostat is satisfied, appropriate commands are
sent to the UC control. The compressor relay and outdoor fan
relay is de-energized. The compressor high stage solenoid
is de-energized if it was energized. The UC control sends an
appropriate command to the indoor unit to de-energize the
indoor blower motor.
SYSTEM OPERATION
80
COOLING CYCLE
HEATING CYCLE
Indoor
Coil
Accumulator
Bi-Flow
Filter Dryer
Outdoor
Coil
Thermostatic
Expansion
Valve
Check Valve
Reversing Valve
(De-Energized)
Indoor
Coil
Accumulator
Bi-Flow
Filter Dryer
Outdoor
Coil
Thermostatic
Expansion
Valve
Check Valve
Reversing Valve
(Energized)
SYSTEM OPERATION
81
RESTRICTOR ORIFICE ASSEMBLY IN
COOLING OPERATION
RESTRICTOR ORIFICE ASSEMBLY IN
HEATING OPERATION
In the cooling mode, the orifice is pushed into its seat,
forcing refrigerant to flow through the metered hole in
the center of the orifice.
In the heating mode, the orifice moves back off its seat,
allowing refrigerant to flow unmetered around the
outside of the orifice.
EXPANSION VALVE/CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY IN
COOLING OPERATION
EXPANSION VALVE/CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY IN
HEATING OPERATION
Most expansion valves used in current Amana
®
Brand Heat Pump products
use an internally checked expansion valve.
This type of expansion valve does not require an external check valve as shown above.
However, the principle of operation is the same.
SYSTEM OPERATION
82
AFE18-60A CONTROL BOARD
DESCRIPTION
The AFE18 control is designed for use in heat pump applications
where the indoor coil is located above/downstream of a gas or
fossil fuel furnace. It will operate with single and two stage heat
pumps and single and two stage furnaces. The AFE18 control will
turn the heat pump unit off when the furnace is turned on. An anti-
short cycle feature is also incorporated which initiates a 3
minute timed off delay when the compressor goes off. On initial
power up or loss and restoration of power, this 3 minute timed
off delay will be initiated. The compressor won’t be allowed to
restart until the 3 minute off delay has expired. Also included is
a 5 second de-bounce feature on the “Y, E, W1 and O” thermostat
inputs. These thermostat inputs must be present for 5 seconds
before the AFE18 control will respond to it.
An optional outdoor thermostat, OT18-60A, can be used with the
AFE18 to switch from heat pump operation to furnace operation
below a specific ambient temperature setting, i.e. break even
temperature during heating. When used in this manner, the “Y”
heat demand is switched to the “W1” input to the furnace by the
outdoor thermostat and the furnace is used to satisfy the first
stage “Y” heat demand. On some controls, if the outdoor thermo-
stat fails closed in this position during the heating season, it will
turn on the furnace during the cooling season on a “Y” cooling
demand. In this situation, the furnace produces heat and
increases the indoor temperature thereby never satisfying the
cooling demand. The furnace will continue to operate and can
only be stopped by switching the thermostat to the off position
or removing power to the unit and then replacing the outdoor
thermostat. When the AFE18 receives a “Y” and “O” input from
the indoor thermostat, it recognizes this as a cooling demand
in the cooling mode. If the outdoor thermostat is stuck in the
closed position switching the “Y” demand to the “W1” furnace
input during the cooling mode as described above, the AFE18
won’t allow the furnace to operate. The outdoor thermostat will
have to be replaced to restore the unit to normal operation.
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
83
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
Com plaint
System
Operating
Pressures
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DOTS IN ANALYSIS
GUIDE INDICATE
"POSSIBLE CAUSE"
SYMPTOM
System will not start
Compressor will not start - fan runs
Comp. and Cond. Fan will not start
Evaporator fan will not start
Condenser fan will not start
Compressor runs - goes off on overload
Compressor cycles on overload
System runs continuously - little cooling/htg
Too cool and then too warm
Not cool enough on warm days
Certain areas too cool, others too warm
Compressor is noisy
System runs - blows cold air in heating
Unit will not terminate defrost
Unit will not defrost
Low suction pressure
Low head pressure
High suction pressure
High head pressure
Test Method
Remedy
See Service Procedure Ref.
Pow er Failure
•
Test Voltage S-1
Blow n Fuse
•••
Inspect Fuse Size & Type S-1
Unbalanced Pow er, 3PH
•••
Test Voltage S-1
Loose Connection
•••
Inspect Connection - Tighten S-2, S-3
Shorted or Broken Wires
••••••
Test Circuits With Ohmmeter S-2, S-3
Open Fan Overload
••
Test Continuity of Overload S-17A
Faulty Thermostat
••• •
Test Continuity of Thermostat & Wiring S-3
Faulty Transformer
••
Check Control Circuit w ith Voltmeter S-4
Shorted or Open Capacitor
•••••
Test Capacitor S-15
Internal Compressor Overload Open
•
♦
Test Continuity of Overload S-17A
Shorted or Grounded Compressor
••
Test Motor Windings S-17B
Compress or Stuck
•••
♦
Use Test Cord S-17D
Faulty Compressor Contactor
•••
Test Continuity of Coil & Contacts S-7, S-8
Faulty Fan Relay
•
Test Continuity of Coil And Contacts S-7
Open Control Circuit
•
Test Control Circuit w ith Voltmeter S-4
Low Voltage
•••
Test Voltage S-1
Faulty Evap. Fan Motor
••
♦
Repair or Replace S-16
Shorted or Grounded Fan Motor
••
Test Motor Windings S-16
Improper Cooling Anticipator
••
Check Resistance of Anticipator S-3B
Shortage of Refrigerant
••
♦
••
Test For Leaks, Add Refrigerant S-101,103
Restricted Liquid Line
•• •• •
Remove Restriction, Replace Restricted Part S-112
Open Element or Limit on Elec. Heater
♦♦
Test Heater Element and Controls S-26,S-27
Dirty Air Filter
••• •
♦
Inspect Filter-Clean or Replace
Dirty Indoor Coil
••• •
♦
Inspect Coil - Clean
Not enough air across Indoor Coil
••• •
♦
Check Blow er Speed, Duct Static Press, Filter S-200
Too much air across Indoor Coil
♦
•
Reduce Blow er Speed S-200
Overcharge of Refrigerant
•• •
♦
••
Recover Part of Charge S-113
Dirty Outdoor Coil
•• •
♦
•
Inspect Coil - Clean
Noncondensibles
••
♦
•
Recover Charge, Evacuate, Recharge S-114
Recirculation of Condensing Air
•• •
Remove Obstruction to Air Flow
Infiltration of Outdoor Air
•••
Check Window s, Doors, Vent Fans, Etc.
Improperly Located Thermostat
••
Relocate Thermostat
Air Flow Unbalanced
••
Readjust Air Volume Dampers
System Undersized
••
Refigure Cooling Load
Broken Internal Parts
•
♦
Replace Compressor S-115
Broken Valves
•• ••
Test Compressor Efficiency S-104
Inefficient Compressor
•
♦
••
Test Compressor Efficiency S-104
Wrong Type Expansion Valve
••• • ••
♦
Replace Valve S-110
Expansion Device Restricted
••• • •• •
Remove Restriction or Replace Expansion Device S-110
Oversized Expansion Valve
••
Replace Valve
Undersized Expansion Valve
••• • •
Replace Valve
Expansion Valve Bulb Loose
••
Tighten Bulb Bracket S-105
Inoperative Expansion Valve
•• •
Check Valve Operation S-110
Loose Hold-dow n Bolts
•
Tighten Bolts
Faulty Reversing Valve
•
♦♦♦ ♦♦♦
Replace Valve or Solenoid S-21, 122
Faulty Defrost Control
•
♦♦♦♦♦ ♦
Test Control S-24
Faulty Defrost Thermostat
♦♦♦♦♦♦♦
Test Defrost Thermostat S-25
Flow rator Not Seating Properly
•••
Check Flow rator & Seat or Replace Flow rator S-111
• Cooling or Heating Cycle (Heat Pum p)
♦
COOLING/HP ANALYSIS CHART
No Cooling
Unsatisfactory
Cooling/Heating
Heating Cycle Only (Heat Pump)
SERVICING
84
TABLE OF CONTENTS
S-1 CHECKING VOLTAGE ............................................. 85
S-2 CHECKING WIRING ............................................... 85
S-3 CHECKING THERMOSTAT AND WIRING .............. 85
S-3A THERMOSTAT WIRING........................................... 85
S-4 CHECKING TRANSFORMER AND CONTROL
CIRCUIT .................................................................. 86
S-7 CHECKING CONTACTOR AND/OR RELAYS ......... 86
S-8 CHECKING CONTACTOR CONTACTS .................. 86
S-9 CHECKING FAN RELAY CONTACTS ..................... 87
S-10 MBR/AR*F ELECTRONIC
BLOWER TIME DELAY RELAY ............................... 88
S-11 CHECKING LOSS OF CHARGE PROTECTOR ..... 88
S-12 CHECKING HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL ........... 88
S-13 CHECKING LOW PRESSURE CONTROL ............ 88
S-10 COPELAND COMFORT ALERT™ .......................... 89
S-10B COPELAND CORESENSE™ .................................89
S-15 CHECKING CAPACITOR ........................................ 95
S-15A RESISTANCE CHECK USING A DIGITAL MULTI-
METER .................................................................... 95
S-15B CAPACITANCE CHECK USING A DIGITAL
MULTI-METER (IN CAPACITANCE MODE) ............. 95
S-16A CHECKING FAN AND BLOWER
MOTOR WINDINGS (PSC MOTORS) ..................... 96
S-16B CHECKING FAN AND BLOWER MOTOR
(ECM MOTORS) ...................................................... 96
S-16C CHECKING ECM MOTOR WINDINGS ................... 97
S-16D ECM CFM ADJUSTMENTS MBE / AEPF ................. 97
S-16E BLOWER PERFORMANCE DATA .........................101
S-16F CHECKING HIGH EFFICIENCY MOTORS........... 101
S-16G EEM BLOWER REPLACEMENT ..........................102
S-17 CHECKING COMPRESSOR ................................103
S-17A RESISTANCE TEST ..............................................104
S-17B GROUND TEST .................................................... 104
S-17C UNLOADER TEST PROCEDURE ........................104
S-17D OPERATION TEST ................................................ 105
S-17E CHECKING 3-PHASE SCROLL COMPRESSOR
ROTATION....................................................................105
S-18 TESTING CRANKCASE HEATER
(OPTIONAL ITEM) .................................................106
S-21 CHECKING REVERSING VALVE
AND SOLENOID ...................................................106
S-24 TESTING DEFROST CONTROL ..........................106
S-25
TESTING DEFROST THERMOSTAT ....................106
S-50 CHECKING HEATER LIMIT CONTROL(S)........... 112
S-52 CHECKING HEATER ELEMENTS ........................ 112
S-60 ELECTRIC HEATER (OPTIONAL ITEM) ............... 112
S-61A CHECKING HEATER LIMIT CONTROL(S)........... 113
S-61B CHECKING HEATER FUSE LINK
(OPTIONAL ELECTRIC HEATERS) ...................... 113
S-62 CHECKING HEATER ELEMENTS ........................ 114
S-100 REFRIGERATION REPAIR PRACTICE ................ 114
S-101 LEAK TESTING
(NITROGEN OR NITROGEN-TRACED) .............. 114
S-102 EVACUATION ........................................................ 114
S-103 CHARGING ........................................................... 114
S-104 CHECKING COMPRESSOR EFFICIENCY .......... 115
S-106 OVERFEEDING..................................................... 116
S-107 UNDERFEEDING ................................................. 116
S-108 SUPERHEAT ......................................................... 116
S-109 CHECKING SUBCOOLING .................................. 116
S-110 CHECKING EXPANSION VALVE OPERATION ..... 119
S-112 CHECKING RESTRICTED LIQUID LINE............. 119
S-113 OVERCHARGE OF REFRIGERANT ..................... 119
S-114 NON-CONDENSABLES ....................................... 119
S-115 COMPRESSOR BURNOUT ................................. 120
S-120 REFRIGERANT PIPING ........................................ 120
S-201 CLEANING ALUMINUM COILS .............................120
S-202 DUCT STATIC PRESSURES
AND/OR STATIC PRESSURE DROP
ACROSS COILS .................................................... 121
S-203 SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER
EXTERNAL STATIC ...............................................121
S-203A TWO PIECE AIR HANDLER
EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE ..........................121
S-204 COIL STATIC PRESSURE DROP .........................121
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing or installing. Multiple power sources may be present. Failure to
do so may cause property damage, personal injury or death.
SERVICING
85
S-1 CHECKING VOLTAGE
1. Remove outer case, control panel cover, etc., from unit being
tested.
With power ON:
Line Voltage now present.
WARNING
2. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage across terminals L1
and L2 of the contactor for the condensing unit or at the field
connections for the air handler or heaters.
3. No reading - indicates open wiring, open fuse(s) no power or
etc., from unit to fused disconnect service. Repair as needed.
4. With ample voltage at line voltage connectors, energize the
unit.
5. Measure the voltage with the unit starting and operating, and
determine the unit Locked Rotor Voltage. NOTE: If checking
heaters, be sure all heating elements are energized.
Locked Rotor Voltage is the actual voltage available at the
compressor during starting, locked rotor, or a stalled condi-
tion. Measured voltage should be above minimum listed in
chart below.
To measure Locked Rotor Voltage attach a voltmeter to the run
"R" and common "C" terminals of the compressor, or to the T
1
and T
2
terminals of the contactor. Start the unit and allow the
compressor to run for several seconds, then shut down the
unit. Immediately attempt to restart the unit while measuring
the Locked Rotor Voltage.
6. Locked rotor voltage should read within the voltage tabula-
tion as shown. If the voltage falls below the minimum voltage,
check the line wire size. Long runs of undersized wire can
cause low voltage. If wire size is adequate, notify the local
power company in regard to either low or high voltage.
Unit Supply Voltage
Voltage Min. Max
208/230 197 253
460 414 506
NOTE: When operating electric heaters on voltages other than
240 volts, refer to the System Operation section on electric
heaters to calculate temperature rise and air flow. Low voltage
may cause insufficient heating.
S-2 CHECKING WIRING
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Check wiring visually for signs of overheating, damaged
insulation and loose connections.
2. Use an ohmmeter to check continuity of any suspected open
wires.
3. If any wires must be replaced, replace with comparable gauge
and insulation thickness.
S-3 CHECKING THERMOSTAT AND WIRING
Thermostat Wiring: The maximum wire length for 18 AWG ther-
mostat wire is 100 feet.
S-3A THERMOSTAT WIRING
Line Voltage now present.
WARNING
With power ON, thermostat calling for cooling
1. Use a voltmeter to check for 24 volts at thermostat wires C and
Y in the condensing unit control panel.
2. No voltage indicates trouble in the thermostat, wiring or
external transformer source.
3. Check the continuity of the thermostat and wiring. Repair or
replace as necessary.
Indoor Blower Motor
With power ON:
Line Voltage now present.
WARNING
1. Set fan selector switch at thermostat to "ON" position.
2. With voltmeter, check for 24 volts at wires C and G.
3. No voltage indicates the trouble is in the thermostat or wiring.
4. Check the continuity of the thermostat and wiring. Repair or
replace as necessary.
Resistance Heaters
1. Set room thermostat to a higher setting than room tempera-
ture so both stages call for heat.
SERVICING
86
2. With voltmeter, check for 24 volts at each heater relay.
3. No voltage indicates the trouble is in the thermostat or wiring.
4. Check the continuity of the thermostat and wiring. Repair or
replace as necessary.
NOTE: Consideration must be given to how the heaters are wired
(O.D.T. and etc.). Also safety devices must be checked for conti-
nuity.
S-4 CHECKING TRANSFORMER AND CONTROL CIRCUIT
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
A step-down transformer (208/240 volt primary to 24 volt sec-
ondary) is provided with each indoor unit. This allows ample
capacity for use with resistance heaters. The outdoor sections
do not contain a transformer (see note below).
Disconnect ALL power before servicing.
WARNING
1. Remove control panel cover, or etc., to gain access to trans-
former.
With power ON:
Line Voltage now present.
WARNING
2. Using a voltmeter, check voltage across secondary voltage
side of transformer (R to C).
3. No voltage indicates faulty transformer, bad wiring, or bad
splices.
4. Check transformer primary voltage at incoming line voltage
connections and/or splices.
5 If line voltage available at primary voltage side of trans-
former and wiring and splices good, transformer is inopera-
tive. Replace.
S-7 CHECKING CONTACTOR AND/OR RELAYS
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
The compressor contactor and other relay holding coils are
wired into the low or line voltage circuits. When the control
circuit is energized, the coil pulls in the normally open contacts
or opens the normally closed contacts. When the coil is de-
energized, springs return the contacts to their normal position.
NOTE: Most single phase contactors break only one side of the
line (L1), leaving 115 volts to ground present at most internal
components.
NOTE: The compressor contactor/relay in ComfortNet
TM
ready equipment is fully integrated into the unitary (UC) con-
trol. The compressor contactor/relay coil on the UC control
is non-serviceable.
1. Remove the leads from the holding coil.
2. Using an ohmmeter, test across the coil terminals.
If the coil does not test continuous, replace the relay or contactor.
S-8 CHECKING CONTACTOR CONTACTS
Disconnect ALL power before servicing.
WARNING
SINGLE PHASE:
1. Disconnect the wire leads from the terminal (T) side of the
contactor.
2. With power ON, energize the contactor.
Line Voltage now present.
WARNING
3. Using a voltmeter, test across terminals.
A. L2 - T1 - No voltage indicates CC1 contacts open.
If a no voltage reading is obtained - replace the contactor.
SERVICING
87
VOLT/OHM
METER
T1
T2
L1L2
CC
Ohmmeter for testing holding coil
Voltmeter for testing contacts
TESTING COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR
(Single Phase)
THREE PHASE
Using a voltmeter, test across terminals:
A. L1-L2, L1-L3, and L2-L3 - If voltage is present, proceed to
B. If voltage is not present, check breaker or fuses on
main power supply..
B. T1-T2, T1-T3, and T2-T3 - If voltage readings are not the
same as in "A", replace contactor.
VOLT/OHM
METER
CC
Ohmmeter for testing holding coil
Voltmeter for testing contacts
T1
L1
T3
L3
T2
L2
TESTING COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR
(Three-Phase)
S-9 CHECKING FAN RELAY CONTACTS
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Disconnect wire leads from terminals 2 and 4 of Fan Relay
Cooling and 2 and 4, 5 and 6 of Fan Relay Heating.
2. Using an ohmmeter, test between 2 and 4 - should read open.
Test between 5 and 6 - should read continuous.
3. With power ON, energize the relays.
Line Voltage now present.
WARNING
1
2
3
4
5
OHMMETER
TESTING FAN RELAY
4. Using an ohmmeter, test between 2 and 4 - should read
continuous . Test between 5 and 6 - should read open.
5. If not as above, replace the relay.
CHECKING RELAY CONTACTS - PSC FAN MOTOR
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Disconnect the motor leads from 6-circuit fan motor wire
harness.
2. Connect a voltmeter between circuit 3 and circuits 2 (low
speed) or 1 (high speed).
NOTE: Circuit 3 is connected directly to L2.
3. Energize the system at low or high stage.
Line Voltage now present.
WARNING
4. The measured voltage between circuit 3 and circuits 2 or 1
should be approximately 0VAC, which indicates the relay
contacts are closed. A voltage measurement of approxi-
mately 115VAC indicates the relay is open. Replace the
control if the relay checks open when it should be closed. See
notes and cautions below.
NOTE: Ensure any ON delays have expired before making voltage
measurements
CAUTION: Prolonged operation with the condenser fan motor
disconnected will cause the high pressure switch to trip.
SERVICING
88
S-10 MBR/AR*F ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME DELAY
RELAY
The MBR/AR*F contains an Electronic Blower Time Delay Relay
board, B1370735. This board provides on/off time delays for the
blower motor in cooling and heat pump heating demands when
“G” is energized.
During a cooling or heat pump heating demand, 24Vac is
supplied to terminal “G” of the EBTDR to turn on the blower
motor. The EBTDR initiates a 7 second delay on and then
energizes it’s onboard relay. The relay on the EBTDR board
closes it’s normally open contacts and supplies power to the
blower motor. When the “G” input is removed, the EBTDR
initiates a 65 second delay off. When the 65 seconds delay
expires the onboard relay is de-energized and it’s contacts open
and remove power from the blower motor.
During an electric heat only demand, “W1” is energized but “G”
is not. The blower motor is connected to the normally closed
contacts of the relay on the EBTDR board. The other side of this
set of contacts is connected to the heat sequencer on the heater
assembly that provides power to the first heater element. When
“W1” is energized, the sequencer will close it’s contacts within
10 to 20 seconds to supply power to the first heater element and
to the blower motor through the normally closed contacts on the
relay on the EBTDR. When the “W1” demand is removed, the
sequencer opens it contacts within 30 to 70 seconds and
removes power from the heater element and the blower motor.
The EBTDR also contains a speedup terminal to reduce the delays
during troubleshooting of the unit. When this terminal is
shorted to the common terminal, “C”, on the EBTDR board, the
delay ON time is reduced to 3 seconds and the delay OFF time
is reduced to 5 second.
Two additional terminals, M1 and M2, are on the EBTDR board.
These terminals are used to connect the unused leads from the
blower motor and have no affect on the board’s operation.
S-11 CHECKING LOSS OF CHARGE PROTECTOR
(Heat Pump Models)
The loss of charge protectors senses the pressure in the liquid
line and will open its contacts on a drop in pressure. the low
pressure control will automatically reset itself with a rise in
pressure.
The low pressure control is designed to cut-out (open) at
approximately 21 PSIG. It will automatically cut-in (close) at
approximately 50 PSIG.Test for continuity using a VOM and if
not as above, replace the control.
S-12 CHECKING HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
The high pressure control capillary senses the pressure in the
compressor discharge line. If abnormally high condensing
pressures develop, the contacts of the control open, breaking the
control circuit before the compressor motor overloads. This
control is automatically reset.
1. Using an ohmmeter, check across terminals of high pressure
control, with wire removed. If not continuous, the contacts
are open.
2. Attach a gauge to the dill valve port on the base valve.
With power ON:
Line Voltage now present.
WARNING
3. Start the system and place a piece of cardboard in front of the
condenser coil, raising the condensing pressure.
4. Check pressure at which the high pressure control cuts-out.
If it cuts-out at 610 PSIG ± 10 PSIG, it is operating normally
(See causes for high head pressure in Service Problem Analy-
sis Guide). If it cuts out below this pressure range, replace
the control.
S-13 CHECKING LOW PRESSURE CONTROL
The low pressure control senses the pressure in the suction line
and will open its contacts on a drop in pressure. The low pressure
control will automatically reset itself with a rise in pressure.
The low pressure control is designed to cut-out (open) at approxi-
mately 21 PSIG for heat pumps and 55 PSIG for air conditioners.
SERVICING
89
It will automatically cut-in (close) at approximately 50 PSIG for
heat pumps and 95 PSIG for air conditioners.
Test for continuity using a VOM and if not as above, replace the
control.
S-10 COPELAND COMFORT ALERT™
DIAGNOSTICS - 3-WIRE MODULE
Applies to ASX /ASZ and DSX/DSZ units
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
Comfort Alert™ is self-contained with no required external sen-
sors and is designed to install directly into the electrical box of
any residential condensing unit that has a Copeland Scroll™
compressor inside.
Once attached, Comfort Alert provides around-the-clock moni-
toring for common electrical problems, compressor defects and
broad system faults. If a glitch is detected, an LED indicator
flashes the proper alert codes to help you quickly pinpoint the
problem. See Diagnostic Table: 3-Wire Comfort Alert Module on
previous page.)
Schematic Abbreviation Descriptions
HTCO High Temperature Cut Out Switch
HPCO High Pressure Cut Out Switch
LPCO Low Pressure Cut Out Switch
CC Compressor Contactor
ECB Electronic Control Board
(Defrost or Time Delay)
ECB
CC
HTCO
LPCO
HPCO
Comfort Alert
Diagnostics Module
Bold line shows field
installed wiring
Dashed line shows thermostat
demand wiring in system without
HTCO, HPCO, CPCO, and ECB
LOGIC
R
C
Y
Y1
R
C
Wiring Schematic - 3-Wire Comfort Alert Module
S-10B COPELAND CORESENSE™
DIAGNOSTICS - 3-WIRE MODULE
Applies to ASX /ASZ and DSX/DSZ units
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
The CoreSense™ module is self-contained with no required exter-
nal sensors and works with any residential condensing unit that
has a Copeland Scroll™ compressor inside.
Once attached, CoreSense™ provides around-the-clock monitor-
ing for common electrical problems, compressor defects and
broad system faults. If a glitch is detected, an LED indicator
flashes the proper alert codes to help you quickly pinpoint the
problem. See Diagnostic Table: 3-Wire CoreSense™ Module on
following pages.
SERVICING
90
Status LED Status LED Description Status LED Troubleshooting Information
Green “POWER” Module has power
Supply voltage is present at module terminals
Red “TRIP”
Thermostat demand signal 1. Compressor protector is open
Y1 is present, but the 2. Outdoor unit power disconnect is open
compressor is not 3. Compressor circuit breaker or fuse(s) is open
running 4. Broken wire or connector is not making contact
5. Low pressure switch open if present in system
6. Compressor contactor has failed open
Yellow “ALERT” Long Run Time
1. Low refrigerant charge
Flash Code 1
Compressor is 2. Evaporator blower is not running
running extremely 3. Evaporator coil is frozen
long run cycles 4. Faulty metering device
5. Condenser coil is dirty
6. Liquid line restriction (filter drier blocked if present in system)
7. Thermostat is malfunctioning
Yellow “ALERT” System Pressure Trip
1. High head pressure
Flash Code 2
Discharge or suction 2. Condenser coil poor air circulation (dirty, blocked, damaged)
pressure out of limits or 3. Condenser fan is not running
compressor overloaded 4. Return air duct has substantial leakage
5. If low pressure switch present in system,
check Flash Code 1 information
Yellow “ALERT” Short Cycling
1. Thermostat demand signal is intermittent
Flash Code 3
Compressor is running 2. Time delay relay or control board defective
only briefly 3. If high pressure switch present go to Flash Code 2 information
4. If low pressure switch present go to Flash Code 1 information
Yellow “ALERT” Locked Rotor
1. Run capacitor has failed
Flash Code 4
2. Low line voltage (contact utility if voltage at disconnect is low)
3. Excessive liquid refrigerant in compressor
4. Compressor bearings are seized
Yellow “ALERT” Open Circuit
1. Outdoor unit power disconnect is open
Flash Code 5
2. Compressor circuit breaker or fuse(s) is open
3. Compressor contactor has failed open
4. High pressure switch is open and requires manual reset
5. Open circuit in compressor supply wiring or connections
6. Unusually long compressor protector reset time
due to extreme ambient temperature
7. Compressor windings are damaged
Yellow “ALERT” Open Start Circuit
1. Run capacitor has failed
Flash Code 6
Current only in run circuit 2. Open circuit in compressor start wiring or connections
3. Compressor start winding is damaged
Yellow “ALERT” Open Run Circuit
1. Open circuit in compressor run wiring or connections
Flash Code 7
Current only in start circuit 2. Compressor run winding is damaged
Yellow “ALERT” Low Voltage
1. Control circuit transformer is overloaded
Flash Code 9
Control circuit < 17VAC 2. Low line voltage (contact utility if voltage at disconnect is low)
• FLASH CODE NUMBER CORRESPONDS TO A NUMBER OF LED FLASHES, FOLLOWED BY A PAUSE AND THEN REPEATED
• TRIP AND ALERT LEDS FLASHING AT SAME TIME MEANS CONTROL CIRCUIT VOLTAGE IS TOO LOW FOR OPERATION.
• LAST ALERT FLASH CODE IS DISPLAYED FOR 1 MINUTE AFTER MODULE IS POWERED ON.
DIAGNOSTICS TABLE: 2-WIRE COMFORT ALERT™ MODULE
SERVICING
91
C
Y
Indoor
Unit
Schematic Abbreviation Descriptions
HTCO High Temperature Cut Out Switch
HPCO High Pressure Cut Out Switch
LPCO Low Pressure Cut Out Switch
CC Compressor Contactor
ECB Electronic Control Board
(Defrost or Time Delay)
Wiring Schematic - 3-Wire CoreSense™ Alert Module
Reset
Switch
Run/Alert
LED
Trip/Lock-Out
Red LED
Protection
Output
Data Port
One
Current
Sensor
DIAGNOSTICS - 2-WIRE MODULE
Applies to ASX130[18-60]CA, ASX140[18-36]1CA,
ASX140421DA, and ASX140[48-60]1BA units
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
The CoreSense™ module is self-contained with no required exter-
nal sensors and works with any residential condensing unit that
has a Copeland Scroll™ compressor inside.
Once attached, CoreSense™ provides around-the-clock monitor-
ing for common electrical problems, compressor defects and
broad system faults. If a glitch is detected, an LED indicator
flashes the proper alert codes to help you quickly pinpoint the
problem. See Diagnostic Table: 2-Wire Comfort Alert™ Module on
following pages.)
Schematic Abbreviation Descriptions
HTCO High Temperature Cut Out Switch
HPCO High Pressure Cut Out Switch
LPCO Low Pressure Cut Out Switch
CC Compressor Contactor
ECB Electronic Control Board
(Defrost or Time Delay)
Wiring Schematic - 2-Wire CoreSense™ Module
SERVICING
92
DIAGNOSTICS TABLE: CORESENSE
™ MODULE
Flash code number corresponds to the number of LED flashes, followed by a pause and then repeated.
TRIP and ALERT LEDs flashing at the same time mean control circuit voltage is too low for operation.
SERVICING
93
DIAGNOSTICS TABLE: CORESENSE™ MODULE (CONT.)
Flash code number corresponds to the number of LED flashes, followed by a pause and then repeated.
TRIP and ALERT LEDs flashing at the same time mean control circuit voltage is too low for operation.
SERVICING
94
Table 1 - Quick Reference Table
SERVICING
95
S-15 CHECKING CAPACITOR
CAPACITOR, RUN
A run capacitor is wired across the auxiliary and main windings
of a single phase permanent split capacitor motor. The capaci-
tors primary function is to reduce the line current while greatly
improving the torque characteristics of a motor. This is accom-
plished by using the 90° phase relationship between the capaci-
tor current and voltage in conjunction with the motor windings,
so that the motor will give two phase operation when connected
to a single phase circuit. The capacitor also reduces the line
current to the motor by improving the power factor.
The line side of this capacitor is marked with "COM" and is wired
to the line side of the circuit.
CAPACITOR, START
SCROLL COMPRESSOR MODELS
In most cases hard start components are not required on Scroll
compressor equipped units due to a non-replaceable check valve
located in the discharge line of the compressor. However, in
installations that encounter low lock rotor voltage, a hard start
kit can improve starting characteristics and reduce light dim-
ming within the home. Only hard start kits approved by Amana
®
brand or Copeland should be used. "Kick Start" and/or "Super
Boost" kits are not approved start assist devices.
The discharge check valve closes off high side pressure to the
compressor after shut down allowing equalization through the
scroll flanks. Equalization requires only about 1/2 second.
To prevent the compressor from short cycling, a Time Delay
Relay (Cycle Protector) has been added to the low voltabe
circuit.
S-15A RESISTANCE CHECK USING A DIGITAL MULTI-
METER
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
Check for Digital Test
1. Set the meter on Ohm range (Set it at lease 1000 Ohm
=1k).
WARNING
Discharge capacitor through a 20 to 30 OHM
resistor before handling.
WARNING
2. Connect the Meter leads to the Capacitor terminals.
3. Digital meter will show a reading momentarily (Figure 1).
Note the reading.
Figure 1 Figure 2
4. Reading will immediately return to the OL = (Open Line)
(Figure 2). Every attempt of Step 2 will show the same result
as was in step 4 and Step 5. This indicates that the capacitor
is good.
5. If there is no Change, then capacitor is dead and must be
replaced.
Check for Analog Meter
A. Good Condition - indicator swings to zero and slowly
returns to infinity. (Start capacitor with bleed resistor will
not return to infinity. It will still read the resistance of the
resistor).
B. Shorted - indicator swings to zero and stops there - replace.
C. Open - no reading - replace. (Start capacitor would read
resistor resistance.)
S-15B CAPACITANCE CHECK USING A DIGITAL MULTI-
METER (IN CAPACITANCE MODE)
WARNING
Discharge capacitor through a 20 to 30 OHM
resistor before handling.
WARNING
NOTE: You can do this test with a multi-meter if you have a
Capacitance meter on your multi-meter.
1. Remove the capacitor from the circuit.
2. Now Select "Capacitance" on your multi-meter.
3. Now connect the capacitor terminals to the multi-meter
leads.
4. If the reading is near to the actual value of the capacitor (i.e.
the printed value on the capacitor). The capacitor is good.
SERVICING
96
(Note that the reading may be less than the actual printed
value of the capacitor).
5. If you read a significantly lower capacitance or none at all,
then capacitor is dead and must be replaced.
S-16A CHECKING FAN AND BLOWER MOTOR WINDINGS
(PSC MOTORS)
The auto reset fan motor overload is designed to protect the motor
against high temperature and high amperage conditions by
breaking the common circuit within the motor, similar to the
compressor internal overload. However, heat generated within
the motor is faster to dissipate than the compressor, allow at
least 45 minutes for the overload to reset, then retest.
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Remove the motor leads from its respective connection points
and capacitor (if applicable).
2. Check the continuity between each of the motor leads.
3. Touch one probe of the ohmmeter to the motor frame (ground)
and the other probe in turn to each lead.
If the windings do not test continuous or a reading is obtained
from lead to ground, replace the motor.
S-16B CHECKING FAN AND BLOWER MOTOR (ECM
MOTORS)
An ECM is an Electronically Commutated Motor which offers many
significant advantages over PSC motors. The ECM has near zero
rotor loss, synchronous machine operation, variable speed, low
noise, and programmable air flow. Because of the sophisticated
electronics within the ECM motor, some technicians are inti-
mated by the ECM motor; however, these fears are unfounded. GE
offers two ECM motor testers, and with a VOM meter, one can
easily perform basic troubleshooting on ECM motors. An ECM
motor requires power (line voltage) and a signal (24 volts) to
operate. The ECM motor stator contains permanent magnet. As a
result, the shaft feels "rough" when turned by hand. This is a
characteristic of the motor, not an indication of defective bear-
ings.
Line Voltage now present.
WARNING
1. Disconnect the 5-pin connector from the motor.
2. Using a volt meter, check for line voltage at terminals #4 & #5
at the power connector. If no voltage is present:
3. Check the unit for incoming power See section S-1.
4. Check the control board, See section S-40.
5. If line voltage is present, reinsert the 5-pin connector and
remove the 16-pin connector.
6. Check for signal (24 volts) at the transformer.
7. Check for signal (24 volts) from the thermostat to the "G"
terminal at the 16-pin connector.
8. Using an ohmmeter, check for continuity from the #1 & #3
(common pins) to the transformer neutral or "C" thermostat
terminal. If you do not have continuity, the motor may
function erratically. Trace the common circuits, locate and
repair the open neutral.
9. Set the thermostat to "Fan-On". Using a voltmeter, check for
24 volts between pin # 15 (G) and common.
10. Disconnect power to compressor. Set thermostat to call for
cooling. Using a voltmeter, check for 24 volts at pin # 6 and/
or #14.
11. Set the thermostat to a call for heating. Using a voltmeter,
check for 24 volts at pin #2 and/or #11.
1
2
3
4
5
Lines 1 and 2 will be connected
for 12OVAC Power Connector
applications only
Gnd
AC Line Connection
AC Line Connection
}
11
19
2
3
4
5
6
7
816
15
14
13
12
10
OUT - OUT +
A
DJUST +/-
G (FAN)
Y1 Y/Y2
COOL
EM Ht/W2
DELAY
24 Vac (R)
COMMON2
HEAT
W/W1
BK/PWM (SPEED)
COMMON1 O (REV VALVE)
16-PIN ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
If you do not read voltage and continuity as described, the
problem is in the control or interface board, but not the motor.
If you register voltage as described , the ECM power head is
defective and must be replaced.
SERVICING
97
S-16C CHECKING ECM MOTOR WINDINGS
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Disconnect the 5-pin and the 16-pin connectors from the ECM
power head.
2. Remove the 2 screws securing the ECM power head and
separate it from the motor.
3. Disconnect the 3-pin motor connector from the power head
and lay it aside.
4. Using an ohmmeter, check the motor windings for continuity
to ground (pins to motor shell). If the ohmmeter indicates
continuity to ground, the motor is defective and must be
replaced.
5. Using an ohmmeter, check the windings for continuity (pin
to pin). If no continuity is indicated, the thermal limit (over
load) device may be open. Allow motor to cool and retest.
16-pin
connector
5-pin
connector
3-pin motor
connector
S-16DECM CFM ADJUSTMENTS MBE / AEPF
MBE MOTOR
This section references the operation characteristics of the MBE/
AEPF models motor only. The ECM control board is factory set
with the dipswitch #4 in the “ON” position and all other dipswitches
are factory set in the “OFF” position. When MBE/AEPF are used
with 2-stage cooling units, dipswitch #4 should be in the "OFF"
position.
For most applications, the settings are to be changed according
to the electric heat size and the outdoor unit selection.
The MBE/AEPF products use a General Electric ECM
TM
motor. This
motor provides many features not available on the traditional
PSC motor. These features include:
• Improved Efficiency
• Constant CFM
• Soft Start and Stop
• Improved Humidity Control
MOTOR SPEED ADJUSTMENT
Each ECM™ blower motor has been preprogrammed for operation
at 4 distinct airflow levels when operating in Cooling/Heat Pump
mode or Electric Heat mode. These 4 distinct levels may also be
adjusted slightly lower or higher if desired. The adjustment
between levels and the trim adjustments are made by changing
the dipswitch(s) either to an "OFF" or "ON" position.
DIPSWITCH FUNCTIONS
The MBE / AEPF air handler motors have an electronic control that
contains an eight (8) position dip switch. The function of these
dipswitches are shown in Table 1.
Dipswitch
Number
1
2
3N/A
4 Indoor Thermostat
5 Cooling & Heat
6 Pump CFM
7
8
Function
Electric Heat
CFM Tri m Adjus t
Dipswitch Functions
Table 1
CFM DELIVERY
Tables 2, 3, 5 and 6 show the CFM output for dipswitch combina-
tions 1-2, and 5-6.
Model Switch 1 Switch 2 CFM
OFF
OFF
1,200
ON
OFF
1,000
OFF
ON
800
ON ON 600
OFF
OFF
1,600
ON
OFF
1,400
OFF
ON
1,200
ON ON 1,000
OFF
OFF
2,000
ON OFF 1,800
OFF ON 1,600
ON ON 1,200
MBE1200
MBE1600
MBE2000
Electric Heat Operation
Table 2
SERVICING
98
Model Switch 5 Switch 6 CFM
OFF
OFF
1,200
ON
OFF
1,000
OFF
ON
800
ON ON 600
OFF
OFF
1,600
ON
OFF
1,400
OFF
ON
1,200
ON ON 1,000
OFF
OFF
2,000
ON
OFF
1,800
OFF
ON
1,600
ON ON 1,200
MBE1200
MBE1600
MBE2000
Cooling/Heat Pump Operation
Table 3
THERMOSTAT “FAN ONLY” MODE
During Fan Only Operations, the CFM output is 30% of the cooling
setting.
Dipswitch Functions
The AEPF air handler motor has an electronic control that con-
tains an eight (8) position dip switch. The function of these
dipswitches are shown in Table 9.
Dipswitch Number Function
1
2
3N/A
4 Indoor Thermostat
5
6
7
8
Electric Heat
Cooling & Heat Pump CFM
CFM Trim Adjust
Table 9
CFM Delivery
Tables 10-Electric Heat and 11-Cooling/Heat Pump show the CFM
output for dipswitch combinations 1-2, and 5-6.
1278
OFF OFF OFF OFF 1100 1210
ON OFF OFF OFF 890 935
OFF ON OFF OFF 700 770
OFF OFF OFF OFF 2050 2150
AEPF3036
ON OFF OFF OFF 1750 1835
AEPF3137
OFF ON OFF OFF 1600 1680
AEPF4260
ON ON OFF OFF 1200 1260
ON ON OFF ON 1020 1070
Model
Switch Switch
Emergecny
(Electric)
Heat
Heat Pump
w/Backup
Heat
AEPF1830
Table 10
5678
OFF OFF OFF OFF 2 ½ 1100
ON OFF OFF OFF 2 800
OFF ON OFF OFF 1 ½ 600
OFF OFF OFF OFF 5 1800
AEPF3036 ON OFF OFF OFF 4 1580
AEPF3137 OFF ON OFF OFF 3 ½ 1480
AEPF4260 ON ON OFF OFF 3 1200
ON ON OFF ON 2 ½ 1020
Model
Switch Switch
Nominal
Cooling
Tonnage
CFM
AEPF183
0
Table 11
Thermostat “Fan Only Mode”
During “Fan Only Mode” operation, the CFM output is 30% of the
cooling setting.
CFM Trim Adjust
Minor adjustments can be made through the dip switch combi-
nation of 7-8. The following Table 12 shows the switch position
for this feature.
CFM Switch 7 Switch 8
+10% ON OFF
-15% OFF ON
Humidity Control
When using a Humidistat (normally closed), cut jumper PJ6 on the
control board. The Humidistat will only affect cooling airflow by
adjusting the Airflow to 85%.
SERVICING
99
- Connectors are oriented "down"
(
or as recommended b
y
equipment manufacturer
)
.- Arran
g
e harnesses with "drip loop" under motor.
-
I
s con
d
ensa
t
e
d
ra
i
n p
l
u
gg
e
d?
-
Ch
ec
k
f
or
l
ow a
i
r
fl
ow
(t
oo muc
h
l
a
t
en
t
capac
ity)
.
-
Check
for
undercharged
condition
. -
Check
and
plug
leaks
in
return
ducts
,
cabinet
.
*Moisture Check
I
mpor
t
an
t
N
o
t
e:
U
s
i
n
g
th
e wron
g
mo
t
or
/
con
t
ro
l
mo
d
u
l
e vo
id
s a
ll
pro
d
uc
t
warran
ti
es an
d
ma
y
pro
d
uce unexpec
t
e
d
resu
lt
s.
Note:
You must use the correct replacement control/motor module since the
y
are factor
y
pro
g
rammed for specific operatin
g
modes. Even thou
g
h the
y
look alike, different modules ma
y
have completel
y
different
functionality. The ECM variable speed motors are c
Symptom Fault Description(s) Possible Causes Corrective Action Cautions and Notes
- Motor rocks
slightly
w hen starting.
- This is normal start-up for
variable speed motor.
---- ---- ----
- No mov ement.
- Manual disconnect sw itch off or
door sw itch open.
- Blow n fuse or circuit breaker.
- 24 Vac w ires misw ired.
- Unseated pins in w iring
harness connectors.
- Bad motor/control module.
- Moisture present in motor or control module.
- Check 230 Vac pow er at motor.
- Check low voltage (24 V ac R to C) at motor.
- Check low voltage connections
(G, Y, W, R, C) at motor.
- Check for unseated pins in connectors
on motor harness.
- Test w ith a temporary jumper betw een R - G.
-
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
Wait 5 minutes after
disconnecting pow er before
opening motor.
- Handle electronic motor/control w ith care.
- Motor rocks,
but w on't start.
- Loose motor mount.
- Blow er w heel not tight on motor shaft.
- Bad motor/control module.
- Check for loose motor mount.
- Make sure blow er w heel is tight on shaft.
- Perform motor/control replacement check,
ECM motors only.
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
Wait 5 minutes after
disconnecting pow er before
opening motor.
- Handle electronic motor/control w ith care.
- Motor
oscillates up &
dow n w hile
being tested
off of blow er.
- It is normal for motor to
oscillate w ith
no load on shaft.
---- ---- ----
- Varies up and dow n
or intermittent.
- Variation in 230 Vac to motor.
- Unseated pins in w iring harness
connectors.
- Erratic CFM command f rom
"BK" terminal.
- Improper thermostat connection or setting.
- Moisture present in motor/control module.
- Check line voltage for variation or "sag".
- Check low voltage connections
(G, Y, W, R, C) at
motor, unseated pins in motor
harness connectors.
- Check-out system controls - Thermostat.
- Perform Moisture Check.*
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
- "Hunts" or "puffs" at
high CFM (speed).
- Incorrect or dirty filter(s).
- Incorrect supply or return ductw ork.
- Incorrect blow er speed setting.
- Does removing panel or filter
reduce "puffing"?
- Check/replace filter.
- Check/correct duct restrictions.
- Adjust to correct blow er speed setting.
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
Troubleshooting Chart for GE/Regal-Beloit ECM Variable Speed Air Circulator Blower Motors
- Motor w on't
start.
- Motor starts,
but runs
erratically.
CHART CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
SERVICING
100
- Connectors are oriented "down"
(
or as recommended b
y
equipment manufacturer
)
.- Arran
g
e harnesses with "drip loop" under motor.
-
I
s con
d
ensa
t
e
d
ra
i
n p
l
u
gg
e
d?
-
Ch
ec
k
f
or
l
ow a
i
r
fl
ow
(t
oo muc
h
l
a
t
en
t
capac
ity)
.
-
Check
for
undercharged
condition
. -
Check
and
plug
leaks
in
return
ducts
,
cabinet
.
*Moisture Check
I
mpor
t
an
t
N
o
t
e:
U
s
i
n
g
th
e wron
g
mo
t
or
/
con
t
ro
l
mo
d
u
l
e vo
id
s a
ll
pro
d
uc
t
warran
ti
es an
d
ma
y
pro
d
uce unexpec
t
e
d
resu
lt
s.
Note:
You must use the correct replacement control/motor module since the
y
are factor
y
pro
g
rammed for specific operatin
g
modes. Even thou
g
h the
y
look alike, different modules ma
y
have completel
y
different
functionality. The ECM variable speed motors are c
CHART CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE.
Symptom Fault Description(s) Possible Causes Corrective Action Cautions and Notes
- Stays at low CFM des pite
system call for cool
or heat CFM.
- 24 Vac w ires misw ired or loose.
- "R" missing/not connected at motor.
- Fan in delay mode.
- Check low voltage (Thermostat)
w ires and connections.
- Verify fan is not in delay mode -
w ait until delay complete.
- Perform motor/control replacement
check, ECM motors only.
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
Wait 5 minutes after
disconnecting pow er before
opening motor.
- Handle electronic motor/control
w ith care.
- Stays at high CFM.
- "R" missing/not connected at motor.
- Fan in delay mode.
- Is fan in delay mode? - w ait until delay time
complete.
- Perform motor/control replacement check, ECM
motors only.
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
Wait 5 minutes after
disconnecting pow er before
opening motor.
- Handle electronic motor/control
w ith care.
- Blow er w on't shut off.
- Current leakage from controls
into G, Y, or W.
- Check for Triac sw itched t'stat
or solid state relay.
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
- Air noise.
- High static creating high blow er speed.
- Incorrect supply or return ductw ork.
- Incorrect or dirty filter(s).
- Incorrect blow er speed setting.
- Check/replace filter.
- Check/correct duct restrictions.
- Adjust to correct blow er speed setting.
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
- Noisy blow er or cabinet.
- Loose blow er housing, panels, etc.
- High static creating high blow er
speed.
- Air leaks in ductw ork, cabinets,
or panels.
- Check for loose blow er housing,
panels, etc.
- Check for air w histling thru seams in
ducts, cabinets or panels.
- Check for cabinet/duct deformation.
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
- "Hunts" or "puffs" at
high CFM (speed).
- High static creating high blow er speed.
- Incorrect or dirty filter(s).
- Incorrect supply or return ductw ork.
- Incorrect blow er speed setting.
- Does removing panel or filter
reduce "puffing"?
- Check/replace filter.
- Check/correct duct restrictions.
- Adjust to correct blow er speed setting.
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
- Evidence of
Moisture.
- Motor failure or
malfunction has
occurred and moisture
is present.
- Moisture in motor/control module.
- Replace motor and perform
Moisture Check.*
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
Wait 5 minutes after
disconnecting pow er before
opening motor.
- Handle electronic motor/control
w ith care.
- Excessive
noise.
Troubleshooting Chart for GE/Regal-Beloit ECM Variable Speed Air Circulator Blower Motors
- Motor starts,
but runs
erratically.
SERVICING
101
S-16E BLOWER PERFORMANCE DATA
SPEED STATIC
MBR800**-*
SCFM
MBR1200**-*
SCFM
MBR1600**-*
SCFM
MBR2000**-*
SCFM
0.1 1,240 1,500 1,800 2,160
0.2 1,170 1,460 1,740 2,080
0.3 1,120 1,360 1,680 1,990
0.4 1,060 1,280 1,610 1,890
0.5 980 1,200 1,520 1,790
0.6 900 1,110 1,430 1,690
0.1 900 1,380 1,540 1,730
0.2 850 1,320 1,490 1,670
0.3 790 1,270 1,450 1,590
0.4 740 1,200 1,400 1,520
0.5 680 1,140 13,560 1,420
0.6 605 1,040 1,280 1,320
0.1 650 1,170 1,130 1,520
0.2 590 1,130 1,100 1,450
0.3 540 1,080 1,070 1,360
0.4 500 1,020 1,030 1,290
0.5 430 950 990 1,200
0.6 330 830 930 1,090
HIGH
MEDIUM
LOW
NOTE: External static is for blower @ 230 Volts. It does not include Coil, Air Filter or Electric Heaters.
S-16F CHECKING HIGH EFFICIENCY MOTORS
The motor is a one piece, fully encapsulated, 3 phase brushless
DC (single phase AC input) motor with ball bearing construction.
1. Using a voltmeter, check for 230 volts to the motor connec-
tions L and N. If 230 volts is present, proceed to step 2. If 230
volts is not present, check the line voltage circuit to the motor.
2. Using a voltmeter, check for 24 volts from terminal C to either
terminal 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, depending on which tap is being used,
at the motor. If voltage present, proceed tostep 3. If no voltage,
check 24 volt circuit to motor.
3. If voltage was present in steps 1 and 2, the motor has failed
and will need to be replaced.
NOTE: When replacing motor, ensure the belly band is
between the vents on the motor and the wiring has the proper
drip loop to prevent condensate from entering the motor.
C
LGN
123
4
5
High Voltage
Connections
3/16"
Low Voltage Connections
1/4”
MOTOR CONNECTIONS
SERVICING
102
S-16G EEM BLOWER REPLACEMENT
For AWUF19-25, AWUF31-32, and AWUF37 , AWEUT18 and
AWEUT19 Air Handlers.
1. Disconnect power at main electrical panel.
2. Remove front access panel.
3. Remove the two screws on each side holding the lower control
box and move out of the way to give access to the blower
assembly
5. Loosen or remove set screw on blower wheel hub and ensure
the wheel slides freely on the shaft of the motor.
6. Install cardboard or rug over coil to protect fins from dam-
age.
7. Remove the three 3/8" screws holding the blower in place.
8. Lower blower onto coil.
9. Slide blower assembly all the way to the left side of cabinet.
SERVICING
103
S-17 CHECKING COMPRESSOR
WARNING
Herm
etic compressor electrical terminal venting can
be dangerous. When insulating material which
supp
orts a hermetic compressor or electrical terminal
suddenly disintegrates due to physical abuse or as a
result of an electrical short between the terminal and
the compressor housing, the terminal may be
expelled, venting the vapor and liquid contents of the
compressor housing and system.
If the compressor terminal PROTECTIVE COVER and gasket (if
required) are not properly in place and secured, there is a remote
possibility if a terminal vents, that the vaporous and liquid
discharge can be ignited, spouting flames several feet, causing
potentially severe or fatal injury to anyone in its path.
This discharge can be ignited external to the compressor if the
terminal cover is not properly in place and if the discharge
impinges on a sufficient heat source.
Ignition of the discharge can also occur at the venting terminal
or inside the compressor, if there is sufficient contaminant air
present in the system and an electrical arc occurs as the terminal
vents.
Ignition cannot occur at the venting terminal without the pres-
ence of contaminant air, and cannot occur externally from the
venting terminal without the presence of an external ignition
source.
Therefore, proper evacuation of a hermetic system is essential
at the time of manufacture and during servicing.
To reduce the possibility of external ignition, all open flame,
electrical power, and other heat sources should be extinguished
or turned off prior to servicing a system.
10. Remove the bolts holding the motor bracket to the blower and
slide out of blower shell.
11. Replace the motor and reinstall blower and control box.
12. Reconnect power and test operation.
SERVICING
104
S-17A RESISTANCE TEST
Each compressor is equipped with an internal overload.
The line break internal overload senses both motor amperage
and winding temperature. High motor temperature or amperage
heats the disc causing it to open, breaking the common circuit
within the compressor on single phase units.
Heat generated within the compressor shell, usually due to
recycling of the motor, high amperage or insufficient gas to cool
the motor, is slow to dissipate. Allow at least three to four hours
for it to cool and reset, then retest.
Fuse, circuit breaker, ground fault protective device, etc. has not
tripped -
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Remove the leads from the compressor terminals.
WARNING
Herm
etic compressor electrical terminal venting can
be dangerous. When insulating material which
supp
orts a hermetic compressor or electrical terminal
suddenly disintegrates due to physical abuse or as a
result of an electrical short between the terminal and
the compressor housing, the terminal may be
expelled, venting the vapor and liquid contents of the
compressor housing and system.
2. Using an ohmmeter, test continuity between terminals S-R, C-
R, and C-S, on single phase units or terminals T2, T2 and T3,
on 3 phase units.
S
R
C
COMP
OHMMETER
TESTING COMPRESSOR WINDINGS
If either winding does not test continuous, replace the compres-
sor.
NOTE: If an open compressor is indicated, allow ample time for
the internal overload to reset before replacing compressor.
S-17B GROUND TEST
If fuse, circuit breaker, ground fault protective device, etc., has
tripped, this is a strong indication that an electrical problem
exists and must be found and corrected. The circuit protective
device rating must be checked, and its maximum rating should
coincide with that marked on the equipment nameplate.
With the terminal protective cover in place, it is acceptable to
replace the fuse or reset the circuit breaker ONE TIME ONLY to see
if it was just a nuisance opening. If it opens again, DO NOT
continue to reset.
Disconnect all power to unit, making sure that all power legs are
open.
1. DO NOT remove protective terminal cover. Disconnect the
three leads going to the compressor terminals at the nearest
point to the compressor.
2. Identify the leads and using an ohmmeter on the R x 10,000
scale or the highest resistance scale on your ohmmeter check
the resistance between each of the three leads separately to
ground (such as an unpainted tube on the compressor).
3. If a ground is indicated, then carefully remove the compres-
sor terminal protective cover and inspect for loose leads or
insulation breaks in the lead wires.
4. If no visual problems indicated, carefully remove the leads
at the compressor terminals.
5. Carefully retest for ground, directly between compressor
terminals and ground.
6. If ground is indicated, replace the compressor. The resistance
reading should be infinity. If there is any reading on meter,
there is some continuity to ground and compressor should
be considered defective.
OHMMETER
WARNING
Damage can occur to the glass embedded terminals if
the leads are not properly removed. This can result in
terminal and hot oil discharging.
S-17C UNLOADER TEST PROCEDURE
A nominal 24-volt direct current coil activates the internal
unloader solenoid. The input control circuit voltage must be 18
SERVICING
105
to 28 volt ac. The coil power requirement is 20 VA. The external
electrical connection is made with a molded plug assembly. This
plug contains a full wave rectifier to supply direct current to the
unloader coil.
UNLOADER SOLENOID
(Molded Plug)
Unloader Test Procedure
If it is suspected that the unloader is not working, the following
methods may be used to verify operation.
1. Operate the system and measure compressor current. Cycle
the unloader ON and OFF at 10 second intervals. The com-
pressor amperage should go up or down at least 25 percent.
2. If step one does not give the expected results, shut unit off.
Apply 18 to 28 volt ac to the unloader molded plug leads and
listen for a click as the solenoid pulls in. Remove power and
listen for another click as the unloader returns to its original
position.
3. If clicks can’t be heard, shut off power and remove the control
circuit molded plug from the compressor and measure the
unloader coil resistance. The resistance should be 32 to 60
ohms, depending on compressor temperature.
4. Next check the molded plug.
A. Voltage check: Apply control voltage to the plug wires
(18 to 28 volt ac). The measured dc voltage at the
female connectors in the plug should be around 15 to
27 vdc.
B. Resistance check: Measure the resistance from the
end of one molded plug lead to either of the two female
connectors in the plug. One of the connectors should
read close to zero ohms while the other should read
infinity. Repeat with other wire. The same female
connector as before should read zero while the other
connector again reads infinity. Reverse polarity on
the ohmmeter leads and repeat. The female connector
that read infinity previously should now read close to
zero ohms.
C. Replace plug if either of these test methods doesn’t
show the desired results.
S-17D OPERATION TEST
If the voltage, capacitor, overload and motor winding test fail to
show the cause for failure:
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Remove unit wiring from disconnect switch and wire a test
cord to the disconnect switch.
NOTE: The wire size of the test cord must equal the line wire size
and the fuse must be of the proper size and type.
2. With the protective terminal cover in place, use the three
leads to the compressor terminals that were disconnected at
the nearest point to the compressor and connect the common,
start and run clips to the respective leads.
3. Connect good capacitors of the right MFD and voltage rating
into the circuit as shown.
4. With power ON, close the switch.
Line Voltage now present.
WARNING
A. If the compressor starts and continues to run, the cause for
failure is somewhere else in the system.
B. If the compressor fails to start - replace.
COPELAND COMPRESSOR
03 A 12345 L
Y
EAR
MONTH
SERIAL
NUMBER
PLANT
S-17E CHECKING 3-PHASE SCROLL COMPRESSOR
ROTATION
Verify the proper rotation of Copeland scroll compressors as
follows:
NOTE: The compressor may run backwards (noisy operation)
for 1 or 2 seconds at shutdown. This is normal and does not
harm the compressor.
1. Install gauges and verify that the suction pressure drops
while the discharge pressure increases.
2. Listen for normal compressor sound levels. Reverse rotation
results in elevated or unusual sound levels.
SERVICING
106
3. Reverse rotation will result in substantially reduced amp
draw from tabulated values.
To correct improper rotation, switch any two power supply
leads at the outdoor unit contactor.
The 3-phase scroll compressors are direction of rotation
sensitive. They will rotate in either direction depending on
the phasing of the power. There is no negative impact on
durability caused by operating 3-phase compressors in
reversed rotation. The compressor's internal protector will
trip, de-energizing the compressor. Continued operation of
3-phase scroll compressors with the rotation reversed will
contribute to compressor failure. All 3-phase scroll com-
pressors should be checked for correct phase rotation.
S-18 TESTING CRANKCASE HEATER (OPTIONAL ITEM)
The crankcase heater must be energized a minimum of four (4)
hours before the condensing unit is operated.
Crankcase heaters are used to prevent migration or accumula-
tion of refrigerant in the compressor crankcase during the off
cycles and prevents liquid slugging or oil pumping on start up.
A crankcase heater will not prevent compressor damage due to a
floodback or over charge condition.
Disconnect ALL power before servicing.
WARNING
1. Disconnect the heater lead in wires.
2. Using an ohmmeter, check heater continuity - should test
continuous. If not, replace.
NOTE: The positive temperature coefficient crankcase heater is
a 40 watt 265 voltage heater. The cool resistance of the heater
will be approximately 1800 ohms. The resistance will become
greater as the temperature of the compressor shell increases.
S-21 CHECKING REVERSING VALVE AND SOLENOID
Occasionally the reversing valve may stick in the heating or
cooling position or in the mid-position.
When stuck in the mid-position, part of the discharge gas from
the compressor is directed back to the suction side, resulting in
excessively high suction pressure. An increase in the suction
line temperature through the reversing valve can also be mea-
sured. Check operation of the valve by starting the system and
switching the operation from COOLING to HEATING cycle.
If the valve fails to change its position, test the voltage (24V) at
the valve coil terminals, while the system is on the COOLING
cycle.
If no voltage is registered at the coil terminals, check the
operation of the thermostat and the continuity of the connecting
wiring from the "O" terminal of the thermostat to the unit.
S-24 TESTING DEFROST CONTROL
To check the defrost control for proper sequencing, proceed as
follows: With power ON; unit not running.
1. Jumper defrost thermostat by placing a jumper wire across
the terminals "DFT" and "R"/"R-DFT" at defrost control board.
2. Connect jumper across test pins on defrost control board.
3. Set thermostat to call for heating. System should go into
defrost within 21 seconds.
4. Immediately remove jumper from test pins.
5. Using VOM check for voltage across terminals "C & O". Meter
should read 24 volts.
6. Using VOM check for voltage across fan terminals DF1 and
DF2 on the board. You should read line voltage (208-230 VAC)
indicating the relay is open in the defrost mode.
7. Using VOM check for voltage across "W"/"W2" & "C" termi-
nals on the board. You should read 24 volts.
8. If not as above, replace control board.
9. Set thermostat to off position and disconnect power before
removing any jumpers or wires.
NOTE: Remove jumper across defrost thermostat before
returning system to service.
S-25 TESTING DEFROST THERMOSTAT
1. Install a thermocouple type temperature test lead on the tube
adjacent to the defrost control. Insulate the lead point of
contact.
2. Check the temperature at which the control closes its con-
tacts by lowering the temperature of the control. Part #
0130M00009P which is used on 2 and 2.5 ton units should
close at 34°F ± 5°F. Part # 0130M00001P or B1370803 which
is used on 3 thru 5 ton units should close at 31°F ± 3°F.
3. Check the temperature at which the control closes its con-
tacts by lowering the temperature of the control. Part #
0130M00085, which is used onunits with 5 mm coils, should
close at 30°F ± 5°F.
4. Check the temperature at which the control opens its contacts
by raising the temperature of the control. Part #0130M00009P
which is used on 2 and 2.5 ton units should open at 60°F ± 5°F.
Part # 0130M00001P or B1370803 which is used on 3 thru
5 ton units should open at 75°F ± 6°F.
5. Check the temperature at which the control opens its contacts
by raising the temperature of the control. Part # 0130M00085,
which is used on units with 5 mm coils, should open at 60°F
± 5°F.
6. If not as above, replace control.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
Refer to the installation instructions and wiring diagrams pro-
vided with the MBR/AR*F for specific wiring connections and
system configuration.
MBR/AR*F WITH SINGLE STAGE CONDENSERS
1.0 Cooling Operation
1.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes “G”
and “Y” and 24Vac is supplied to “Y” at the condensing unit
and the “G” terminal on the EBTDR board.
SERVICING
107
1.2 The compressor and condenser fan are turned on and after
a 7 second on delay, the relay on the EBTDR board is
energized and the blower motor starts.
1.3 When the cooling demand “Y” is satisfied, the room thermo-
stat removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y”.
1.4 The compressor and condenser fan are turned off and after
a 65 second delay off, the relay on the EBTDR board is de-
energized and the blower is turned off.
2.0 Heating Operation
2.1 On a demand for heat, the room thermostat energizes “W1”
and 24Vac is supplied to heat sequencer, HR1, on the heater
assembly.
2.2 The contacts M1 and M2 will close within 10 to 20 seconds
and turn on heater element #1. The normally closed
contacts on the EBTDR are also connected to terminal M1.
When M1 and M2 close, the blower motor will be energized
thru the normally closed contacts on the EBTDR board. At
the same time, if the heater assembly contains a second
heater element, HR1 will contain a second set of contacts,
M3 and M4, which will close to turn on heater element #2.
NOTE: If more than two heater elements are on the heater
assembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2,which
will control the 3
rd
and 4
th
heater elements if available. If the
first stage heat demand, “W1” cannot be satisfied by the heat
pump, the temperature indoors will continue to drop. The room
thermostat will then energize “W2” and 24Vac will be supplied
to HR2 on the heater assembly. When the “W2” demand is
satisfied, the room thermostat will remove the 24Vac from HR2.
The contacts on HR2 will open between 30 to 70 seconds and
heater elements #3 and #4 will be turned off. On most digital/
electronic thermostats, “W2” will remain energized until the
first stage demand “W1” is satisfied and then the “W1” and
“W2” demands will be removed.
2.3 When the “W1” heat demand is satisfied, the room thermo-
stat will remove the 24Vac from HR1. Both set of contacts
on the relay opens within 30 to 70 seconds and turn off the
heater element(s) and the blower motor.
MBR/AR*F WITH SINGLE STAGE HEAT PUMPS
3.0 Cooling Operation
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat set to the
cooling mode, 24Vac is supplied to “O” which energizes the
reversing valve. As long as the thermostat is set for cooling, the
reversing valve will be in the energized position for cooling.
3.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes “G”
and “Y” and 24Vac is supplied to “Y” at the heat pump and
the “G” terminal on the EBTDR board.
3.2 The heat pump turned on in the cooling mode and after a 7
second on delay, the relay on the EBTDR board is energized
and the blower motor starts.
3.3 When the cooling demand is satisfied, the room thermostat
removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y”.
3.4 The heat pump is turned off and after a 65 second delay off,
the relay on the EBTDR board is de-energized and the blower
motor is turned off.
4.0 Heating Operation
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat set to the heating
mode, the reversing valve is not energized. As long as the
thermostat is set for heating, the reversing valve will be in the
de-energized position for heating except during a defrost cycle.
Some installations may use one or more outdoor thermostats
to restrict the amount of electric heat that is available above a
preset ambient temperature. Use of optional controls such as
these can change the operation of the electric heaters during the
heating mode. This sequenceof operation does not cover those
applications.
4.1 On a demand for first stage heat with heat pump units, the
room thermostat energizes “G” and “Y” and 24Vac is sup-
plied to “Y” at the heat pump unit and the “G” terminal on the
EBTDR board. The heat pump is turned on in the heating mode
and the blower motor starts after a 7 second on delay.
4.2 If the first stage heat demand cannot be satisfied by the heat
pump, the temperature indoors will continue to drop. The
room thermostat will then energize terminal “W2’ for sec-
ond stage heat and 24Vac will be supplied to heat sequencer
HR1 on the heater assembly.
4.3 HR1 contacts M1 and M2 will close will close within 10 to
20 seconds and turn on heater element #1. At the same time,
if the heater assembly contains a second heater element,
HR1 will contain a second set of contacts, M3 and M4, which
will close and turn on heater element #2. The blower motor
is already on as a result of terminal “G” on the EBTDR board
being energized for the first stage heat demand.
NOTE: If more than two heater elements are on the heater
assembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2, which
will control the 3
rd
and 4
th
heater elements if available. If the
second stage heat demand, “W2” cannot be satisfied by the heat
pump, the temperature indoors will continue to drop. The room
thermostat will then energize “W3” and 24Vac will be supplied
to HR2 on the heater assembly. When the “W3” demand is
satisfied, the room thermostat will remove the 24Vac from HR2.
The contacts on HR2 will open between 30 to 70 seconds and
heater elements #3 and #4 will be turned off. On most digital/
electronic thermostats, “W3” will remain energized until the
first stage heat demand “Y” is satisfied and then the “G”, “Y”,
“W2” and “W3” demands will be removed.
4.4 As the temperature indoors increase, it will reach a point
where the second stage heat demand, “W2”, is satisfied.
When this happens, the room thermostat will remove the
24Vac from the coil of HR1. The contacts on HR1 will open
between 30 to 70 seconds and turn off both heater element(s).
The heat pump remains on along with the blower motor
because the “Y” demand for first stage heat will still be
present.
4.5 When the first stage heat demand “Y” is satisfied, the room
thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “G” and “Y”. The heat
pump is turned off and the blower motor turns off after a 65
second off delay.
SERVICING
108
5.0 Defrost Operation
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to the heating
mode, the reversing valve is not energized. As long as the thermostat
is set for heating, the reversing valve will be in the de-energized
position for heating except during a defrost cycle.
5.1 The heat pump will be on and operating in the heating mode as
described the Heating Operation in section 4.
5.2 The defrost control in the heat pump unit checks to seeif a
defrost is needed every 30, 60 or 90 minutes of heat pump
operation depending on the selectable setting by monitoring
the state of the defrost thermostat attached to the outdoor coil.
5.3 If the temperature of the outdoor coil is low enough to cause the
defrost thermostat to be closed when the defrost board checks
it, the board will initiate a defrost cycle.
5.4 When a defrost cycle is initiated, the contacts of the HVDR relay
on the defrost board open and turns off the outdoor fan. The
contacts of the LVDR relay on the defrost board closes and
supplies 24Vac to “O” and “W2”. The reversing valve is
energized and the contactson HR1 close and turns on the
electric heater(s). The unit will continue to run in this mode
until the defrost cycle is completed.
a.For models with defrost control PCBDM133 or PCBDM160, a
30 second compressor delay at defrost initiation/termina-
tion is optional. As shipped from the factory, the control is
set for the delay (“DLY”), which will turn the compressor off
for 30 seconds while the reversing valve shifts to/from the
cooling mode position. To bypass the delay, which typically
reduces sound levels during defrost mode, change the pin
settings from “DLY” to “NORM”.
5.5 When the temperature of the outdoor coil rises high enough to
causes the defrost thermostat to open, the defrost cycle will be
terminated. If at the end of the programmed 10 minute override
time the defrost thermostat is still closed, the defrost board will
automatically terminate the defrost cycle.
5.6 When the defrost cycle is terminated, the contacts of the HVDR
relay will close to start the outdoor fan and the contacts of the
LVDR relay will open and turn off the reversing valve and
electric heater(s). The unit will now be back in a normal heating
mode with a heat pump demand for heating as described in the
Heating Operation in section 4. See section 5.4a.
MBE/AEPF WITH GSX, SSX, ASX, DSX, VSX
MBE ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME DELAY RELAY
AEPF AIR HANDLER
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
This document covers the basic sequence of operation for a
typical application with a mercury bulb thermostat. When a
digital/electronic thermostat is used, the on/off staging of the
auxiliary heat will vary. Refer to the installation instructions and
wiring diagrams provided with the MBE/AEPF for specific wiring
connections, dip switch settings and system configuration.
MBE/AEPF WITH SINGLE STAGE GSX, ASX, SSX, and VSX CONDENS-
ERS
When used with a single stage GSX, SSX, ASX, and VSX condens-
ers, dip switch #4 must be set to the on position on the VSTB inside
the MBE/AEPF. The “Y” output from the indoor thermostat must
be connected to the yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside the wire
bundle marked “Thermostat” and the yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2”
inside the wire bundle marked “Outdoor Unit” must be connected
to “Y” at the condenser. The orange jumper wire from terminal
“Y1” to terminal“O” on the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF must
remain connected.
1.0 Cooling Operation
1.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes “G”
and “Y” and 24Vac is supplied to “G” and “Y/Y2” of the MBE/AEPF
unit. The VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF will turnon the blower motor
and the motor will ramp up to the speed programmed in the motor
based on the settings for dip switch 5 and 6. The VSTB will supply
24Vac to “Y” at the condenser and the compressor and condenser
are turned on.
1.2 When the cooling demand is satisfied, the room thermostat
removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y”. The MBE/AEPF removes
the 24Vac from “Y’ at the condenser and the compressor and
condenser fan are turned off. The blower motor will ramp
down to a complete stop based on the time and rate pro-
grammed in the motor.
2.0 Heating Operation
2.1 On a demand for heat, the room thermostat energizes “W1”
and 24Vac is supplied to terminal “E/W1” of the VSTB inside
the MBE/AEPF unit. The VSTB will turn on the blower motor
and the motor will ramp up to the speed programmed in the
motor based on the settings for dip switch 1 and 2. The VSTB
will supply 24Vac to heat sequencer HR1 on the electric
heater assembly.
2.2 HR1 contacts M1 and M2 will close within 10 to 20 seconds
and turn on heater element #1. At the same time, if the heater
assembly contains a second heater element, HR1 will con-
tain a second set of contacts, M3 and M4, which will close
and turn on heater element #2.
NOTE: If more than two heater elements are on the heater
assembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2, which
will control the 3
rd
and 4
th
heater elements if available. For the
3
rd
and 4
th
heater elements to operate on a second stage heat
demand, the PJ4 jumper on the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF must
be cut. With the PJ4 jumper cut, the VSTB will run the blower
motor on low speed on a “W1” only demand. If the first stage
heat demand, “W1” cannot be satisfied by the heat pump, the
temperature indoors will continue to drop. The room thermostat
will then energize “W2” and 24Vac will be supplied to HR2 on the
heater assembly and the blower motor will change to high speed.
When the “W2” demand is satisfied, the room thermostat will
remove the 24Vac from “W2” and the VSTB will remove the 24Vac
from HR2. The contacts on HR2 will open between 30 to 70
seconds and heater elements #3 and #4 will be turned off and the
blower motor will change to low speed. On most digital/
electronic thermostats, “W2” will remain energized until the
first stage demand “W1” is satisfied and then the “W1” and “W2”
demands will be removed.
2.3 When the “W1” heat demand is satisfied, the room thermo-
stat will remove the 24Vac from “E/W1” and the VSTB re-
moves the 24Vac from HR1. The contacts on HR1 will open
SERVICING
109
between 30 to 70 seconds and turn off the heater element(s)
and the blower motor ramps down to a complete stop.
MBE/AEPF WITH SINGLE STAGE
GSZ, SSZ, ASZ, and VSZ HEAT PUMPS
When used with a single stage GSZ, SSZ, ASZ, or VSZ heat pumps,
dip switch #4 must be set to the ON position on the VSTB inside
the MBE. The “Y” output from the indoor thermostat must be
connected to the yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside the wire
bundle marked “Thermostat” and the yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2”
inside the wire bundle marked “Outdoor Unit” must be connected
to “Y” at the heat pump. The orange jumper wire from terminal
“Y1” to terminal “O” on the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF must be
removed.
3.0 COOLING OPERATION
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to the
cooling mode, 24Vac is supplied to terminal “O” of the VSTB
inside the MBE/AEPF unit. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to “O” at
the heat pump to energize the reversing valve. As long as the
thermostat is set for cooling, the reversing valve will be in the
energized position for cooling.
3.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes “G”
and “Y” and 24Vac is supplied to terminals “G” and “Y/Y2” of
the MBE/AEPF unit. The VSTB will turn on the blower motor
and the motor will ramp up to the speed programmed in the
motor based on the settings of dip switch 5 and 6. The VSTB
will supply 24Vac to “Y” at the heat pump.
3.2 The heat pump is turned on in the cooling mode.
3.3 When the cooling demand is satisfied, the room thermostat
removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y/Y2” of the MBE/AEPF and
the VSTB removes the 24Vac from “Y” at the heat pump. The
heat pump is turned off and the blower motor will ramp down
to a complete stop based on the time and rate programmed
in the motor.
4.0 Heating Operation
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to the
heating mode, the reversing valve is not energized. As long
as the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing valve will
be in the de-energized position for heating except during a
defrost cycle. Some installations may use one or more
outdoor thermostats to restrict the amount of electric heat
that is available above a preset ambient temperature. Use
of optional controls such as these can change the operation
of the electric heaters during the heating mode. This se-
quence of operation does not cover those applications.
4.1 On a demand for first stage heat with heat pump units, the
room thermostat energizes “Y” and “G” and 24Vac is supplied
to “G” and “Y/Y2” of the MBE/AEPF. The VSTB will turn on the
blower motor and the motor will ramp up to the speed
programmed in the motor based on the settings of dip switch
1 and 2. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to “Y” at the heat pump
and the heat pump is turned on in the heating mode.
4.2 If the first stage heat demand cannot be satisfied by the heat
pump, the temperature indoors will continue to drop. The
room thermostat will then energize terminal “W2” for second
stage heat and 24Vac will be supplied to “E/W1” of the MBE/
AEPF. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to heat sequencer, HR1, on
the electric heater assembly.
4.3 HR1 contacts M1 and M2 will close within 10 to 20 seconds
and turn on heater element #1. At the same time, if the heater
assembly contains a second heater element, HR1 will con-
tain a second set of contacts, M3 and M4, which will close
to turn on heater element #2.
Note: If more than two heater elements are on the heater
assembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2, which
will control the 3
rd
and 4
th
heater elements if available. For the
3
rd
and 4
th
heater elements to operate on a third stage heat
demand, the PJ4 jumper on the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF must
be cut. If the second stage heat demand, “W2”, cannot be
satisfied by the heat pump, the temperature indoors will con-
tinue to drop. The room thermostat will then energize “W3” and
24Vac will be supplied to “W/W2” of the MBE/AEPF. The VSTB will
supply 24Vac to HR2 on the electric heater assembly. When the
“W3” demand is satisfied, the room thermostat will remove the
24Vac from “W/W2” of the MBE/AEPF. The contacts on HR2 will
open between 30 to 70 seconds and heater elements #3 and #4
will be turned off. On most digital/electronic thermostats, “W3”
will remain energized until the first stage demand “Y” is satisfied
and then the “G”, “Y”, “W2” and “W3” demands will be re-
moved.
4.4 As the temperature indoors increase, it will reach a point
where the second stage heat demand, “W2”, is satisfied.
When this happens, the room thermostat will remove the
24Vac from “E/W1” of the MBE/AEPF. The contacts on HR1
will open between 30 to 70 seconds and turn off both heater
element(s). The heat pump remains on along with the blower
motor because the “Y” demand for first stage heat will still
be present.
4.5 When the first stage heat demand “Y” is satisfied, the room
thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “G” and “Y/Y2” of the
MBE/AEPF. The VSTB removes the 24Vac from “Y” at the heat
pump and the heat pump is turned off. The blower motor will
ramp down to a complete stop based on the time and rate
programmed in the motor control.
5.0 DEFROST OPERATION
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to the
heating mode, the reversing valve is not energized. As long as the
thermostat is set for heating, the reversing valve will be in the de-
energized position for heating except during a defrost cycle.
5.1 The heat pump will be on and operating in the heating mode
as described the Heating Operation in section 4.
5.2 The defrost control in the heat pump unit checks to see if a
defrost is needed every 30, 60 or 90 minutes of heat pump
operation depending on the selectable setting by monitoring
the state of the defrost thermostat attached to the outdoor
coil.
5.3 If the temperature of the outdoor coil is low enough to cause
the defrost thermostat to be closed when the defrost board
checks it, the board will initiate a defrost cycle.
5.4 When a defrost cycle is initiated, the contacts of the HVDR
relay on the defrost board open and turns off the outdoor fan.
SERVICING
110
The contacts of the LVDR relay on the defrost board closes
and supplies 24Vac to “O” and “W2”. The reversing valve is
energized and the contacts on HR1 close and turns on the
electric heater(s). The unit will continue to run in this mode
until the defrost cycle is completed.
a. For models with defrost control PCBDM133 or PCBDM160,
a 30 second compressor delay at defrost initiation/termi-
nation is optional. As shipped from the factory, the control
is set for the delay (“DLY”), which will turn the compressor
off for 30 seconds while the reversing valve shifts to/from
the cooling mode position. To bypass the delay, which
typically reduces sound levels during defrost mode, change
the pin settings from “DLY” to “NORM”.
5.5 When the temperature of the outdoor coil rises high enough
to causes the defrost thermostat to open, the defrost cycle
will be terminated. If at the end of the programmed 10 minute
override time the defrost thermostat is still closed, the
defrost board will automatically terminate the defrost cycle.
5.6 When the defrost cycle is terminated, the contacts of the HVDR
relay on the defrost board will close to start the outdoor fan
and the contacts of the LVDR relay will open and turn off the
reversing valve and electric heater(s). The unit will now be
back in a normal heating mode with a heat pump demand for
heating as described in the Heating Operation in section 4.
See section 5.4a.
MBE/AEPF WITH TWO STAGE ASX & DSX CONDENSERS
1.0 COOLING OPERATION
When used with the ASX & DSX two stage condensers, dip
switch #4 must be set to the OFF position on the VSTB inside
the MBE/AEPF. The “Y1” output from the indoor thermostat
must be connected to the purple wire labeled “Ylow/Y1”
inside the wire bundle marked “Thermostat” and the purple
wire labeled “Ylow/Y1” inside the wire bundle marked “Out-
door Unit” must be connected to “Ylow/Y1” at the condenser.
The “Y2” output from the indoor thermostat must be con-
nected to the yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside the wire
bundle marked “Thermostat” and the yellow wire labeled “Y/
Y2” inside the wire bundle marked “Outdoor Unit” must be
connected to “Y/Y2” at the condenser. The orange jumper
wire from terminal “Y1” to terminal “O” on the VSTB inside
the MBE/AEPF must remain connected.
1.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes “G”
and “Y1” and 24Vac is supplied to “G” and “Ylow/Y1” of the
MBE/AEPF unit. The VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF will turn on
the blower motor and the motor will ramp up to 60% of the
speed programmed in the motor based on the settings for dip
switch 5 and 6. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to “Ylow/Y1” at
the condenser and the compressor and condenser fan starts
in low speed operation.
1.2 If first stage cooling cannot satisfy the demand, the room
thermostat will energize “Y2” and supply 24Vac to the MBE/
AEPF unit. The blower motor will change to the cfm for high
speed operation and the VSTB will supply 24Vac to “Y/Y2” at
the condenser and the compressor and condenser fan will
change to high speed operation. When the “Y2” demand is
satisfied, the thermostat will remove the “Y2” demand and
the VSTB will remove the 24Vac from “Y/Y2” at the condenser.
The blower will drop to 60% of the programmed cfm and the
compressor and condenser fan will change to low speed. On
most digital/electronic thermostats, “Y2” will remain ener-
gized until the first stage cooling demand “Y1” is satisfied and
then the “G”, “Y1” and “Y2” demands will be removed.
1.3 When the first stage cooling demand, “Y1”, is satisfied, the
room thermostat removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y1”. The
MBE/AEPF removes the 24Vac from “Ylow/Y1’ at the con-
denser and the compressor and condenser fan are turned off.
The blower motor will ramp down to a complete stop based
on the time and rate programmed in the motor.
2.0 Heating Operation
2.1 On a demand for heat, the room thermostat energizes “W1”
and 24Vac is supplied to terminal “E/W1” of the VSTB inside
the MBE/AEPF unit. The VSTB will turn on the blower motor
and the motor will ramp up to the speed programmed in the
motor based on the settings for dip switch 1 and 2. The VSTB
will supply 24Vac to heat sequencer HR1 on the electric
heater assembly.
2.2 HR1 contacts M1 and M2 will close within 10 to 20 seconds
and turn on heater element #1. At the same time, if the heater
assembly contains a second heater element, HR1 will con-
tain a second set of contacts, M3 and M4, which will close
and turn on heater element #2.
Note: If more than two heater elements are on the heater
assembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2, which
will control the 3
rd
and 4
th
heater elements if available. For the
3
rd
and 4
th
heater elements to operate on a second stage heat
demand, the PJ4 jumper on the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF must
be cut. With the PJ4 jumper cut, the VSTB will run the blower
motor on low speed on a “W1” only demand. If the first stage
heat demand, “W1” cannot be satisfied by the heat pump, the
temperature indoors will continue to drop. The room thermostat
will then energize “W2” and 24Vac will be supplied to HR2 on the
heater assembly and the blower motor will change to high speed.
When the “W2” demand is satisfied, the room thermostat will
remove the 24Vac from “W2” and the VSTB will remove the 24Vac
from HR2. The contacts on HR2 will open between 30 to 70
seconds and heater elements #3 and #4 will be turned off and the
blower motor will change to low speed. On most digital/
electronic thermostats, “W2” will remain energized until the
first stage demand “W1” is satisfied and then the “W1” and “W2”
demands will be removed.
2.3 When the “W1” heat demand is satisfied, the room
thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “E/W1” and the VSTB
removes the 24Vac from HR1. The contacts on HR1 will open
between 30 to 70 seconds and turn off the heater element(s)
and the blower motor ramps down to a complete stop.
SERVICING
111
MBE/AEPF WITH TWO STAGE ASZ & DSZ HEAT PUMP UNITS
3.0 Cooling Operation
When used with the ASZ & DSZ two stage heat pumps, dip
switch #4 must be set to the OFF position on the VSTB inside
the MBE/AEPF. The “Y1” output from the indoor thermostat
must be connected to the purple wire labeled “Ylow/Y1”
inside the wire bundle marked “Thermostat” and the purple
wire labeled “Ylow/Y1” inside the wire bundle marked “Out-
door Unit” must be connected to “Y” at the heat pump. The “Y2”
output from the indoor thermostat must be connected to the
yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside the wire bundle marked
“Thermostat” and the yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside the
wire bundle marked “Outdoor Unit” must be connected to “Y/
Y2” at the heat pump. The orange jumper wire from terminal
“Y1” to terminal “O” on the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF must
be removed.
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to the
cooling mode, 24Vac is supplied to terminal “O” of the VSTB
inside the MBE unit. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to “O” at the
heat pump to energize the reversing valve. As long as the
thermostat is set for cooling, the reversing valve will be in the
energized position for cooling.
3.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes “G”
and “Y1” and 24Vac is supplied to “G” and “Ylow/Y1” of the
MBE unit. The VSTB inside the MBE will turn on the blower
motor and the motor will ramp up to 60% of the speed
programmed in the motor based on the settings for dip switch
5 and 6. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to “Y” at the heat pump
and the compressor and outdoor fan starts in low speed
operation.
3.2 If first stage cooling cannot satisfy the demand, the room
thermostat will energize “Y2” and supply 24Vac to “Y/Y2”of
the MBE unit. The blower motor will change to the cfm for high
speed operation and the VSTB will supply 24Vac to “Y2” at the
heat pump. The compressor and outdoor fan will change to
high speed operation. When the “Y2” demand is satisfied, the
thermostat will remove the “Y2” demand and the VSTB will
remove the 24Vac from “Y2” at the heat pump. The blower will
drop to 60% of the programmed cfm and the compressor and
outdoor fan will change to low speed operation. On most
digital/electronic thermostats, “Y2” will remain energized
until the first stage cooling demand “Y1” is satisfied and then
the “G”, “Y1” and “Y2” demands will be removed.
3.3 When the first stage cooling demand, “Y1”, is satisfied, the
room thermostat removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y1”. The
VSTB removes the 24Vac from “Y’ at the heat pump and the
compressor and outdoor fan are turned off. The blower
motor will ramp down to a complete stop based on the time
and rate programmed in the motor.
4.0 Heating Operation
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to the
heating mode, the reversing valve is not energized. As long
as the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing valve will
be in the de-energized position for heating except during a
defrost cycle. Some installations may use one or more
outdoor thermostats to restrict the amount of electric heat
that is available above a preset ambient temperature. Use
of optional controls such as these can change the operation
of the electric heaters during the heating mode. This se-
quence of operation does not cover those applications.
4.1 On a demand for first stage heat with heat pump units, the
room thermostat energizes “G” and “Y1” and 24Vac is sup-
plied to “G” and “Ylo/Y1” of the MBE/AEPF. The VSTB will turn
on the blower motor and the motor will ramp up to 60% of the
speed programmed in the motor based on the settings of dip
switch 1 and 2. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to “Y” at the heat
pump. The compressor will start on low stage and outdoor
fan will start on low speed on a “Y1” heating demand but the
blower motor will deliver only 60% of the programmed cfm
for high speed heating operation.
4.2 If a thermostat that provides a “Y2” demand in heating is used
and first stage heating cannot satisfy the demand, the room
thermostat will energize “Y2” and supply 24Vac to “Y/Y2” of
the MBE unit. The blower motor will change to the cfm for high
speed heating operation and the VSTB will supply 24Vac to
“Y/Y2” at the heat pump. The outdoor fan will change to high
speed operation and compressor will shift to high stage. If
the “Y2” demand is present and becomes satisfied, the
thermostat will remove the “Y2” demand and the VSTB will
remove the 24Vac from “Y/Y2” at the heat pump. The blower
will drop to 60% of the programmed cfm and the outdoor fan
will change to low speed. On most digital/electronic thermo-
stats, “Y2” will remain energized until the first stage heating
demand “Y1” is satisfied and then the “G”, “Y1” and “Y2”
demands will be removed.
4.3 If the heat pump operation cannot satisfy the demand, the
room thermostat energizes “W2/W3” and 24Vac is supplied
to terminal “E/W1” of the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF unit. The
VSTB will supply 24Vac to heat sequencer HR1 on the electric
heater assembly.
4.4 HR1 contacts M1 and M2 will close within 10 to 20 seconds
and turn on heater element #1. At the same time, if the heater
assembly contains a second heater element, HR1 will con-
tain a second set of contacts, M3and M4, which will close
and turn on heater element #2.
Note: If more than two heater elements are on the heater
assembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2, which
will control the 3
rd
and 4
th
heater elements if available. For the
3
rd
and 4
th
heater elements to operate on a second stage
auxiliary heat demand, the PJ4 jumper on the VSTB inside the
MBE/AEPF must be cut. If the “W2/W3” demand cannot be
satisfied by the heat pump, the temperature indoors will con-
tinue to drop. The room thermostat will then energize “W3/W4”
and 24Vac will be supplied to “W/W2” of the MBE. The VSTB will
supply 24Vac to HR2 on the electric heater assembly. When the
“W3/W4” demand is satisfied, the room thermostat will remove
the 24Vac from “W/W2” of the MBE/AEPF. The contacts on HR2
will open between 30 to 70 seconds and heater elements #3 and
#4 will be turned off. On most digital/electronic thermostats,
“W3/W4” will remain energized until the first stage demand
“Y1” is satisfied and then the “G”, “Y1”, “Y2” “W2/W3” and
“W3/W4” demands will be removed.
SERVICING
112
4.5 As the temperature indoors increase, it will reach a point
where the “W2/W3” demand is satisfied. When this hap-
pens, the room thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “E/
W1” of the MBE/AEPF. The contacts on HR1 will open between
30 to 70 seconds and turn off the 1
st
and 2
nd
heater elements.
If the “Y2” demand is present and becomes satisfied the room
thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “Y/Y2” of the MBE and
the blower motor will change to 60% of the programmed cfm.
The VSTB will remove the 24Vac from “Y/Y2” at the heat pump
and the outdoor fan will change to low speed operation. The
heat pump remains on along with the blower motor because
the “Y1” demand for first stage heat will still be present.
4.6 When the first stage heat demand “Y1” is satisfied, the room
thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “G” and “Ylo/Y1” of
the MBE/AEPF. The VSTB removes the 24Vac from “Ylo/Y1” at
the heat pump and the compressor and outdoor fan are
turned off. The blower motor will ramp down to a complete
stop based on the time and rate programmed in the motor
control.
5.0 Defrost Operation
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to the
heating mode, the reversing valve is not energized. As long
as the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing valve will
be in the de-energized position for heating except during a
defrost cycle.
5.1 The heat pump will be on and operating in the heating mode
as described the Heating Operation in section 4.
5.2 The defrost control in the heat pump unit checks to see if a
defrost is needed every 30, 60 or 90 minutes of heat pump
operation depending on the selectable setting by monitoring
the state of the defrost thermostat attached to the outdoor
coil.
5.3 If the temperature of the outdoor coil is low enough to cause
the defrost thermostat to be closed when the defrost board
checks it, the board will initiate a defrost cycle.
5.4 When a defrost cycle is initiated, the contacts of theHVDR
relay on the defrost board open and turns off the outdoor fan.
The contacts of the LVDR relay on the defrost board closes
and supplies 24Vac to “O” and “W2”. The reversing valve is
energized and the contacts on HR1 close and turns on the
electric heater(s). The unit will continue to run in this mode
until the defrost cycle is completed.
a. For models with defrost control PCBDM133 or PCBDM160,
a 30 second compressor delay at defrost initiation/termi-
nation is optional. As shipped from the factory, the control
is set for the delay (“DLY”), which will turn the compressor
off for 30 seconds while the reversing valve shifts to/from
the cooling mode position. To bypass the delay, which
typically reduces sound levels during defrost mode, change
the pin settings from “DLY” to “NORM”.
5.5 When the temperature of the outdoor coil rises high enough
to causes the defrost thermostat to open, the defrost cycle
will be terminated. If at the end of the programmed 10 minute
override time the defrost thermostat is still closed, the
defrost board will automatically terminate the defrost cycle.
S-50 CHECKING HEATER LIMIT CONTROL(S)
(OPTIONAL ELECTRIC HEATERS)
Each individual heater element is protected with an automatic
rest limit control connected in series with each element to prevent
overheating of components in case of low airflow. This limit
control will open its circuit at approximately 150°F. to 160°F and
close at approximately 110°F.
Disconnect ALL power before servicing.
WARNING
1. Remove the wiring from the control terminals.
2. Using an ohmmeter test for continuity across the normally
closed contacts. No reading indicates the control is open -
replace if necessary. Make sure the limits are cool before
testing.
IF FOUND OPEN - REPLACE - DO NOT WIRE AROUND.
S-52 CHECKING HEATER ELEMENTS
Optional electric heaters may be added, in the quantities shown
in the spec sheet for each model unit, to provide electric resis-
tance heating. Under no condition shall more heaters than the
quantity shown be installed.
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Disassemble and remove the heating element(s).
2. Visually inspect the heater assembly for any breaks in the
wire or broken insulators.
3. Using an ohmmeter, test the element for continuity - no
reading indicates the element is open. Replace as necessary.
S-60 ELECTRIC HEATER (OPTIONAL ITEM)
Optional electric heaters may be added, in the quantities shown
in the specifications section, to provide electric resistance heat-
ing. Under no condition shall more heaters than the quantity
shown be installed.
The low voltage circuit in the air handler is factory wired and
terminates at the location provided for the electric heater(s). A
minimum of field wiring is required to complete the installation.
Other components such as a Heating/Cooling Thermostat and
Outdoor Thermostats are available to complete the installation.
The system CFM can be determined by measuring the static
SERVICING
113
pressure external to the unit. The installation manual supplied
with the blower coil, or the blower performance table in the
service manual, shows the CFM for the static measured.
Alternately, the system CFM can be determined by operating the
electric heaters and indoor blower WITHOUT having the com-
pressor in operation. Measure the temperature rise as close to
the blower inlet and outlet as possible.
If other than a 240V power supply is used, refer to the BTUH
CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTOR chart below.
BTUH CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTOR
SUPPLY VOLTAGE 250 230 220 208
MULTIPLICATION FACTOR 1.08 .92 .84 .75
EXAMPLE: Five (5) heaters provide 24.0 KW at the rated 240V. Our
actual measured voltage is 220V, and our measured temperature
rise is 42°F. Find the actual CFM:
Answer: 24.0KW, 42°F Rise, 240 V = 1800 CFM from the TEMPERA-
TURE RISE chart on the right.
Heating output at 220 V = 24.0KW x 3.413 x .84 = 68.8 MBH.
Actual CFM = 1800 x .84 Corr. Factor = 1400 CFM.
NOTE: The temperature rise table is for sea level installations.
The temperature rise at a particular KW and CFM will be greater
at high altitudes, while the external static pressure at a particular
CFM will be less.
CFM
3.0
kW
4.8
kW
7.2
kW
9.6
kW
14.4
kW
19.2
kW
24.0
kW
28.8
kW
60016253851----
70014223343----
800 12 19 29 38 57 - - -
900 11 17 26 34 51 - - -
1000 10 15 23 30 46 - - -
1100 9 14 21 27 41 55 - -
1200 8 13 19 25 38 50 - -
1300 7 12 18 23 35 46 - -
1400 7 11 16 22 32 43 54 65
1500 6 10 15 20 30 40 50 60
1600 6 9 14 19 28 38 47 57
1700 6 9 14 18 27 36 44 53
1800 5 8 13 17 25 34 42 50
1900 5 8 12 16 24 32 40 48
2000 5 8 12 15 23 30 38 45
2100 5 7 11 14 22 29 36 43
2200 4 7 11 14 21 27 34 41
2300 4 7 10 13 20 26 33 39
TEMPERATURE RISE (°F) @ 240V
HTR
KW
3.0
KW
4.7
KW
6.0
KW
7.0
KW
9.5
KW
14.2
KW
19.5
KW
21.0
KW
BTUH 10200 16200 20400 23800 32400 48600 66500 71600
ELECTRIC HEATER CAPACITY BTUH
FORMULAS:
Heating Output = KW x 3413 x Corr. Factor
Actual CFM = CFM (from table) x Corr. Factor
BTUH = KW x 3413
BTUH = CFM x 1.08 x Temperature Rise (T)
CFM = KW x 3413
1.08 x T
T = BTUH
CFM x 1.08
S-61A CHECKING HEATER LIMIT CONTROL(S)
Each individual heater element is protected with a limit control
device connected in series with each element to prevent overheat-
ing of components in case of low airflow. This limit control will
open its circuit at approximately 150°F.
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Remove the wiring from the control terminals.
2. Using an ohmmeter, test for continuity across the normally
closed contacts. No reading indicates the control is open -
replace if necessary.
IF FOUND OPEN - REPLACE - DO NOT WIRE AROUND.
S-61B CHECKING HEATER FUSE LINK
(OPTIONAL ELECTRIC HEATERS)
Each individual heater element is protected with a one time fuse
link which is connected in series with the element. The fuse link
will open at approximately 333°.
Disconnect ALL power before servicing.
WARNING
SERVICING
114
1. Remove heater element assembly so as to expose fuse link.
2. Using an ohmmeter, test across the fuse link for continuity -
no reading indicates the link is open. Replace as necessary.
NOTE: The link is designed to open at approximately 333°F. DO
NOT WIRE AROUND - determine reason for failure.
S-62 CHECKING HEATER ELEMENTS
Disconnect ALL power before servicing.
WARNING
1. Disassemble and remove the heating element.
2. Visually inspect the heater assembly for any breaks in the
wire or broken insulators.
3. Using an ohmmeter, test the element for continuity - no
reading indicates the element is open. Replace as necessary.
S-100 REFRIGERATION REPAIR PRACTICE
DANGER
Always remove the refrigerant charge in a proper
manner before applying heat to the system.
When repairing the refrigeration system:
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Never open a system that is under vacuum. Air and moisture
will be drawn in.
2. Plug or cap all openings.
3. Remove all burrs and clean the brazing surfaces of the tubing
with sand cloth or paper. Brazing materials do not flow well
on oxidized or oily surfaces.
4. Clean the inside of all new tubing to remove oils and pipe
chips.
5. When brazing, sweep the tubing with dry nitrogen to prevent
the formation of oxides on the inside surfaces.
6. Complete any repair by replacing the liquid line drier in the
system, evacuate and charge.
BRAZING MATERIALS
IMPORTANT NOTE: Torch heat required to braze tubes of various
sizes is proportional to the size of the tube. Tubes of smaller size
require less heat to bring the tube to brazing temperature before
adding brazing alloy. Applying too much heat to any tube can melt
the tube. Service personnel must use the appropriate heat level
for the size of the tube being brazed.
NOTE: The use of a heat shield when brazing is recommended
to avoid burning the serial plate or the finish on the unit. Heat
trap or wet rags should be used to protect heat sensitive
components such as service valves and TXV valves.
Copper to Copper Joints - Sil-Fos used without flux (alloy of 15%
silver, 80% copper, and 5% phosphorous). Recommended heat
1400°F.
Copper to Steel Joints - Silver Solder used without a flux (alloy of
30% silver, 38% copper, 32% zinc). Recommended heat - 1200°F.
S-101 LEAK TESTING (NITROGEN OR NITROGEN-
TRACED)
To avoid the risk of fire or explosion, never use
oxygen, high pressure air or flammable gases for leak
testing of a refrigeration system.
WARNING
WARNING
To avoid possible explosion, the line from the
nitrogen cylinder must include a pressure regulator
and a pressure relief valve. The pressure relief valve
must be set to open at no more than 150 psig.
Pressure test the system using dry nitrogen and soapy water to
locate leaks. If you wish to use a leak detector, charge the system
to 10 psi using the appropriate refrigerant then use nitrogen to
finish charging the system to working pressure, then apply the
detector to suspect areas. If leaks are found, repair them. After
repair, repeat the pressure test. If no leaks exist, proceed to
system evacuation.
S-102 EVACUATION
REFRIGERANT UNDER PRESSURE!
Failure to follow proper procedures may cause
property damage, personal injury or death.
WARNING
SERVICING
115
Do not front seat the service valve(s) with the
Compressor open, with the suction line of the
comprssor closed or severely restricted
.
WARNING
IMPORTANT NOTE: Because of the potential damage to compres-
sors, do not allow suction pressure at service valve to drop below
20 PSIG when pumping unit system down for repair. Outdoor
section, depending on line set length and amount of charge in
system, may not be able to hold the entire system charge.
This is the most important part of the entire service procedure.
The life and efficiency of the equipment is dependent upon the
thoroughness exercised by the serviceman when evacuating air
(non-condensables) and moisture from the system. Air in a
system causes high condensing temperature and pressure, re-
sulting in increased power input and reduced performance.
Moisture chemically reacts with the refrigerant oil to form
corrosive acids. These acids attack motor windings and parts,
causing breakdown. The equipment required to thoroughly evacu-
ate the system is a high vacuum pump, capable of producing a
vacuum equivalent to 250 microns or less and a vacuum gauge
to give a true reading of the vacuum in the system.
NOTE: Never use the Scroll compressor as a vacuum pump or run
when under a high vacuum. Motor damage could occur.
Condensing unit liquid and suction valves are closed to contain
the charge within the unit. The unit is shipped with the valve stems
closed and caps installed. Do not open valves until the system
is evacuated.
1. Connect the vacuum pump with 250 micron capability to the
service valves.
2. Evacuate the system to 250 microns or less using suction and
liquid service valves. Using both valves is necessary as some
compressors create a mechanical seal separating the sides
of the system.
3. Close pump valve and hold vacuum for 10 minutes. Typically
pressure will rise during this period.
4. If the pressure rises to 1000 microns or less and remains
steady the system is considered leak free; proceed to startup.
5. If pressure rises above 1000 microns but holds steady below
2000 microns, moisture and/or non-condensibles may be
present or the system may have a small leak.
6. Return to step 2: If the same result is encountered check for
leaks as previously indicated and repair as necessary then
repeat evacuation.
7. If pressure rises above 2000 microns, a leak is present. Check
for leaks as previously indicated and repair as necessary
then repeat evacuation.
LOW SIDE
GAUGE
AND VALVE
HIGH SIDE
GAUGE
AND VALVE
TO
UNIT SERVICE
VALVE PORTS
VACUUM PUMP
VACUUM PUMP
ADAPTER
800 PSI
RATED
HOSES
CHARGING
CYLINDER
AND SCALE
EVACUATION
S-103 CHARGING
* Do not overcharge system with refrigerant.
* Do not operate unit in a vacuum or at negative
pressure
.
Failure to follow proper procedures may cause
property damage, personal injury or death.
WARNING
REFRIGERANT UNDER PRESSURE!
CAUTION
Use refrigerant certified to AHRI standards. Used
refrigerant may cause compressor damage and is
not covered under the warranty. Most portable
machines cannot clean used refrigerant to meet
AHRI standards.
CAUTION
with the suction valve closed is not covered under the
Damage to the unit caused by operating the compressor
warranty and may cause serious compressor damage.
SERVICING
116
Charge the system with the exact amount of refrigerant. Refer to
the specification section or check the unit nameplates for the
correct refrigerant charge. An inaccurately charged system will
cause future problems.
NOTE: R410A should be drawn out of the storage container or
drum in liquid form due to its fractionation properties, but
should be “Flashed” to its gas state before entering the system.
There is commercially available restriction devices that fit into
the system charging hose set to accomplish this.
DO NOT charge
liquid R410A into the compressor.
NOTE: Power must be supplied to the 18 SEER outdoor units
containing ECM motors before the power is applied to the indoor
unit. Sending a low voltage signal without high voltage power
present at the outdoor unit can cause malfunction of the control
module on the ECM motor.
Adequate refrigerant charge for the matching evaporator coil or
air handler and 15 feet of line set is supplied with the condensing
unit. If using evaporator coils or air handlers other than HSVTC
coil it may be necessary to add or remove refrigerant to attain
proper charge. If line set exceeds 15 feet in length, refrigerant
should be added at .6 ounces per foot of liquid line.
NOTE: The outdoor temperature should be 60°F or higher when
charging the unit.Charge should always be checked using
subcooling when using TXV equipped indoor coil to verify proper
charge. Open the suction service valve first! If the liquid service
valve is opened first, oil from the compressor may be drawn into
the indoor coil TXV, restricting refrigerant flow and affecting
operation of the system.
When opening valves with retainers, open each valve only until
the top of the stem is 1/8" from the retainer. To avoid loss of
refrigerant, DO NOT apply pressure to the retainer. When opening
valves without a retainer remove service valve cap and insert a
hex wrench into the valve stem and back out the stem by turning
the hex wrench counterclockwise. Open the valve until it contacts
the rolled lip of the valve body.
NOTE: These are not back-seating valves. It is not necessary to
force the stem tightly against the rolled lip.
After the refrigerant charge has bled into the system, open the
liquid service valve. The service valve cap is the secondary seal
for the valve and must be properly tightened to prevent leaks.
Make sure cap is clean and apply refrigerant oil to threads and
sealing surface on inside of cap. Tighten cap finger-tight and then
tighten additional 1/6 of a turn (1 wrench flat) to properly seat
the sealing surfaces.
EXPANSION VALVE SYSTEM
NOTE: Units matched with indoor coils equipped with non-
adjustable TXV should be charged by subcooling only.
NOTE: The TXV should NOT be adjusted at light load conditions
55º to 60ºF. Use the following guidelines and methods to check
unit operation and ensure that the refrigerant charge is within
limits. Charge the unit on low stage.
Units Equipped with Adjustable Expansion Valves
should be charged by Subcooling and
Superheat
adjusted only if necessary.
1. Purge gauge lines. Connect service gauge manifold to base-
valve service ports. Run the system in low stage at least 10
minutes to allow pressure to stabilize.
2. Temporarily install a thermometer on the liquid line at the
liquid line service valve and 4-6" from the compressor on the
suction line. Ensure the thermometer makes adequate con-
tact and is insulated for best possible readings. Use liquid
line temperature to determine subcooling and vapor tem-
perature to determine superheat.
3. Check subcooling and superheat. Systems with TXV applica-
tion should have a subcooling of 5 to 7°F and superheat of
7 to 9 °F.
a. If subcooling and superheat are low, adjust TXV to 7 to 9
ºF superheat, and then check subcooling.
NOTE: To adjust superheat, turn the valve stem clockwise to
increase and counter clockwise to decrease.
b. If subcooling is low and superheat is high, add charge to
raise subcooling to 5 to 7 °F then check superheat.
c. If subcooling and superheat are high, adjust TXV valve to
7 to 9 ºF superheat, then check subcooling.
d. If subcooling is high and superheat is low, adjust TXV valve
to 7 to 9 ºF superheat and remove charge to lower the
subcooling to 5 to 7 ºF.
NOTE: Do NOT adjust the charge based on suction pressure
unless there is a gross undercharge.
4. Disconnect manifold set, installation is complete.
SUBCOOLING FORMULA = SATURATED LIQUID TEMP. - LIQUID
LINE TEMP.
NOTE: Check the Schrader ports for leaks and tighten valve cores
if necessary. Install caps finger-tight.
HEAT PUMP - HEATING CYCLE
The proper method of charging a heat pump in the heat mode is
by weight with the additional charge adjustments for line size,
line length, and other system components. For best results on
outdoor units with TXVs, superheat should be 2-5°F at 4-6" from
the compressor. Make final charge adjustments in the cooling
cycle.
S-104 CHECKING COMPRESSOR EFFICIENCY
The reason for compressor inefficiency is broken or damaged
scroll flanks on Scroll compressors, reducing the ability of the
compressor to pump refrigerant vapor.
The condition of the scroll flanks is checked in the following
manner.
SERVICING
117
1. Attach gauges to the high and low side of the system.
2. Start the system and run a "Cooling Performance Test.
If the test shows:
a.
Below normal high side pressure.
b. Above normal low side pressure.
c. Low temperature difference across coil.
d.
Low amp draw at compressor.
And the charge is correct. The compressor is faulty - replace the
compressor.
S-106 OVERFEEDING
Overfeeding by the expansion valve results in high suction
pressure, cold suction line, and possible liquid slugging of the
compressor.
If these symptoms are observed:
1. Check for an overcharged unit by referring to the cooling
performance charts in the servicing section.
2. Check the operation of the power element in the valve as
explained in S-110 Checking Expansion Valve Operation.
3. Check for restricted or plugged equalizer tube.
S-107 UNDERFEEDING
Underfeeding by the expansion valve results in low system
capacity and low suction pressures.
If these symptoms are observed:
1. Check for a restricted liquid line or drier. A restriction will
be indicated by a temperature drop across the drier.
2. Check the operation of the power element of the valve as
described in S-110 Checking Expansion Valve Operation.
S-108 SUPERHEAT
The expansion valves are factory adjusted to maintain 7 to 9
degrees superheat of the suction gas. Before checking the super-
heat or replacing the valve, perform all the procedures outlined
under Air Flow, Refrigerant Charge, Expansion Valve - Overfeed-
ing, Underfeeding. These are the most common causes for
evaporator malfunction.
CHECKING SUPERHEAT
Refrigerant gas is considered superheated when its temperature
is higher than the saturation temperature corresponding to its
pressure. The degree of superheat equals the degrees of tempera-
ture increase above the saturation temperature at existing pres-
sure. See Temperature - Pressure Chart on following pages.
CAUTION
To prevent personal injury, carefully connect and
disconnect manifold gauge hoses. Escaping liquid
refrigerant can cause burns. Do not vent refrigerant
to atmosphere. Recover during system repair
or final unit disposal.
1. Run system at least 10 minutes to allow pressure to stabilize.
2. For best results, temporarily install a thermometer on the
liquid line at the liquid line service valve and 4-6" from the
compressor on the suction line. Ensure the thermometer
makes adequate contact and is insulated for best possible
readings. Use liquid line temperature to determine sub-
cooling and vapor temperature to determine superheat.
NOTE: An optional method is to locate the thermometer at the
suction line service valve. Ensure the thermometer makes
adequate contact and is insulated for best possible read-
ings.
3. Refer to the superheat table provided for proper system
superheat. Add charge to lower superheat or recover charge
to raise superheat.
Superheat Formula = Suct. Line Temp. - Sat. Suct. Temp.
EXAMPLE:
a. Suction Pressure = 143
b. Corresponding Temp. °F. = 50
c. Thermometer on Suction Line = 61°F.
To obtain the degrees temperature of superheat, subtract 50.0
from 61.0°F.
The difference is 11° Superheat. The 11° Superheat would fall in
the ± range of allowable superheat.
S-109 CHECKING SUBCOOLING
Refrigerant liquid is considered subcooled when its temperature is
lower than the saturation temperature corresponding to its pressure.
The degree of subcooling equals the degrees of temperature decrease
below the saturation temperature at the existing pressure.
1. Attach an accurate thermometer or preferably a thermo-
couple type temperature tester to the liquid line as it leaves
the condensing unit.
2. Install a high side pressure gauge on the high side (liquid)
service valve at the front of the unit.
3. Record the gauge pressure and the temperature of the line.
4. Review the technical information manual or specification
sheet for the model being serviced to obtain the design
subcooling.
SERVICING
118
PSIG
°F
PSIG
°F
PSIG
°F
PSIG
°F
PSIG
°F
PSIG
°F
12
-37.7
114.0
37.8
216.0
74.3
318.0
100.2
420.0
120.7
522.0
137.6
14
-34.7
116.0
38.7
218.0
74.9
320.0
100.7
422.0
121.0
524.0
137.9
16
-32.0
118.0
39.5
220.0
75.5
322.0
101.1
424.0
121.4
526.0
138.3
18
-29.4
120.0
40.5
222.0
76.1
324.0
101.6
426.0
121.7
528.0
138.6
20
-36.9
122.0
41.3
224.0
76.7
326.0
102.0
428.0
122.1
530.0
138.9
22
-24.5
124.0
42.2
226.0
77.2
328.0
102.4
430.0
122.5
532.0
139.2
24
-22.2
126.0
43.0
228.0
77.8
330.0
102.9
432.0
122.8
534.0
139.5
26
-20.0
128.0
43.8
230.0
78.4
332.0
103.3
434.0
123.2
536.0
139.8
28
-17.9
130.0
44.7
232.0
78.9
334.0
103.7
436.0
123.5
538.0
140.1
30
-15.8
132.0
45.5
234.0
79.5
336.0
104.2
438.0
123.9
540.0
140.4
32
-13.8
134.0
46.3
236.0
80.0
338.0
104.6
440.0
124.2
544.0
141.0
34
-11.9
136.0
47.1
238.0
80.6
340.0
105.1
442.0
124.6
548.0
141.6
36
-10.1
138.0
47.9
240.0
81.1
342.0
105.4
444.0
124.9
552.0
142.1
38
-8.3
140.0
48.7
242.0
81.6
344.0
105.8
446.0
125.3
556.0
142.7
40
-6.5
142.0
49.5
244.0
82.2
346.0
106.3
448.0
125.6
560.0
143.3
42
-4.5
144.0
50.3
246.0
82.7
348.0
106.6
450.0
126.0
564.0
143.9
44
-3.2
146.0
51.1
248.0
83.3
350.0
107.1
452.0
126.3
568.0
144.5
46
-1.6
148.0
51.8
250.0
83.8
352.0
107.5
454.0
126.6
572.0
145.0
48
0.0
150.0
52.5
252.0
84.3
354.0
107.9
456.0
127.0
576.0
145.6
50
1.5
152.0
53.3
254.0
84.8
356.0
108.3
458.0
127.3
580.0
146.2
52
3.0
154.0
54.0
256.0
85.4
358.0
108.8
460.0
127.7
584.0
146.7
54
4.5
156.0
54.8
258.0
85.9
360.0
109.2
462.0
128.0
588.0
147.3
56
5.9
158.0
55.5
260.0
86.4
362.0
109.6
464.0
128.3
592.0
147.9
58
7.3
160.0
56.2
262.0
86.9
364.0
110.0
466.0
128.7
596.0
148.4
60
8.6
162.0
57.0
264.0
87.4
366.0
110.4
468.0
129.0
600.0
149.0
62
10.0
164.0
57.7
266.0
87.9
368.0
110.8
470.0
129.3
604.0
149.5
64
11.3
166.0
58.4
268.0
88.4
370.0
111.2
472.0
129.7
608.0
150.1
66
12.6
168.0
59.0
270.0
88.9
372.0
111.6
474.0
130.0
612.0
150.6
68
13.8
170.0
59.8
272.0
89.4
374.0
112.0
476.0
130.3
616.0
151.2
70
15.1
172.0
60.5
274.0
89.9
376.0
112.4
478.0
130.7
620.0
151.7
72
16.3
174.0
61.1
276.0
90.4
378.0
112.6
480.0
131.0
624.0
152.3
74
17.5
176.0
61.8
278.0
90.9
380.0
113.1
482.0
131.3
628.0
152.8
76
18.7
178.0
62.5
280.0
91.4
382.0
113.5
484.0
131.6
632.0
153.4
78
19.8
180.0
63.1
282.0
91.9
384.0
113.9
486.0
132.0
636.0
153.9
80
21.0
182.0
63.8
284.0
92.4
386.0
114.3
488.0
132.3
640.0
154.5
82
22.1
184.0
64.5
286.0
92.8
388.0
114.7
490.0
132.6
644.0
155.0
84
23.2
186.0
65.1
288.0
93.3
390.0
115.0
492.0
132.9
648.0
155.5
86
24.3
188.0
65.8
290.0
93.8
392.0
115.5
494.0
133.3
652.0
156.1
88
25.4
190.0
66.4
292.0
94.3
394.0
115.8
496.0
133.6
656.0
156.6
90
26.4
192.0
67.0
294.0
94.8
396.0
116.2
498.0
133.9
660.0
157.1
92
27.4
194.0
67.7
296.0
95.2
398.0
116.6
500.0
134.0
664.0
157.7
94
28.5
196.0
68.3
298.0
95.7
400.0
117.0
502.0
134.5
668.0
158.2
96
29.5
198.0
68.9
300.0
96.2
402.0
117.3
504.0
134.8
672.0
158.7
98
30.5
200.0
69.5
302.0
96.6
404.0
117.7
506.0
135.2
676.0
159.2
100
31.2
202.0
70.1
304.0
97.1
406.0
118.1
508.0
135.5
680.0
159.8
102
32.2
204.0
70.7
306.0
97.5
408.0
118.5
510.0
135.8
684.0
160.3
104
33.2
206.0
71.4
308.0
98.0
410.0
118.8
512.0
136.1
688.0
160.8
106
34.1
208.0
72.0
310.0
98.4
412.0
119.2
514.0
136.4
692.0
161.3
108
35.1
210.0
72.6
312.0
98.9
414.0
119.6
516.0
136.7
696.0
161.8
110
35.5
212.0
73.2
314.0
99.3
416.0
119.9
518.0
137.0
112
36.9
214.0
73.8
316.0
99.7
418.0
120.3
520.0
137.3
*Based on ALLIED SIGNAL Data
Pressure vs. Temperature Chart
R-410A
SERVICING
119
LIQUID PRESSURE
AT SERVICE VALVE (PSIG) 8 10 12 14 16 18
189 58 56 54 52 50 48
195 60 58 56 54 52 50
202 62 60 58 56 54 52
208 64 62 60 58 56 54
215 66 64 62 60 58 56
222 68 66 64 62 60 58
229 70 68 66 64 62 60
236 72 70 68 66 64 62
243 74 72 70 68 66 64
251 76 74 72 70 68 66
259 78 76 74 72 70 68
266 80 78 76 74 72 70
274 82 80 78 76 74 72
283 84 82 80 78 76 74
291 86 84 82 80 78 76
299 88 86 84 82 80 78
308 90 88 86 84 82 80
317 92 90 88 86 84 82
326 94 92 90 88 86 84
335 96 94 92 90 88 86
345 98 96 94 92 90 88
354 100 98 96 94 92 90
364 102 100 98 96 94 92
374 104 102 100 98 96 94
384 106 104 102 100 98 96
395 108 106 104 102 100 98
406 110 108 106 104 102 100
416 112 110 108 106 104 102
427 114 112 110 108 106 104
439 116 114 112 110 108 106
450 118 116 114 112 110 108
462 120 118 116 114 112 110
474 122 120 118 116 114 112
486 124 122 120 118 116 114
499 126 124 122 120 118 116
511 128 126 124 122 120 118
REQUIRED SUBCOOLING TEMPERATURE (°F)
REQUIRED LIQUID LINE TEMPERATURE
SERVICING
120
5. Compare the hi-pressure reading to the "Required Liquid Line
Temperature" chart (page 108). Find the hi-pressure value on
the left column. Follow that line right to the column under the
design subcooling value. Where the two intersect is the
required liquid line temperature.
Alternately you can convert the liquid line pressure gauge
reading to temperature by finding the gauge reading in
Temperature - Pressure Chart and reading to the left, find the
temperature in the °F. Column.
6. The difference between the thermometer reading and pres-
sure to temperature conversion is the amount of subcooling.
Add charge to raise subcooling. Recover charge to lower
subcooling.
Subcooling Formula = Sat. Liquid Temp. - Liquid Line Temp.
EXAMPLE:
a. Liquid Line Pressure = 417
b. Corresponding Temp. °F. = 120°
c. Thermometer on Liquid line = 109°F.
To obtain the amount of subcooling subtract 109°F from 120°F.
The difference is 11° subcooling. See the specification sheet or
technical information manual for the design subcooling range
for your unit.
S-110 CHECKING EXPANSION VALVE OPERATION
1. Remove the remote bulb of the expansion valve from the
suction line.
2. Start the system and cool the bulb in a container of ice water,
closing the valve. As you cool the bulb, the suction pressure
should fall and the suction temperature will rise.
3. Next warm the bulb in your hand. As you warm the bulb, the
suction pressure should rise and the suction temperature
will fall.
4. If a temperature or pressure change is noticed, the expansion
valve is operating. If no change is noticed, the valve is
restricted, the power element is faulty, or the equalizer tube
is plugged.
5. Capture the charge, replace the valve and drier, evacuate and
recharge.
S-112 CHECKING RESTRICTED LIQUID LINE
When the system is operating, the liquid line is warm to the touch.
If the liquid line is restricted, a definite temperature drop will be
noticed at the point of restriction. In severe cases, frost will form
at the restriction and extend down the line in the direction of the
flow.
Discharge and suction pressures will be low, giving the appear-
ance of an undercharged unit. However, the unit will have normal
to high subcooling.
Locate the restriction, replace the restricted part, replace drier,
evacuate and recharge.
S-113 OVERCHARGE OF REFRIGERANT
An overcharge of refrigerant is normally indicated by an exces-
sively high head pressure.
An evaporator coil, using an expansion valve metering device,
will basically modulate and control a flooded evaporator and
prevent liquid return to the compressor.
An evaporator coil, using a capillary tube metering device, could
allow refrigerant to return to the compressor under extreme
overcharge conditions. Also with a capillary tube metering
device, extreme cases of insufficient indoor air can cause icing
of the indoor coil and liquid return to the compressor, but the
head pressure would be lower.
There are other causes for high head pressure which may be found
in the "Service Problem Analysis Guide."
If other causes check out normal, an overcharge or a system
containing non-condensables would be indicated.
If this system is observed:
1. Start the system.
2. Remove and capture small quantities of gas from the suction
line dill valve until the head pressure is reduced to normal.
3. Observe the system while running a cooling performance
test. If a shortage of refrigerant is indicated, then the system
contains non-condensables.
S-114 NON-CONDENSABLES
If non-condensables are suspected, shut down the system and
allow the pressures to equalize. Wait at least 15 minutes.
Compare the pressure to the temperature of the coldest coil since
this is where most of the refrigerant will be. If the pressure
indicates a higher temperature than that of the coil temperature,
non-condensables are present.
Non-condensables are removed from the system by first remov-
ing the refrigerant charge, replacing and/or installing liquid line
drier, evacuating and recharging.
CHECKING COMPRESSOR EFFICIENCY
The reason for compressor inefficiency is broken or damaged
scroll flanks on Scroll compressors, reducing the ability of the
compressor to pump refrigerant vapor. The condition of the
scroll flanks is checked in the following manner.
1. Attach gauges to the high and low side of the system.
2. Start the system and run a “Cooling Performance Test. If the
test shows:
a. Below normal high side pressure.
b. Above normal low side pressure.
c. Low temperature difference across coil.
d. Low amp draw at compressor.
And the charge is correct. The compressor is faulty –
replace the compressor.
SERVICING
121
S-115 COMPRESSOR BURNOUT
When a compressor burns out, high temperature develops caus-
ing the refrigerant, oil and motor insulation to decompose
forming acids and sludge.
If a compressor is suspected of being burned-out, attach a
refrigerant hose to the liquid line dill valve and properly remove
and dispose of the refrigerant.
NOTICE
Violation of EPA regulations may result in fines
or other penalties.
Now determine if a burn out has actually occurred. Confirm by
analyzing an oil sample using a Sporlan Acid Test Kit, AK-3 or its
equivalent.
Remove the compressor and obtain an oil sample from the
suction stub. If the oil is not acidic, either a burnout has not
occurred or the burnout is so mild that a complete clean-up is not
necessary.
If acid level is unacceptable, the system must be cleaned by using
the clean-up drier method.
Do not allow the sludge or oil to contact the skin.
Severe burns may result.
CAUTION
NOTE: The Flushing Method using R-11 refrigerant is no longer
approved by Amana
®
Brand Heating-Cooling.
Suction Line Drier Clean-Up Method
The POE oils used with R410A refrigerant is an excellent solvent.
In the case of a burnout, the POE oils will remove any burnout
residue left in the system. If not captured by the refrigerant filter,
they will collect in the compressor or other system components,
causing a failure of the replacement compressor and/or spread
contaminants throughout the system, damaging additional com-
ponents.
Install a field supplied suction line drier. This drier should be
installed as close to the compressor suction fitting as possible.
The filter must be accessible and be rechecked for pressure drop
after the system has operated for a time. It may be necessary to
use new tubing and form as required.
NOTE: At least twelve (12) inches of the suction line immediately
out of the compressor stub must be discarded due to burned
residue and contaminates.
1. Remove compressor discharge line strainer.
2. Remove the liquid line drier and expansion valve.
3 Purge all remaining components with dry nitrogen or carbon
dioxide until clean.
4. Install new components
including liquid line drier.
5. Braze all joints, leak test, evacuate, and recharge system.
6. Start up the unit and record the pressure drop across the
drier.
7. Continue to run the system for a minimum of twelve (12) hours
and recheck the pressure drop across the drier. Pressure
drop should not exceed 6 PSIG.
8. Continue to run the system for several days, repeatedly
checking pressure drop across the suction line drier. If the
pressure drop never exceeds the 6 PSIG, the drier has trapped
the contaminants. Remove the suction line drier from the
system.
9. If the pressure drop becomes greater, then it must be replaced
and steps 5 through 9 repeated until it does not exceed 6 PSIG.
NOTICE: Regardless, the cause for burnout must be determined
and corrected before the new compressor is started.
S-120 REFRIGERANT PIPING
The piping of a refrigeration system is very important in relation
to system capacity, proper oil return to compressor, pumping
rate of compressor and cooling performance of the evaporator.
POE oils maintain a consistent viscosity over a large tempera-
ture range which aids in the oil return to the compressor;
however, there will be some installations which require oil
return traps. These installations should be avoided whenever
possGible, as adding oil traps to the refrigerant lines also
increases the opportunity for debris and moisture to be
introduced into the system. Avoid long running traps in
horizontal suction line.
S-201 CLEANING ALUMINUM COILS
This unit is equipped with an aluminum tube evaporator coil. The
safest way to clean the evaporator coil is to simply flush the coil
with water. This cleaning practice remains as the recommended
cleaning method for both copper tube and aluminum tube resi-
dential cooling coils.
An alternate cleaning method is to use one of the products listed
in the technical publication TP-109 (shipped in the literature bag
with the unit) to clean the coils. The cleaners listed are the only
agents deemed safe and approved for use to clean round tube
aluminum coils. TP-109 is available on the web site in Partner
Link > Service Toolkit.
NOTE: Ensure coils are rinsed well after use of any chemical cleaners.
SERVICING
122
S-202 DUCT STATIC PRESSURES AND/OR STATIC PRES-
SURE DROP ACROSS COILS
This minimum and maximum allowable duct static pressure for
the indoor sections are found in the specifications section.
Tables are also provided for each coil, listing quantity of air
(CFM) versus static pressure drop across the coil.
Too great an external static pressure will result in insufficient air
that can cause icing of the coil. Too much air can cause poor
humidity control and condensate to be pulled off the evaporator
coil causing condensate leakage. Too much air can also cause
motor overloading and in many cases this constitutes a poorly
designed system.
S-203 SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER EXTERNAL STATIC
To determine proper airflow, proceed as follows:
1. Using a Inclined Manometer or Magnehelic gauge , measure
the static pressure of the return duct at the inlet of the air
handler, this will be a negative pressure (for example-.30"wc)
2. Measure the static pressure of the supply duct at the outlet
of the air handler, this should be a positive pressure (for
example .20"wc).
3. Add the two readings together (for example -.30"wc + .20"wc
= .50"wc total external static pressure.
NOTE: Both readings may be taken simultaneously and read
directly on the manometer if so desired.
4. Consult proper air handler airflow chart for quantity of air
(CFM) at the measured external static pressure.
+ .20” wc
- .30” wc
S-203A TWO PIECE AIR HANDLER EXTERNAL STATIC
PRESSURE
To determine proper airflow, proceed as follows:
1. Using a Inclined Manometer or Magnehelic gauge, measure
the static pressure between the outlet of the evaporator coil
and the inlet of the air handler, this will be a negative pressure
( for example -.30"wc)
2. Measure the static pressure of the supply duct at the outlet
of the unit, this should be a positive pressure (for example
.20"wc).
3. Add the two readings together (for example -.30"wc + .20"wc
= .50"wc total static pressure.
NOTE: Both readings may be taken simultaneously and read
directly on the manometer if so desired.
4. Consult proper air handler airflow chart for quantity of air
(CFM) at the measured external static pressure.
Supply Static
+ .20” wc
Return Static
- .30” wc
S-204 COIL STATIC PRESSURE DROP
1. Using a draft gauge (inclined manometer), connect the posi-
tive probe underneath the coil and the negative probe above
the coil.
2. A direct reading can be taken of the static pressure drop
across the coil.
3. Consult proper table for quantity of air.
STATIC PRESSURE DROP
If the total external static pressure and/or static pressure drop
exceeds the maximum or minimum allowable statics, check for
closed dampers, dirty filters, undersized or poorly laid out duct
work.
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS
121
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
+5VDC
24VAC
G
POWER SUPPLY
INPUT
POWER SUPPLY COMMON
OUT TO HP CONTROL
P3-1
6.8K
P3-7
Y-HP
P1-6
P1-4
COMPRESSOR OUTPUT
P1-7
O
POWER SUPPLY OUT
TO THERMOSTAT
24VAC
Q2
K3
W1
POWER SUPPLY INPUT
(COMMON)
+VDC
E/W1
Y
P2-8
CALL FOR
REVERSING VALVE
P3-5
C
C
BLOWER FAN DEMAND
OUTPUT
P3-3
P1-8
Y-STAT
Y-FURN
C
P3-2
P1-1
P3-8
REVERSING VALVE
OUTPUT
BREAK FOR ODT
FURNACE DEMAND
OUTPUT
P1-3
R
24VAC
K4
HP CALL FOR FURNACE
(DURING DEFROST)
W2
Y2-STAT
Y2-FURN
CALL FOR
COMPRESSOR
P2-7
P3-6
+VDC
Y2
O
REVERSING
VALVE OUTPUT
Q1
Y
P2-4
K1
OT-NO
Y
P2-9
CALL FOR 2ND STAGE
COMPRESSOR
Y2
1.0K
G-FURN
P2-1
C
OT-C
C
SECOND STAGE
COMPRESSOR OUTPUT
G
CALL FOR
EMERGENCY HEAT
W1-FURN
W2-HP
F1
3A
OT-NC
24VAC
2ND STAGE C OMPRESSOR
DEMAND OUTPUT
W1
CALL FOR
FURNACE HEAT
6.8K
G-STAT
+VDC
P3-4
F
U
R
N
A
C
E
P2-6
K2
ODT (OUTDOOR
THERMOSTAT)
Y
R
SECOND STAGE FURNACE
DEMAND OUTPUT
MICROPROCESSOR
Y2-HP
P1-5
CALL FOR 2ND STAGE
FURNACE HEAT
O
W2
CALL FOR
BLOWER FAN
T
H
E
R
M
O
S
T
A
T
P2-5
1 2
R
Y2
POWER
SUPPLY
COMPRESSOR
CONTACTOR OUTPUT
O
H
E
A
T
P
U
M
P
P2-3
+5VDC
W2
P3-9
P2-2
E
POWER SUPPLY COMMON
OUT TO THERMOSTAT
POWER SUPPLY OUT
TO HP CONTROL
C
P1-2
ALL FUEL SYSTEM AFE18-60A CONTROL BOARD
ALL FUEL CONTROL BOARD - AFE18-60A
This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
(For use with Heat Pumps in conjunction with 80% or 90% Single-Stage or Two-Stage Furnaces)
122
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
EMERGENCY
HEAT
RELAY
13
42
BLUE
WHITE
BLACK
BROWN
THERMOSTAT
OT/EHR18-60
21
From Air Handler
CGW2 R
CRW2OY
From Outdoor Unit
C
G
W2
E
R
O
Y
Indoor Thermostat
B
LU
E
GR
E
EN
W
HITE
R
ED
BL
U
E
R
E
D
WHI
T
E
ORANGE
Y
EL
L
O
W
10kw and Below, One Stage Electric Heat
RED
EMERGENCY
HEAT
RELAY
1
42
BLUE
WHITE
BLACK
BROWN
THERMOSTAT
OT/EHR18-60
21
From Air Handler
CGW2 R
CRW2OY
From Outdoor Unit
C
G
W2
E
R
O
Y
Indoor Thermostat
W3
BLUE
G
REEN
WH
IT
E
RED
B
R
OW
N
BLUE
RE
D
W
H
I
T
E
O
RA
N
G
E
YELLOW
15kw and Above, Two Stage Electric Heat
3
RED
SEE NOTE
Note:
When using a Thermostat with only one
stage for electric heat (W2), tie white and
brown wires from air handler together.
Typical Wiring Schematics for OT/EHR18-60 (Outdoor Thermostat & Emergency Heat Relay).
This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS
123
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
EMERGENCY
HEAT
RELAY
13
42
BLUE
WHITE
BLACK
BROWN
THERMOSTAT
OT/EHR18-60 #2
2
1
From Air Handler
CGW2 R
CRW2OY
From Outdoor Unit
C
G
W2
E
R
O
Y
Indoor Thermostat
W3
W3
BLUE
GR
EEN
W
H
ITE
R
E
D
BROWN
BL
UE
RED
WH
ITE
O
RANGE
YEL
L
O
W
15kw and Above with Two OT/EHR18-60's, Two Stage Electric Heat and Two Stage Thermostat
HEAT
RELAY
EMERGENCY
THERMOSTAT
1
4
3
2
1
2
BROWN
BLACK
WHITE
BLUE
OT/EHR18-60 #1
RED
RED
Typical Wiring Schematics for OT/EHR18-60 (Outdoor Thermostat & Emergency Heat Relay).
This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
124
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
3-Phase Heat Kit
25kW Heat Kit
125
WIRING DIAGRAMS
AIRHANDLERS
126
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ADPF, ARPF, ARUF, ATUF
USE COPPE R W IRE
SPEEDUP
COPP E R POW ER SUP P L Y
(SEE RATI NG PLATE )
EQUIPMENT GROUND
BL
BL
SEE
NOT E 3
BK
M1
BR
BR
RC
EM
RD
BL
BK
RD
PU
WH
EBTDR
SR
BL
G
RD
XFMR-R
XFMR-C
C
R
RD
GR
SEE N OTES 2 & 6
BL RD GR WH BR
5
NO
COM
NC
K1
K1
PU
PU
RD
RD
C
BK
BR
PLF
BK
1
RD
PU
2
3
240
24V
4
1
2
3
TR
RD
SEE
NOT E 4
BL
BR
4 5
WH
6789
PLM
GRND
1
BK
23
RD
L2
L1
4 5 678 9
0140A00245-A
PLM
PLF
TR
FACTORY WIRING
FIELDWIRING
NOTE
S:
DELAY RELAY
STRAIN RELIEF
EVAPORATOR MOT OR
ELECTRONICBLOWER TIME
RUN CAPACITOR
SR
EM
EBTDR
RC
BK
RD
BL
YL
BLUE
BLACK
RED
YELLOW
COMPONENT CODE
BROWN
PURPLE
GREEN
PU
BR
GR
FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
MALE PLUG CONNECTOR
TRANSFORMER
HIGHVOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
HIGHVOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
PLF
3
2
COLOR CODE
RD
TR
WH
6
BR
5
PLF
4
4
24V
5
SEE NOTE 1
1
2
3
RC
HI
EM
GR
WIRING CODE
BL
EBTDR
LO
COM
NC
M1
EBTDR
NO
208/240 VOLTS
1
1
PLF
PLM
L1
PLM
2
L2
(M2)
PU
RC
(M1) BK
BL
MEDIUM
3 SPEED
BR
HIGH
EM
(COM) RD LOW
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE
NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.
M2
PU
(TR 1)
M2
R G
C
EBTDR
SEE N OTE 1
FL FUSE LINK
TL
THERMAL LIMIT
SEE N OTE 5
RRELAY
TERMINA L BLOCK SHOWN
FOR 50HZ MODELS ONLY
THREE SP EED MO TOR W IRING
(SELECT MODELS ONLY)
SEE N OTE 3
WHITE
WH
USE MIN . 75°C FIELD W IRE
1. RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL "3" FOR 240 VOLTS AND
ON TERMINAL "2" FOR 208 VOLTS
2. SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FORPROPER
LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS
3. CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTED IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF SPEED TAP
NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT APPROPRIATE MOTORWIRE (RED FOR LOW,
BLUE FOR MEDIUM, AND BLACK FOR HIGHSPEED) ON "COM" CONNECTION OF THE EBTDR
INACTIVE MOTORWIRES MUST BE CONNECTED TO "M1 OR M2"ON EBTDR.
4. BROWN AND WHITE WIRES ARE USED WITH HEAT KITS ONLY.
5. EBTDR HAS A 7 SECOND ON DELAY WHEN "G" IS ENERGIZED AND A 65 SECOND OFF
DELAY WHEN "G" IS DE-ENERGIZED.
6. LOW VOLTAGE FIELD WIRING TO BEN.E.C CLASS 2 WIRES.
GRND GROUND
SEE NOTES 2 & 6
EFFECTIVE 12/24/14
127
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
AEPF
NO
MARK
INDICATES
NO
HE
A
T KIT INST
A
LLED
AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK AN "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.
MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED
BK
BK
BL
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL W IRES SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY, USE 105°C . WIRE. SIZE TO CONFO RM T O THE NATIONA L ELECT RIC C O DE.
FIELD CONNECTION
* SEE N OTE 7
LOW VOLTAGE
DS 1
COPPER
(SEE RATING PLATE)
POW ER SUPPLY
CONTROLS SHOW N WITH UTILITIES IN "ON" POSITION AND THERMOSTAT IN "OFF" POSITION.
PN. B1368270 REV. A
J1
BOX
THERMOST
A
TS
W2
HEAT ER
W
CR
J3J2
BR
R
BL
Y/Y2
24 VAC
Y1
R
PU
HUMIDISTAT
HUM
R Y1 G
Y
G
USE COPPER WIRE
EQUIPMENT GROUND
R
BL
W
BR
W1
THERMOSTAT
YCON
CONDE NSER
COM W2OED
W1
OUTDO OR
HEATPUMP
W/W2
R
W
BL
OTC OT 1 COT2OE\ W1
BR
BL
Y
BL
Y
YCO N
TO
CONDENSER
C
PL2
312
BR
BK
PL1
PUW
BL
BR
R
Y
G
Y1C
W2 R
TO
Y/Y2
G
1
R
23
BK
L1 L 2
BK
BK
HTR1
TL
HTR2
R
9
8
7
R
W
BL
PU
TL
BK
5
6
3
4
BK
R
1
2
W
BK
L2L1
BK
R
R
R
BK
R
HTR1
TL
0140 A 00000P
EM
2
24 VOLT
O
SEE NOTE 2
COLOR CODE
PRO GRAM JUMPER
7. SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER LOW VOLTAGE
CONN ECTIONS AND DETAILS ON COMPATIBLE THERMOSTATS AND THEIR CONNECTIONS.
3. FOR OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT OPERATION OF SECOND STAGE HEAT, CUT PJ2 & ADD OT18-60 TO OTC & OT2.
2. FOR TWO STAGE ELECTRIC HEAT APPLICATIONS CUT PJ4. (USE ONLY ON 15 & 20 KW MODELS).
4. FOR SINGLE STAGE COOLING APPLICATIONS CONNECT THERMOSTAT TO Y/Y2 ONLY,
TAPE OR REMOVE Y1 CONNECTION. CONNECT CONDENSING UNIT TO YCON & C.
6. RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL 3 FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON TERMINAL 2 FOR 208 VOLTS.
1. FOR HEAT PUMP APPLICATION S REMOVE ORANGE JUMPER WI RE BET WEEN O & Y1.
EVAPORATOR MOTOR
5. WHEN HUMIDSTAT IS PROVIDED CUT PJ6. THERMOSTAT OPENS ON HUM IDITY RISE.
N
OTES:
EM
BK
R
G
PJ2,PJ4,PJ6
SEE NOTE 3
BLACKBK
PL
EM
Y
R
BL
PLUG
RED
YELLOW
BLUE
W WHITE
BL
456789
W
R
R
BL
COM
3
BL
5
TR
240
2
208
1
24V
4
R
4567 89
SEE NOTE 5
HUM
R
PJ6
2
OT
1
OT
PJ2
W2
OT
C
5 PL2
TR
4
PL2
2
1
PL1
2
FACTORY WIRING
W
IRING CODE
FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VO LTAGE
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VO LTAGE
TERMINAL BOARD
VARIA BLE SPEED TR A NSFORMERVSTB TR
COMP
ONENT CODE
PU PURPLE
PINK
ORANGE
BROWNBR
PK
0
GREENG
SEE NOTE 1
NOTE DIODE
ON VSTB
*SEE NOTE 7
W1
W1
6
W2W E
PJ4
5
DIODE
IN4005
Y1
Y
Y2
YCO N
PL2
208/240 VOLTS
3
TO LOW VOLTAGE
TERMINAL BOARD
G
C
NOTE 4
SEE
4
PL2
1PL2
1
PL1
L1
BK
6
8
9
7
2
R
PU
4
5
3
BK
R
1
BK
L2 L1 L2
R
Y
M1
M2
BK
R
Y
R
R1
M4
R
BK
M3
HTR3
TL
HTR2
HTR1
TL
TL
PU
M2
R2
Y
M1
BL
W
BR
BL
R
BK
R
BK
TLHTR1
BK
HTR4
HTR3
HTR2
BK
R
9
7
8
L2L1 L1 L2
2
5
6
3
4
1
R
M1
Y
BK
M2
BL
W
6
BL
R
BK
Y
8
9
7
M6
M5
M3
R1
M4
R
PU
M7
R2
M8
BL
TL
TL
TL
Y
BL
R
BK
R
BL
BR
4
5
3
2
BK
1
OT2
HUM
W1
OT1
W2
PJ2
PJ6
PJ4
SEE NOTE 8
8. DISCARD ORIGINAL "PL1" PLUG CONNECTOR WHEN INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT.
RELAY
THERMAL LIMIT
R
HEAT ELEMENT
HTR
TL
ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS
O
W2
BR
O
O
BR
R
R
O
O
FL FUSE LINK
FL
M1
M2
FL
FL
M1
M2
M3
M4
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
128
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
AEPF******CA
NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED
A
FTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK A "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.
MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED
BK
RD
BL
FIELD CONNECTION
* SEE NOTE 7
LOW VOLTAGE
VSTB
DS1
COPPER
(SEE RATING PLATE)
POWER SUPPLY
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH UTILITIES IN "ON" POSITION AND THERMOSTAT IN "OFF" POSITION.
PN. B1368270 REV. A
J1
BOX
THER MOST
A
TS
W2
HEATER
WH
CR
J3J2
BR
RD
BL
Y/Y2
24 VA C
Y1
O
RD
PU
HUMIDISTAT
HUM
RY1G
YL
GR
RD
BL
WH
BR
W1
THERMOSTAT
YCON
CON DENSER
COM W2OED
W1
OUTDOOR
HEATPUMP
W/W2
R
WH
BL
OTC OT 1 COT 2OE\W1
BR
BL
YL
BL
YL
YCON
TO
CONDENSER
C
PL2
312
BR
BK
PL1
PU
WH
BL
BR
RD
YL
GR
Y1C
W2
R
TO
Y/Y2
G
1
RD
23
BK
L1 L2
BK
BK
HTR 1
TL
HTR 1
RD
9
8
7
R
WH
BL
PU
TL
BK
5
6
3
4
PL 1
BK
RD
1
2
WH
RD
BK
BK
RD
BK
RD
R
HTR 2
TL
0140A00041-B
EM
2
24 VOLT
O
SEE NOTE 2
COLOR CODE
PROGRAM JUMPER
7. SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER LOW VOLTAGE
CONNECTIONS AND DETAILS ON COMPATIBLE THERMOSTATS AND THEIR CONNECTIONS.
3. FOR OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT OPERATION OF SECOND STAGE HEAT, CUT PJ2 & ADD OT18-60 TO OTC & OT2.
2. FOR TWO STAGE ELECTRIC HEAT APPLICATIONS CUT PJ4. (USE ONLY ON 15 & 20 KW MODELS).
4. FOR SINGLE STAGE COOLING APPLICATIONS CONNECT THERMOSTAT TO Y/Y2 ONLY,
TAPE OR REMOVE Y1 CONNECTION. CONNECT CONDENSING UNIT TO YCON & C.
6. RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL 3 FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON TERMINAL 2 FOR 208 VOLTS.
1. FOR
HEAT PUMP APPLICATIONS REMOVE ORANGE JUMPER WIRE BETWEEN O & Y1.
EVAPORATOR MOTOR
5. WHEN HUMIDSTAT IS PROVIDED CUT PJ6. THERMOSTAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE.
NOTES:
EM
BK
RD
GR
PJ2,PJ4,PJ6
SEE NOTE 3
BLACKBK
PL
EM
YL
RD
BL
PLUG
RED
YELLOW
BLUE
WH WHITE
BL
456789
WH
RD
RD
BL
COM
3
BL
5
TR
240
2
208
1
24V
4
RD
456789
SEE NOTE 5
HUM
R
PJ6
2
OT
1
OT
PJ2
W2
OT
C
5
PL2
TR
4
PL2
2
1
PL1
2
FACTORY WIRING
WIRING CODE
FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
TERMINAL BOARD
VAR IABLE SPEED TRANSFORMERVSTB TR
COMPONENT CODE
PU PURPLE
PINK
ORANGE
BROWNBR
PK
0R
GREENGR
SEE NOTE 1
NOTE DIODE
ON VSTB
*SEE NOTE 7
W1
W1
6
W2W E
PJ4
5
DIOD E
IN4005
Y1
Y Y2
YCON
PL2
208/240 VOLTS
3
TO LOW VOLTAGE
TERMINAL BOARD
G
C
NOTE 4
SEE
4
PL2
1
PL2
1
PL1
BK
6
8
9
7
2
RD
PU
4
5
3
BK
BK
1
PL 1
BK
RD
YL
M1
M2
BK
RD
YL
RD
R1
M4
RD
BK
M3
HTR 3
TL
HTR 2
HTR 1
TL
TL
PU
M2
R2
YL
M1
BL
WH
BR
BL
RD
BK
RD
BK
TL
HTR 1
BK
HTR 4
HTR 3
HTR 2
BK
RD
9
7
8
2
5
6
3
4
PL 1
1
RD
M1
YL
BK
M2
BL
WH
6
BL
RD
BK
YL
8
9
7
M6
M5
M3
R1
M4
RD
PU
M7
R2
M8
BL
TL
TL
TL
YL
BL
RD
BK
RD
BL
BR
4
5
3
2
BK
PL 1
1
OT2
HUM
W1
OT1
W2
PJ2
PJ6
PJ4
SEE NOTE 8
8. DISCARD ORIGINAL "PL1" PLUG CONNECTOR WHEN INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT.
RELAY
THERMAL LIMIT
R
HEAT ELEMENT
HTR
TL
ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS
O
W2
BR
OR
BR
RD
R
FL FUSE LINK
FL
M1
M2
FL
FL
M1
M2
M3
M4
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
L1 L2
L1L1 L2 L2
L1 L2 L2L1
FOR HEAT
PUMPS ONLY
RD
OR
USE COPPER WIRE
EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER WIRE
EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER WIRE
EQUIPMENT GROUND
129
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
AR[090-120]4
130
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ARPT**14**/ARUF**14**
C EBTDR G
RD
SEE NOTES 2 & 6
BL RD GR
WH
BR
TERMINAL BLOCK SHOWN
FOR 50HZ MODELS ONLY
SR
BK RD
GRD
EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER WIRE
208/240
VOLTS
L1 L2
PLF
1
2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9
PLM
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
BK
RD
PU
BR
WH
BL
BR
WH
SEE
NOTE 4
GR
SEE NOTE 5
RD
G
EBTDR
RD
BK
RD
PU
SEE NOTE 1
EBTDR R
4
24V
5
6 5
4 PLF
R
BL
XFMR-R
XFMR-C
K1
NO
RD
C
1 2 3
240
RD
COLOR CODE
WH BR
BL GR
WIRING CODE
C
5
BK
NC
BLACK
GR GREEN
FACTORY WIRING
BL SPEEDUP
M1
M2
BL
BL
RD RED
PU PURPLE
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL YELLOW BR
BROWN
LOW VOLTAGE
RD
BL
BLUE
WH WHITE
FIELD WIRING
COMPONENT CODE
BK
EM
EVAPORATOR MOTOR
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
COPPER POWER SUPPLY
(SEE RATING PLATE)
SEE
NOTE 3
RD
PU
RC
RUN CAPACITOR
SR
STRAIN RELIEF
TR
PLF
TRANSFORMER
FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE
R
RELAY
PLM
MALE PLUG CONNECTOR
THREE SPEED MOTOR WIRING
(SELECT MODELS ONLY)
(COM) RD LOW
EBTDR
BK
ELECTRONIC BLOWER
TIME DELAY RELAY
FL
FUSE LINK
TL
THERMAL LIMIT
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES
SEE NOTE 3
(M2)
BL
MEDIUM
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE
NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.
(M1) BK
(TR 1)
PU
PU
RC
HIGH
RC
BR
BR
EM
EM
3 SPEED
BR
NOTES:
1) RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL "3" FOR 240 VOLTS
AND ON TERMINAL "2" FOR 208 VOLTS.
2) SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
FOR PROPER LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS.
3) CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTED IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION.
IF SPEED TAP NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT APPROPRIATE
MOTOR WIRE (RED FOR LOW, BLUE FOR MEDIUM, AND BLACK FOR
HIGH SPEED) ON "COM" CONNECTION OF THE EBTDR.
INACTIVE MOTOR WIRES MUST BE CONNECTED TO "M1 OR M2"
ON EBTDR.
4) BROWN AND WHITE WIRES ARE USED WITH HEAT KITS ONLY.
5) EBTDR HAS A 7 SECOND ON DELAY WHEN "G" IS ENERGIZED
AND A 65 SECOND OFF DELAY WHEN "G" IS DE-ENERGIZED.
6) LOW VOLTAGE FIELD WIRING TO BE N.E.C CLASS 2 WIRES.
0140A00242-A
PLF
2
1 PLF
1
PLM
3 PLM
2
RC
EM
M1
NC
NO
HI
LO
M2
EBTDR
COM
1
23
SEE NOTE 1
TR
L1
L2
131
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ASPF******BA
BK
BL
BK
L1 L2
BK
BK
HTR1
TLHTR2
RD
9
8
7
R
WH
BL
PU
TL
BK
5
6
3
4
PLM
BK
RD
1
2
WH
BK
L2L1
BK
RD
RD
RD
BK
R
HTR1 TL
L1
BK
6
8
9
7
2
RD
PU
4
5
3
BK
RD
1
PLM
BK
L2 L1 L2
RD
YL
M1
M2
BK
RD
YL
RD
R1
M4
RD
BK
M3
HTR3
TL
HTR2
HTR1
TL
TL
PU
M2
R2
YL
M1
BL
WH
BR
BL
RD
BK
RD
BK
TL
HTR1
BK
HTR4
HTR3
HTR2
BK
RD
9
7
8
L2L1 L1 L2
2
5
6
3
4
PLM
1
RD
M1
YL
BK
M2
BL
WH
6
BL
RD
BK
YL
8
9
7
M6
M5
M3
R1
M4
RD
PU
M7
R2
M8
BL
TL
TL
TL
YL
BL
RD
BK
RD
BL
BR
4
5
3
2
BK
PLM
1
ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS
FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS
FL
M1
M2
FL
FL
M1
M2
M3
M4
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
USE COPPER OR ALUMINUM WIRE
COPPER OR ALUMINUM
POWER SUPPLY
(SEE RATING PLATE)
USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE
EQUIPMENT GROUND
BL
EM
YL
BL
5
BK
C
BK
PLF
BK
1
RD
2
3
240
24V
4
1 2
3
TR
RD
SEE
NOTE 4
BL
BR
4 5
WH
6789
PLM
GRD
1
BK
23
RD
L2
L1
4 5 678 9
0140A00037
REV B
4) Brown and white wires are used with Heat Kits only.
PLM
PLF
TR
FACTORY WIRING
FIELD WIRING
1) Red wires to be on transformer terminal "3" for 240 volts and on terminal "2" for 208 volts.
2) See composite wiring diagrams in installation instructions
for proper low voltage wiring connections.
Notes:
DELAY RELAY
RELAY
EVAPORATOR MOTOR
ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME
TERMINAL BOARD
R
EM
EBTDR
TB
BK
RD
BL
YL
BLUE
BLACK
RED
YELLOW
COMPONENT CODE
BROWN
PURPLE
GREEN
PU
BR
GR
FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
MALE PLUG CONNECTOR
TRANSFORMER
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
PLF
2
COLOR CODE
TR
6
5
PLF
4
4
24V
5
SEE NOTE 1
1
2
3
EM
WIRING CODE
208/240 V OLTS
1
1
PLF
PLM
L1
PLM
2
L2
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY,
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE
NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.
SEE NOTE 1
FL FUSE LINK
TL
THERMAL LIMIT
HTR HEAT ELEMENTS
CR CONTROL RELAY
TERMINAL BLOCK SHOWN
FOR 50HZ MODELS ONLY
3) Confirm speed tap selected is appropriate for application. If speed tap needs
to be changed, connect purple wire from terminal 4 of CR relay to appropriate tap
at TB
MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED. NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED.
KIT COMBINATION ON THIS UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK AN "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.
NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEATER
WHITE
WH
1 3
52
4
CR
SEE NOTE 2
21 43 5
NC GL
RD
PU
BL
BR
WH
BL
RD
GR
RD
BL
RD
BK
RD
C LGN
W2R W1C G 4Y1 OY2 1DH 32 5
3 1
1
C
EM
2
4
3
5
2
4
CR
W2R W1C G 4Y1 OY2 1DH 32 5
RD
PU
BR
WH
OR
WH
WH
BL
GR
SEE
NOTE 3
RD
BL
FUSE
HOLDER
FUSE
HOLDER
5
COPPER POWER SUPPLY
(SEE RATING PLATE)
USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE
EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER WIRE
132
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ASPF******C*
BK
BL
BK
L1 L2
BK
BK
HTR1
TL
HTR1
RD
9
8
7
R
WH
BL
PU
TL
BK
5
6
3
4
BK
RD
1
2
WH
RD
L2L1
BK
BK
RD
BK
RD
R
HTR2
TL
L1
BK
6
8
9
7
2
RD
PU
4
5
3
BK
RD
1
BK
L2 L1
L2
RD
YL
M1
M2
BK
RD
YL
RD
R1
M4
RD
BK
M3
HTR3
TL
HTR2
HTR1
TL
TL
PU
M2
R2
YL
M1
BL
WH
BR
BL
RD
BK
RD
BK
TL
HTR1
BK
HTR4
HTR3
HTR2
BK
RD
9
7
8
L2L1 L1 L2
2
5
6
3
4
1
RD
M1
YL
BK
M2
BL
WH
6
BL
RD
BK
YL
8
9
7
M6
M5
M3
R1
M4
RD
PU
M7
R2
M8
BL
TL
TL
TL
YL
BL
RD
BK
RD
BL
BR
4
5
3
2
BK
1
ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS
TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS
THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS
FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS
FL
M1
M2
FL
FL
M1
M2
M3
M4
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
COPPER POWER SUPPLY
(USE RATING PLATE)
USE MIN. 75° C FIELD WIRE
0140A00063-B
PLM
PLF
TR
FACTORY WIRING
FIELD WIRING
N
OTES:
1) RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL "3" FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON
TERMINAL "2" FOR 208 VOLTS.
2) SEE COMPLETE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR
PROPER LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS.
3) CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTION IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF
SPEED TAP NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT PURPLE WIRE FROM TERMINAL 4
OF CR RELAY TO APPROPRIATE TAP AT TB
4) BROWN AND WHITE WIRES ARE USED FOR HEAT KITS ONLY.
5) FUSE: 3A, 250V, 3AG CARTRIDGE FUSE.
RELAY
EVAPORATOR MOTOR
TERMINAL BOARD
R
EM
TB
BK
RD
BL
YL
BLUE
BLACK
RED
YELLOW
COMPONENT CODE
BROWN
PURPLE
GREEN
PU
BR
GR
FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
MALE PLUG CONNECTOR
TRANSFORMER
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
PLF
2
COLOR CODE
TR
6
5
PLM4
424V
5
1
23
EM
WIRING CODE
208/240 VOLTS
1
1
PLF
PLM
L1
PLM
2
L2
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY,
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE NATIONAL
ELECTRIC CODE.
FL FUSE LINK
TL
THERMAL LIMIT
HTR HEAT ELEMENTS
CR CONTROL RELAY
NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEAT ER KIT COMBINATION ON THIS
UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK A "X" IN THE BOX PROVIDED ABOVE. MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED. NO MARK
INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED.
WHITE
WH
LGN
W2R W1C G 4Y1 OY2 1DH 3
2
5
A
B
1
C
EM
2
4
3
5
4
7
CR
FUSE
HOLDER
(OPTIONAL)
1
SEE NOTE 1
USE C OPPER WIR
E
EQUIP MENT GROUND
BL
EM
YL
BL
5
BK
C
BK
P
L
F
BK
1
RD
2
3
240
2
4
V
4
1
2
3
T
R
RD
BL
BR
4
5
WH
6
7
8
9
P
L
M
G
R
D
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
1
7
4
CR
SEE
NOTE 2
21 43 5
NC GL
RD
PU
BL
BR
WH
BL
RD
GR
RD or BK
BL
RD
BK
RD
W
2
R
W
1
C
G
4
Y
1
O
Y
2
1
D
H
3
2
5
RD or BK
PU
BR
WH
OR
WH
WH
BL
GR
RD or BK
BL
FUSE
HOLDER
(OPTIONAL)
L
2
L
1
SEE
NOTE 1
SEE
NOTE 4
1
3
5
4
2
ALTERNATE HEAT RELAY
BL
PU
RD
GR
WH
BL
13
2
4
CR
5
A
LTERNATE HEAT RELAY
133
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ASPT**14**/ASUF**14**
13
SEE NOTES 2 & 6
R C G W1 W2 Y1 Y2 O DH 1
2 3 4 5
GRD
L1
L2
EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER WIRE
L1
1
PLF
208/240 VOLTS
EM
L2
PLF
2
PLF
RD
1
2 3
4 5
6 7 8
9
1
PLM
LG N
PLM
2
PLM
1
2
3 4 5
6
7
8 9
GR
BL
RD or BK
WH
BK RD
BR
WH
PU
CR
BK
7
BK
BL
BR
RD
WH
SEE
SEE
NOTE 4
FUSE
HOLDER
(OPTIONAL)
1
2 3
TR
4
24V 5
6 5
4 PLM
SEE NOTE 1
B
A
1
4
7
CR
1
2
EM
3
4
C
5
WH
RD
4 1
2
RD
C
5
NOTE 1
240
TR
R C G W1 W2 Y1 Y2 O DH 1 2 3 4 5
GR
A B
BL
RD or BK
BL
RD or BK
BL
FUSE
HOLDER
(OPTIONAL)
WH PU
OR BR YL
NOTES:
COPPER POWER SUPPLY
(USE RATING PLATE)
USE MIN. 75° C FIELD WIRE
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY,
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE NATIONAL
ELECTRIC CODE.
BL
RD
BK
4
RD
2 5
1 2 3 4 5
EM
C L G N
PU
WH
COMPONENT CODE
CR CONTROL RELAY
EM EVAPORATOR MOTOR
FL FUSE LINK
PLF FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
PLM MALE PLUG CONNECTOR
R RELAY
TB TERMINAL BOARD
ALTERNATE HEAT RELAY
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
COLOR CODE
BK BLACK
RD RED
YL YELLOW
BL BLUE
GR GREEN
PU PURPLE
BR BROWN
WH WHITE
1. RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL "3" FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON
TERMINAL "2" FOR 208 VOLTS.
2. SEE COMPLETE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR
PROPER LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS.
3. CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTION IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF
SPEED TAP NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT PURPLE WIRE FROM TERMINAL
4 OF CR RELAY TO APPROPRIATE TAP AT TB
4. BROWN AND WHITE WIRES ARE USED FOR HEAT KITS ONLY.
5. FUSE: 3A, 250V, 3AG CARTRIDGE FUSE.
6. LOW VOLTAGE FIELD WIRING TO BE N.E.C CLASS 2 WIRES.
GR
1 3
BL
ALTERNATE HEAT RELAY
BL
TR TRANSFORMER
TL THERMAL LIMIT
0140A00243-A
5
3
1
2
4
C
R
134
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
3-Phase Heat Kit
ASPT**14**/ASUF**14**
135
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
BTUh NOMINAL CFM
PURPLE 18000 600
PINK 24000 800
YELL OW 30000 950
RD
PK
PK
GR
PU
PU
YL
WH
F
123
54
24V
12345
CLGN
EM
YL
TABLE-1
WIRE COLOR
0140A00542-A
240V
TR
HTR 1
HTR 2*
TL1
TL2*
DISC
SEENOTE1
C
L1
L2
T1
T2
BL
BR
WH
BK
RD
BK
BL
WH
WH
RD
RD
BL
RD
BK
BR
BK
BK
BK
BK
RD
RD
RD
RD
GR/YL
BL
BL
BL
NOTES:
1. RED WIRE TO BE ON TRANSFORMER
TERMINAL "3" FOR 230 VOLTS AND ON
TERMINAL "2" FOR 208 VOLTS.
2. CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTED IS
APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF SPEED
TAPS NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT
APPROPRIATE WIRE FROM MOTOR TO
"Y" FROM THERMOSTAT/CONDENSER (SEE TABLE-1).
3. ASTERISK (*) INDICATES THAT HEATING
ELEMENT, THERMAL LIMIT, RELAY AND
INTERCONNECTING WIRES AND JUMPERS
OF HEATER #2 ARE DELETED WITH SINGLE
ELEMENT UNITS.
4. COLOR CODES:
BK - BLACK
BL - BLUE
BR - BROWN
GR - GREEN
PU - PURPLE
RD - RED
WH - WHITE
YL - YELLOW
5. WIRING CODE:
FACTORY WIRING:
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
FIELD WIRING:
HIGH VOLTAGE
6. COMPONENT CODE:
C-CONTACTOR
DISC - DISCONNECT SWITCH
EM - EVAPORATER MOTOR
F-FUSE
HTR - HEATER ELEMENT
R-RELAY
SEQ - SEQUENCER
TL - THERMAL LIMIT
TR - TRANSFORMER
BK
GR
RD
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
RD
RD
RD
SEENOTE#3
MOTOR CONNECTION
ONLYONEWILLBECONNECTED
(SEE NOTE 2)
OPTIONAL
CONNECTION
UNUSED WIRES MUST HAVE THEIR ENDS TAPED OR
CAPPED
FIELD CONNECTIONS
SEE NOTE 2
USE N.E.C CLASS 2 WIRE
L2
RD
L1
BK
AWUF310516AE, AWUF310816AD, AWUF321016AD
136
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
NOTES:
1) RED W IRE TO BE ON TRANSFO RMER TERMINAL 3 FOR 230 VOLTS AND ON
2) TO PLACE AIRHANDLER IN HIGH SPEED, REMOVE RED MOTOR LEAD FROM ELECTRON IC
3) SEE COMPOS ITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCT IONS FOR PROPER
4) ASTERISK (*) I NDICATES THAT HEATING ELEMENT , THERMAL LIMIT,
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH UTILITIES IN "ON" POSITION AND THERMOSTAT IN "OFF" POSITION.
COLOR COD
E WIRING CODE
0140 A00543-B
BLOWER TIME DELAY RELAY (EBTDR) COM TERMINAL AND REPLACE WITH BLACK
AND INTERCONNECTING WIRES AND JUMPERS OF HEATER #2
ARE DELETED WITH SINGLE ELEMENT UNITS.
MOTOR LEAD. ALL UNITS WILL BE FACTOR Y CONNECTE D AT LOW SPEED.
TERMINAL 2 FOR 208 VOLTS.
LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS.
YELLOW
TIME DELAY RELAY
EVAPORATOR MOTOR
ELECTRONIC BLOWER
DISCONNECT SWITCH
EBTDR
DISC
EM
RD RED
BL
YL
BLUE
WH
BK
WHITE
BLACK
COM
PONENTCODE
TL
HTR
TR
R
FC
GREEN
BROWN
PURPLE
BR
GR
PU
RELAY
FAN CAPACITOR
THERMAL LIMIT
TRANSFORMER
HEATER ELEMENT
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
TR
RD
24 VOLT45
2
SEENOTE1
1
3
LO
FC
EM
HI
TL1
TL1
HTR 1
HTR 2
COM
BL BR
WH
R1
GR
NONC
TL2
TL2
208/230 VOLTS
DISC
DISC
EBTDR
OFF DELAY WHEN "G" IS DE-ENERGIZED.
5) EBTDR HAS A 7 SECOND ON DELAY WHEN "G" IS ENERGIZED AND A 65 SECOND
R
EBTDR
G
C
EBTDR
M2
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY, USE 105°C.
WIRE SIZE TO CONFORM TO THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.
5
RD
BL
GR
EM
FC
BR
EVAPORATOR MOTOR LEADS
BR
RD
NOTE
SEE
3
DISC
EQUIPMENT
GROUND
DISC
1
4
3
2
TR
HTR1
BK
BK
TL1
TL1
RD
RD
TL2
EBTDR
SEE
NOTE 5
COPPER
POWER SUPPLY
(SEE RATING PLATE)
USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE
N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
COM
R
NC
NO
UP
C
K1
SPEED
K1
M1
XFMR-C
EBTDR
XFMR-R
G
M2
L2
RD
L1
BK
BL
BK
RD
GR
RD
BL
RD
BK
RD
PU
BK
N.E.C. CL
ASS2WIRE
PU COMMON
BK HIGH
RD LOW
L2
T2
HC
HC HEATER CONTACTOR
T1
L1
HC
*
*
*
*
*
HTR2*
TL2*
*
C
L1
L2
T1
T2
BK
BL
BR
WH
RD
RD
BL
RD
PU
BK
BK
BK
RD
RD
BK
RD
BL
RD
RD
RD
RD
WH
BR
AWPUT180[514, 814], AWPUT24[0514, 0814, 1014], AWUF180[316,516,816]BD,
AWUF240[316,516,816]BD, AWUF241016BD,
AWUF300[516,816]BE, AWUF301016BE, AWUF360[516,816] BE, AWUF361016BE
137
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
NOTES:
1. RED WIRE TO BE ON TRANSFORMER
TERMINAL "3" FOR 230 VOLTS AND ON
TERMINAL "2" FOR 208 VOLTS.
2. CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTED IS
APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF SPEED
TAPS NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT
APPROPRIATE WIRE FROM MOTOR TO
"Y" FROM THERMOSTAT/CONDENSER (SEE TABLE-1).
3. ASTERISK (*) INDICATES THAT HEATING
ELEMENT, THERMAL LIMIT, RELAY AND
INTERCONNECTING WIRES AND JUMPERS
OF HEATER #2 ARE DELETED WITH SINGLE
ELEMENT UNITS.
4. COLOR CODES:
BK - BLACK
BL - BLUE
BR - BROWN
GR - GREEN
PU - PURPLE
RD - RED
WH - WHITE
YL - YELLOW
PK - PINK
5. WIRING CODE:
FACTORY WIRING:
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
FIELD WIRING:
HIGH VOLTAGE
6. COMPONENT CODE:
C- CONTACTOR
DISC - DISCONNECT SWITCH
EM - EVAPORATER MOTOR
F- FUSE
HTR - HEATER ELEMENT
R- RELAY
SEQ - SEQUENCER
TL - THERMAL LIMIT
TR - TRANSFORMER
7. FOR UNITS USING 3KW AND 5KW HEATERS,
WHITEWIREWILLBECONNECTEDTO
TERMINAL 4.
BTUh
PURPLE 18000
PINK 24000
RD
PK
PK
GR
PU
PU
WH
F
123
54
24V
123 45
CL GN
EM
TABLE-1
MOTOR CONNECTIONS
ONLY ONE WILL BE CONNECTED
(SEE NOTE 2)
UNUSED WIRES MUST HAVE THEIR ENDS TAPE D OR
CAPPED
WIRE COLOR
0140A005 44-A
SEE NOTE # 3
240V
TR
HTR 1
HTR 2*
TL1
TL2*
DISC
FIELD CONNECTIONS
SEE NOTE 2
USE N.E.C CLASS 2 WIRE
SEE NOTE 1
C
L1
L2
T1
T2
BL
BR
WH
BK
RD
BK
BL
WH
WH
RD
RD
BL
RD
BK
BR
BK
BK
BK
BK
RD
RD
RD
RD
GR/YL
BL
BL
BL
BK
GR
RD
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
RD
RD
RD
OPTIONAL
CONNECTION
SEE NOTE 7
L2
RD
L1
BK
AWUF190[316,516, 816]AC, AWUF250[316,516,816]AC
AWEUT180[314,514, 814]AA, AWEUT25[0514, 0814, 1014],
138
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
0140A00545-A
F
123
54
24V
12345
CL GN
EM
DISC
FIELD CONNECTIONS
SEE NOTE 3
USE N.E.C CLASS 2 WIRE
SPEED TAPS FROM MOTOR
SEE NOTE 2
SEE NOTE 3
HTR 2*
HTR 1
TL1
TL2*
240V
TR
NOTES:
1. RED WIRE TO BE ON TRANSFORMER
TERMINAL "3" FOR 230 VOLTS AND ON
TERMINAL "2" FOR 208 VOLTS.
2. SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER
LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS.
3. ASTERISK (*) INDICATES THAT HEATING
ELEMENT, THERMAL LIMIT, RELAY AND
INTERCONNECTING WIRES AND JUMPERS
OF HEATER #2 ARE DELETED WITH SINGLE
ELEMENT UNITS.
4. COLOR CODES:
BK - BLACK
BL - BLUE
BR - BROWN
GR - GREEN
PU - PURPLE
RD - RED
WH - WHITE
YL - YELLOW
5. WIRING CODE:
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE SEE NOTE 2
6. COMPONENT CODE:
C - CONTACTOR
DISC - DISCONNECT SWITCH
EM - EVAPORATER MOTOR
F- FUSE
HTR - HEATER ELEMENT
R- RELAY
SEQ - SEQUENCER
TL - THERMAL LIMIT
TR - TRANSFORMER
SEE NOTE 1
C
L1
L2
T1
T2
RD
GR
BL
BR
PK
WH
PU YL
BK
BK
RD
BK
BK
BL
WH
WH
RD
RD
BL
RD
BK
BR
BK
BK
BK
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
BK
GR/YL
BL
BL
PK
GR
PU
YL
WH
BL
BK
BK
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
BL
L2
RD
L1
BK
AWUF370[516,816]BD, AWUF371016BE
139
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
AWUF31[05/08]16AB, AWUF321016AB
AWUF[19,25]**, AWEUT[18, 24]
BTUh NOMINAL CFM
PURPLE 1800 0 600
PINK 2400 0 800
YELL OW 3000 0 950
RD
PK
PK
GR
PU
PU
YL
WH
F
123
54
24V
12345
CL GN
EM
YL
TABLE- 1
MOTOR CONNECTIONS
ONLY ONE WILL BE CONNECTED
(SEE NOTE 2)
UNU SED WIRES MU ST H AVE THEIR END S TAP ED OR
CAPPED
WIRE COLOR
0140A00 276-A
SEE NOTE # 3
240V
TR
HTR 1
HTR 2*
TL1
TL2*
DISC
FIELD CONNECTIONS
SEE NOTE 2
USE N.E.C CLASS 2 WIRE
SEE NOTE 1
C
L1
L2
T1
T2
BL
BR
WH
BK
RD
BK
BL
WH
WH
RD
RD
BL
RD
BK
BR
BK
BK
BK
BK
RD
RD
RD
RD
GR/YL
BL
BL
BL
NOTES:
1. RED WIRE TO BE ON TRANSFORMER
TERMINAL "3" FOR 230 VOLTS AND ON
TERMINAL "2" FOR 208 VOLTS.
2. CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTED IS
APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF SPEED
TAPS NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT
APPROPRIATE WIRE FROM MOTOR TO
"Y" FROM THERMOSTAT/CONDENSER (SEE TABLE-1).
3. ASTERISK (*) INDICATES THAT HEA TING
ELEMENT, THERMAL LIMIT, RELAY AND
INTERCONNECTING WIRES AND JUMPERS
OF HEATER #2 ARE DELETED WITH SINGLE
ELEMENT UNITS.
4. COLOR CODES:
BK - BLACK
BL - BLUE
BR - BROWN
GR - GREEN
PU - PURPLE
RD - RED
WH - WHITE
YL - YELLOW
5. WIRING CODE:
FACTORY WIRING:
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
FIELD WIRING:
HIGH VOLTAGE
6. COMPONENT CODE:
C - CONTACTOR
DISC - DISCONN ECT SWITCH
EM - EVAPORATER MOTOR
F - FUSE
HTR - HEATER ELEMENT
R - RELAY
SEQ - SEQUENCER
TL - THERMAL LIMIT
TR - TRANSFORMER
OPTIONAL
CONNECTION
BK
GR
RD
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
RD
RD
RD
140
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
AWUF18[03/05/08]16BB AWPUT24[05/08/10]AA AWUF30[05/08/10]16BC
AWPUT18[05/08]14AA AWUF24[03/05/08/10]16BB
AWUF36[05/08/10]16BC
NOTES:
1) RED W IRE TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL 3 FOR 23 0 VOLTS AND ON
2) TO PLACE AIRHANDLER IN HIGH SPEED, REMOVE RED MOTOR LEAD FROM ELECTRONIC
3) SEE COMPOSIT E WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCT IONS FOR PROPE R
4) ASTERISK (*) INDICATES TH AT HEATING ELEMENT , THERMAL LI MIT,
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH UTILITIESIN "ON" POSITION AND THERMOSTAT IN "OFF" POSITION.
COLOR CO
DE WIRING CODE
0140A00282-A
BLOWER TIME DELAY RELAY (EBTDR) COM TERMINAL AND REPL ACE WITH BLACK
RELAY (SEQUENCER) AND INTERCONNEC TING WIRES AND JUMP ERS OF HEAT ER #2
ARE DELETED WITH SINGLE ELEMENT UNITS.
MOTOR LE AD. ALL UNIT S W ILL BE F ACTORY CONNECTED A T LOW SPEED.
TERMINAL 2 FOR 208 VOLTS.
LOW VOLTA GE WIRING CONNECTI ONS.
YELLOW
TIME DELAY RELAY
EVAPORATOR MOTOR
ELECTRONIC BLOWER
DISCONNECT SWITCH
EBTDR
DISC
EM
RD RED
BL
YL
BLUE
WH
BK
WHITE
BLACK
COMPO
NENT CODE
TL
HTR
TR
R
FC
GREEN
BROWN
PURPLE
BR
GR
PU
NOTE 3
RELAY
FAN CAPACITOR
THERMAL LIMIT
TRANSFORMER
HEATER ELEMEN T
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
TR
RD
24 VOLT45
2
SEE NOTE 1
1
3
LO
FC
*
EM
HI
TL1
TL1
HTR 1
HTR 2
COM
BL BR
WH
R1
GR
NONC
TL2
TL2
208/230 VOLTS
DISC
* *
DISC
EBTDR
OFF DELAY WHEN "G" IS DE-ENERGIZED .
5) EBTDR HAS A 7 SECOND ON DELAY WHEN "G" IS ENERGIZED AND A 65 SECON D
R
EBTDR
G
C
EBTDR
M2
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY, USE 105°C.
WIRE SIZE TO CONFORM TO THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.
C
L2
L1
T2
T1
4
RD
WH
BR
RD
BL
GR
EM
FC
BR
EVAPORATOR MOTOR LEADS
BR
RD
RD
NOTE
SEE
3
DISC
EQUIPMENT
GROUND
DISC
3
5
BK
12
TR
RD
HTR2*
HTR1
*
BK
BK
TL1
TL1
RD
*
RD
TL2*
TL2
EBTDR
SEE
NOTE 5
COPPER
POWER SUPPLY
(SEE RATING PLATE)
USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE
N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
COM
R
NC
NO
UP
C
K1
SPEED
K1
M1
XFMR-C
EBTDR
XFMR-R
G
M2
L2
L1
BL
BK
RD
RD
RD
BK
BL
WH
BR
RD
RD
BK
BK
BL
GR
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
BK
RD
PU
BK
RD
C CONTACTOR
N
.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
PU COMMON
BK HIGH
RD LOW
RD
BK
2T2L
HC
HC HEATER CONTACTOR
141
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
AWUF37[05/08/10]16BB
0140A00275-A
F
123
54
24V
12345
CLGN
EM
DISC
FIELD CONNECTIONS
SEE NOTE 3
USE N.E.C CLASS 2 WIRE
SPEED TAPS FROM MOTOR
SEE NOTE 2
SEE NOTE 4
HTR 2*
HTR 1
TL1
TL2*
240V
TR
NOTES:
1. RED WIRE TO BE ON TRANSF ORMER
TERMINAL "3" FOR 230 VOLTS AND ON
TERMINAL "2" FOR 208 VOLTS.
2. CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTED IS
APPROPRIAT E FOR APPLICATION. IF SPEED
TAPS NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT
APPROPRIATE WIRE FROM MOTOR TO
TERMINAL "4" ON RELAY.
3. SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN
INSTALL ATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER
LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS.
4. ASTERISK (*) INDICATES THAT HEA TING
ELEMENT, THERMAL LIMIT, RELAY AND
INTERCONNECTING WIRES AND JUMPERS
OF HEATER #2 ARE DELETED WITH SINGLE
ELEMENT UNITS.
5. COLOR CODES:
BK - BLACK
BL - BLUE
BR - BROWN
GR - GREEN
PU - PURPLE
RD - RED
WH - WHITE
YL - YELLOW
6. WIRING CODE:
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE SEE NOTE 3
7. COMPONENT CODE:
C - CONTACTOR
DISC - DISCONNECT SWITCH
EM - EVAPORATER MOTOR
F- FUSE
HTR - HEATER ELEMENT
R - RELAY
SEQ - SEQUENCER
TL - THERMAL LIMIT
TR - TRANSFORM ER
SEE NOTE 1
C
L1
L2
T1
T2
R
RD
GR
BL
BR
BR
OR
WH
WH YL
BK
BK
RD
BK
BK
BL
WH
WH
RD
RD
BL
RD
BK
BR
BK
BK
BK
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
BK
GR
GR/YL
BL
BL
BL
BR
OR
WH
WH
PU
PU
YL
BL
RD
RD
BL
13
52
R
4
BK
BK
RD
RD
RD
RD
142
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
COM
XFMR-C
XFMR-R
SPEEDUP
C
NC
M1
K1
R
G
NO
K1
USE COPPER OR ALUMINUM WIRE
EQUIPMENT GROUND
35
2
14
TR
PC
PU
L1 L2
BL
W
BR
SR
PK
G
W
BR
BL
PU
R
BK
R
R
R
BK
BL
BL
R
208/240
24V
BL
R
M6
M5
RS2
W
BR
BL
BL
L1 L2
BK
BK
R
R
Y
Y
Y
M8
M7
BL
BL
BL
EBTDR
HTR2
FL HTR3
TL
FL HTR4 TL
8
9
7
6
5
4
3
1
2
Typical Wiring Schematic MBR Blower with Electric Heat.
This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
USE COPPER WIRE
MBR
143
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
Blower Section
COM
OUTDOOR
TO
TO
OT2
OT1
PJ2
PJ6
PJ4
HKR Heat Kit
Typical Wiring Schematic MBE Blower with Electric Heat.
This wiring diagram is for reference only.
Not all wiring is as shown above.
MBE
144
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
REMOTE - SPLITS
A/C
145
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
C
Y
BL
YL
C
Y
LVJB
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRINGCODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FI
ELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
BK
SC
RD
BL
RD
RD
RD
BKBK
BK
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
RD
YL
RD
BK
MAIN
COMP
IO
CM
AUX
MAIN
BK
BR
PU
SR
5
2
1
BL
EQUIPMENT GROUND
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
RD
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
C
IO
IO
R
S
AUX
USE N.E.C.
CLASS 2 W IRE
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY
EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS
ONLY.
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
C
C
BL C
Y
LVJB
SEE NOTE 1
COMPONENTCODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CSM -------- CORESENSE MODULE
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGEJUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
LPS------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
------------- CRIMP CAP
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR
WIRINGCODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FI
ELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
RD
BK
YL/PK
LVJB
CONTROL BOX
SC
RD
BL
RD
BL
RD
RD
BK
BK
BK
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
RCCF
BR
RD
YL
RD
BK
MAIN
COMP
IO
AUX
MAIN
BK
BR
PU
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
SEE
NOTE 3
C
IO
IO
R
S
AUX
0140R00331-C
LPS
YL/PK
LPS
YL
SEE NOTE 1
PU
H
F
C
RD
YL
YL
YL
YL
ANX130[18-24]1A*
146
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1 L2
(IF USED)
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
C
C
0140R00015P-C
BL
Y
C
LVJB
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- W HITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
CONTROL BOX
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FI
ELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
IO
CM
Y
YL
YL
C
R
S
RD
BK
AUX
MAIN
COMP
SEE NOTE 1
SC
RD
BL
RCCF
YL
PU
YL
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
RD
YL
BL
RD
RD
BKBK
BK
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
EQUIPMENT GROUND
SEE NOTE 3
PU
BR
BK
MAIN
AUX
CM
IO
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE POLE
CONTACTOR
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK &
INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
CFH
RD
RD
RD
BR
SEE NOTE 1
ANX130[30-61]1A*
ANX140[18-60]1A*
147
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ANZ130[18-60]1A*
INDOOR POWER SUPPLY
NOTES:
1. TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTA T.
2. START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN RE QUIRED.
3. USE COPPER CONDUCTOR ONLY.
4. CRANKCASE HEATER & CR ANKCASE HEATER S WITCH ARE FACTORY INSTALLED OPT ION.
CRANKCASE HEATER MA Y NOT HAVE ADDITIONAL GROUND WIRE
5. 40VA MINIMUM TRANSFORM ER IS REQUIRED.
6. COMMON SIDE OF TRANSFORMER MUST BE GROUNDED.
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
0140R00171 - D
OR
BL/PK
BL
RD
O
Y
C
R
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
GR---------------- GREEN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK----------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CADM -------- COMFORT ALERT DIAGNOSTIC MODULE
CCR ----------- COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
CHS ----------- CRANKCASE HEATER S WITCH
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
DT ------------- DISCHARGE THERMOSTAT
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST REL AY
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LPS ---------- LOW PRESSURE S WITCH
LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
LVJB --------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPT IONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTA T IN 'OFF' POSITION.
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
LVJB
CONTROL BOX
SC
RD
BL
L2
T2
L1
T1
C
BK
BK
BK
RD
RD
BL
RD
RCCF
YL
BR
PU
RD
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
IO
CM
AUX
MAIN
BR
PU
YL
RD
BK
YL/PK
LPS
DF1
DF2
CH
LVDR
R
CNT
DFT
C
Y
DC
DFT
WH
W2
DC
BL/PK
HPS
O
C
RVC
W2
R
HVDR
YL/PK
BK
BK
BL
BL
CHS
R-DFT
C-RV
LPS
PS2
O
W
C
HPS
CCR
}
FIELD LOW
VOLTA GE
CONNECTIONS
RD
BK
CH
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
DFT
RVC
RD
BK
BL/PK
BK
Y
T1
L1
T2
L2
R
DF1
DF2
0
0-RV
C-RV
W
LVDR
HVDR
CCR
CNT
0
DFT
R-DFT
R-P S1
Y
Y
C
R
C
C
PS2
RD
RD
BK
BK
SEE NOTE 4
SEE NOTE 5 & 6
BK
BK
RD
SEE NOTE 1
EQUIPMENT GROUND
SEE NOTE 3
ALTERNATE
DOUBLE POLE
CONTACTOR
WH BK
BL/PK
YL/PK
YL/PK
OR
PU
PU
CHS
C
R
S
AUX
MAIN
COMP
HFC
RD
RD
YL
YL
GR
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
SEE NOTE 4
RD
R-PS1
O-RV
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FIELD
WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
SEE NOTE 1
148
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ASX130[18-48]1C[A/B] / ASX130601CA
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
CADM
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
CH
C
C
A
D
M
CADM
F
C
A
D
M
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
(
L
O
W
)
3
2
(HIGH)
1
C
Y
C
LPS
Y
C
BL
YL/PK
C
Y
LVJB
NOTE 1
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CADM -------- COMFORT ALERT MODULE
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LAT ------------ LOW AMBIENT THERMOSTAT
LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FIE
LD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
SCR
BK
RD YL
Y
C
CADM
BL
YL
RD
BK
YL
LVJB
CONTROL BOX
RD
2
1
3
LAT
NOTE 3
BK
BK
SC
RD BL
RD
YL
YL/PK
BL
BL
RD
RD
BKBK
BK
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
RCCF
F
C
HERM
YL
YL
YL
BR
RD
PU
YL
RD
YL/PK
YL/PK LPS
YL
C
R
S
RD
BK
AUX
MAIN
COMP
IO
CM
AUX
MAIN
BK
(HIGH)
BR
PU
RD
(LOW)
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER
CONDUCTORS ONLY
LAT
NOTE 3
YL/PK
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
HPS
0140R00169 - B
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK
& INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN
REQUIRED.
3) LAT POSITION SHOWN FOR HIGH AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE.
RD
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
149
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ASX130181D* / ASX130[24, 30, 48]1CC-CE
ASX130361[CC,CD]/D*
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
CSM
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
CH
C
C
S
M
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
C
Y
C
Y
BL
YL
C
Y
LVJB
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRINGCODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FI
ELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
CP
BK
Y
C
BK
SC
RD
BL
RD
RD
RD
BKBK
BK
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
RCCF
F
C
HERM
YL
YL
YL
BR
RD
PU
YL
RD
YL
RD
BK
MAIN
COM P
IO
CM
AUX
MAIN
BK
BR
PU
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
EQUIPMENT GROUND
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
RD
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
C
IO
IO
R
S
AUX
USE N.E.C.
CLASS 2 W IRE
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY
EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS
ONLY.
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
C
Y
C
C
BL
YL
C
Y
LVJB
SEE NOTE 1
COMPONENTCODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CSM -------- CORESENSE MODULE
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR
WIRINGCODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FI
ELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
C
BK
RD
C
CSM
PU
BK
YL/PK
LVJB
CONTROL BOX
SC
RD
BL
RD
PU
RD
RD
BK
BK
BK
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
RCCF
F
C
HERM
YL
YL
YL
BR
RD
PU
YL
RD
YL
RD
BK
MAIN
COM P
IO
AUX
MAIN
BK
BR
PU
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
RD
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
NOTE 3
C
IO
IO
R
S
AUX
USE N.E.C.
CLASS 2 W IRE
0140R00274-B
LPS
YL/PK
LPS
YL
P
SEE NOTE 1
YL
150
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ASX140[18-36/48]1C[A/B]
ASX140421D[A/B] / ASX140[48-60]1[BA/B]
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
CADM
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(
IF USED
)
CH
C
C
A
D
M
CADM
F
C
A
D
M
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
(
L
O
W
)
3
2
(HIGH)
1
C
Y
C
LPS
YC
BL
BL/PK
C
Y
LVJB
NOTE 1
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CADM -------- COMFORT ALERT MODULE
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
HPS
----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LAT ------------ LOW AMBIENT THERMOSTAT
LPS
------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
LVJB
---------- LOW VOLTAGE
JUNCTION BOX
RCCF
--------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC
------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR
(
OPTIONAL
)
S
R
-------------
START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE R ATING PLATE
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FIEL
D WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
SCR
BK
RD YL
Y
C
CADM
BL
YL
RD
BK
YL
LVJB
CONTROL BOX
RD
2
1
3
LAT
NOTE 3
BK
BK
SC
RD BL
RD
YL
YL/PK
BL
BL
RD
RD
BKBK
BK
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
RCCF
F
C
HERM
YL
YL
YL
BR
RD
PU
YL
RD
YL/PK
YL/PK
LPS
YL
C
R
S
RD
BK
AUX
MAIN
COMP
IO
CM
AUX
MAIN
BK
(HIGH)
BR
PU
RD
(LOW)
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER
CONDUCTORS ONLY
LAT
NOTE 3
BL/PK
HPS
BL/PK
BL/PK
YL/PK
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
HPS
0140R00168-B
NOTES:
1
)
TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK
& INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN
REQUIRED.
3) LAT POSITION SHOWN FOR HIGH AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE.
RD
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
151
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ASX140[24-36]1CD/ASX140421DD/ASX140481CC/
ASX140601BD/ ASX1401801DB/ ASX140241KB
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
C
Y
C
BL
C
Y
LVJB
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CSM -------- CORESENSE MODULE
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
F
IELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
CC
PU
YL
YL
SC
RD
BL
RD
YL
RD
RD
BKBK
BK
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
RCCF
F
C
HERM
YL
YL
BR
RD
PU
YL
RD
YL
RD
BK
COMP
IO
CM
AUX
MAIN
BK
BR
PU
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
HPS
BL/PK
BL/PK
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK --------------- YELLOW /PINK STRIPE
HPS
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN
REQUIRED.
3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
RD
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
MAIN
C
IO
R
S
AUX
COMP
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
CSM
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
CH
C
C
S
M
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
C
Y
C
Y
C
BL
C
Y
LVJB
SEE NOTE 1
C
BK
P
C
CSM
BL
YL
RD
BK
LVJB
CONTROL BOX
SC
RD
BL
RD
PU
RD
RD
BKBK
BK
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
RCCF
F
C
HERM
YL
YL
BR
RD
PU
YL
RD
YL
RD
BK
COMP
IO
CM
AUX
MAIN
BK
BR
PU
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
EQUIPMENT GROUND
BL/PK
HPS
BL/PK
BL/PK
HPS
RD
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
NOTE 3
LPS
C
IO
R
S
AUX
0140R00275-C
YL/PK
YL/PK
LPS
Y
YL
P
YL
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR
YL
BL/PK
YL/PK
YL/PK
SEE NOTE 1
152
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ASX140[18-60]1KA
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1 L2
(IF USED)
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
C
C
0140R00015P-C
BL
Y
C
LVJB
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BR --------------- BROW N
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
CONTROL BOX
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FI
ELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
IO
CM
Y
YL
YL
C
R
S
RD
BK
AUX
MAIN
COMP
SEE NOTE 1
SC
RD
BL
RCCF
YL
PU
YL
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
RD
YL
BL
RD
RD
BKBK
BK
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
EQUIPMENT GROUND
SEE NOTE 3
PU
BR
BK
MAIN
AUX
CM
IO
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE POLE
CONTACTOR
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK &
INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
3) USE COPPER CONDUC TORS ONLY.
CFH
RD
RD
RD
BR
SEE NOTE 1
153
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ASZ130[18-60]1*
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
3) USE COPPER CONDUCTOR ONLY.
4) CRANKCASE HEATER & CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH ARE FACTORY
INSTALLED OPTION
5) 40VA MINIMUM TRANSFORMER IS REQUIRED.
6) COMMON SIDE OF TRANSFORMER MUST BE GROUNDED.
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
OR
BL
RD
O
Y
C
R
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
GR---------------- GREEN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK----------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LVJB
CONTROL BOX
SC
RD
BL
L2
T2
L1
T1
C
RCCF
BR
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
IO
CM
AUX
MAIN
PU
YL/PK
LPS
EQUIPMENT
GROUND
DF1
DF2
CH
LVDR
R
CNT
INDOOR POWER SUPPLY
DFT
C
Y
DC
DFT
WH W2
DC
HPS
O
C
RVC
W2
R
HVDR
YL/PK
RD
BK
BK
BL
CHS
R-DFT
O-RV
C-RV
LPS
PS2
R-PS1
O
W
C
HPS
CCR
}
RD
CH
CHS
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
DFT
RVC
RD
BK
GR
Y
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE
DOUBLE POLE
CONTACTOR
R
DF1
DF2
0
0-RV
C-RV
W
LVDR
HVDR
CCR
CNT
0
DFT
R-DFT
R-PS1
Y
Y
C
R
C
C
PS2
YL/PK
YL/PK
RD
WH
OR
BK
SEE NOTE 3
BK
BK
RD
NOTE 1
CSM
YCR
CSM
YL
PU
0140R00273-A
Y
P
R C
RD
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CSM --------
---
CORESENSE MODULE
CCR ----------- COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
CHS ----------- CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LPS ---------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
LVJB --------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR
(OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN
'OFF' POSITION.
BK
C
R
AUX
MAIN
COMP
S
BK
YL
RD
H
F
C
RD
YL
YL
YL
PU
SEE NOTE 5 & 6
FIELD LOW
VOLTAGE
CONNECTIONS
SEE NOTE 4
SEE NOTE 4
YL
RD
BK
BK
BK
BK
RD
YL
RD
RD
RD
BK
BK
BK
BK
YL
RD
BL/PK
BL
BR
CSM
C
PU
PU
PU
RD
P
YL
YL
BL/PK
PU
PU
154
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
USE N. E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
3) USE COPPER CON DUCTOR ONLY.
4) CRANKCASE HE ATER & CRANKCASE HE ATER SWITCH ARE FACTORY
INSTALLED OPTION
5) 40VA MINIMUM TRANSFORMER I S REQUIRED.
6) COMMON SIDE OF TRANSFORMER MUS T BE GROUNDED.
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
OR
BL
RD
O
Y
C
R
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
GR---------------- GREEN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK----------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FIE
LD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LVJB
CONTROL BOX
SC
RD
BL
L2
T2
L1
T1
C
RCCF
BR
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
IO
CM
AUX
MAIN
PU
YL/PK
LPS
EQUIPMENT
GROUND
DF1
DF2
CH
LVDR
R
CNT
INDOOR POWER SUPP LY
DFT
C
Y
DC
DFT
WH W2
DC
HPS
O
C
RVC
W2
R
HVDR
YL/PK
RD
BK
BK
BL
CHS
R-DFT
O-RV
C-RV
LPS
PS2
R-PS1
O
W
C
HPS
CCR
}
RD
CH
CHS
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
DFT
RVC
RD
BK
GR
Y
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE
DOUBLE POLE
CONTACTOR
R
DF1
DF2
0
0-RV
C-RV
W
LVDR
HVDR
CCR
CNT
0
DFT
R-DFT
R-P S1
Y
Y
C
R
C
C
PS2
YL/PK
YL/PK
RD
WH
OR
BK
SEE NOTE 3
BK
BK
RD
SEE NOTE 1
CSM
YCR
CSM
YL
PU
0140R00273-C
Y
P
R C
RD
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CSM ----------- CORESENSE MODULE
CCR ----------- COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HE ATER
CHS ----------- CRANKCASE HE ATER SWITCH
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LPS ---------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
LVJB --------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
RVC ----------- REVERSING VAL VE COIL
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACI TOR FOR COMPRESSOR
(OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN
'OFF' POSITION.
BK
C
R
AUX
MAIN
COMP
S
BK
YL
RD
H
F
C
RD
YL
YL
YL
PU
SEE NOTE 5 & 6
FIELD LOW
VOLTAGE
CONNECTIONS
SEE NOTE 4
SEE NOTE 4
YL
RD
BK
BK
BK
BK
RD
YL
RD
RD
RD
BK
BK
BK
BK
YL
RD
BL/PK
BL
BR
CSM
C
PU
PU
PU
RD
P
YL
YL
BL/PK
PU
RD
RD
PU
PU
SEE NOTE 1
ASZ140381A*; ASZ140[18, 30]1*K; ASZ140241*L;
ASZ140301*K; ASZ140421*J
ASZ140[18-30]1B*
155
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ASZ160[18-48]1L*
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
3) USE COPPER CON DUCTOR ONLY.
4) CRANKCASE HE ATER & CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH ARE FACTORY
INSTALLED OPTION
5) 40VA MINIMUM TRANSFORMER I S REQUIRED.
6) COMMON SIDE OF TRANSFORMER MUS T BE GROUNDED.
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
OR
BL
RD
O
Y
C
R
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
GR---------------- GREEN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK----------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FIE
LD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LVJB
CONTROL BOX
SC
RD
BL
L2
T2
L1
T1
C
RCCF
BR
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
IO
CM
AUX
MAIN
PU
YL/PK
LPS
EQUIPMENT
GROUND
DF1
DF2
CH
LVDR
R
CNT
INDOOR POWER SUPP LY
DFT
C
Y
DC
DFT
WH W2
DC
HPS
O
C
RVC
W2
R
HVDR
YL/PK
RD
BK
BK
BL
CHS
R-DFT
O-RV
C-RV
LPS
PS2
R-PS1
O
W
C
HPS
CCR
}
RD
CH
CHS
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
DFT
RVC
RD
BK
GR
Y
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE
DOUBLE POLE
CONTACTOR
R
DF1
DF2
0
0-RV
C-RV
W
LVDR
HVDR
CCR
CNT
0
DFT
R-DFT
R-P S1
Y
Y
C
R
C
C
PS2
YL/PK
YL/PK
RD
WH
OR
BK
SEE NOTE 3
BK
BK
RD
SEE NOTE 1
CSM
YCR
CSM
YL
PU
0140R00273-C
Y
P
R C
RD
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CSM ----------- CORESENSE MODULE
CCR ----------- COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
CHS ----------- CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LPS ---------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
LVJB --------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACI TOR FOR COMPRESSOR
(OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOS TAT IN
'OFF' POSITION.
BK
C
R
AUX
MAIN
COMP
S
BK
YL
RD
H
F
C
RD
YL
YL
YL
PU
SEE NOTE 5 & 6
FIELD LOW
VOLTAGE
CONNECTIONS
SEE NOTE 4
SEE NOTE 4
YL
RD
BK
BK
BK
BK
RD
YL
RD
RD
RD
BK
BK
BK
BK
YL
RD
BL/PK
BL
BR
CSM
C
PU
PU
PU
RD
P
YL
YL
BL/PK
PU
RD
RD
PU
PU
SEE NOTE 1
156
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
COLORCODE
BK ---------------
BL/PK -------- --
BR ---- ------ -----
OR ---- --------- --
PU ---- ------ -----
RD ---- -----------
W H --- ------ -----
YL -- ------------ -
YL/PK----- ------
C
OMPONENT CODE
C ------- --------
CC R---- --------
CH ---- -------- -
CHS -----------
CM ---- --------
CM R ---- ------
CO MP ----- ---
CS -------------
CSM -----------
DC ---- -------- -
DFT -- -------- -
DT ----- --------
HP S----- -------
HVD R ---- ----
IO -------- ------
LPS ----- -------
LVDR ---- -----
LVJB -- ------ --
RC CF ----- ----
RV C ---- -------
SA ----- --------
SC ------- ------
SR ------- ------
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
OUTDOO R POW ER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRINGCODE
FACTORYWIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
F
IELDWIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
CONTROL BOX
SC
L2
T2
L1
T1
C
RCCF
SR
5
2
1
LPS
DF1
DF2
(HIGH)
CH
HPS
(
L
O
W
)
5
4
2
HVDR
CMR
CMR
1
3
4
2
5
CHS
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
DFT
RVC
DT
CS
C
Y2
T1
L1
T2
L2
0140 R00377-C
DC
R
DF1
DF2
0
0-RV
C-RV
W
LVDR
HVDR
CCR
CNT
0
DFT
R-DFT
R-PS1
Y
Y
C
R
C
C
PS2
EQUIPMENT
GROUND
NOTE 4
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL
BLOCK AND INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN
REQUIRED.
3) THE COMMON SIDE OF LOW VOLTAGE SHALL
NOT BE GROUNDED.
4) USE COPPER CONDUCTOR ONLY.
5) CRANKCASEHEATER MAY NOT
HAVEADDITIONAL GROUND WIRE.
6) CRANKCASEHEATER & CRANKCASE
HEATER SWITCH ARE FACTORY
INSTAL LED OP TION.
7) ENSURE BLACK COMPRESSOR WIRE IS
ROUTED THROUGH THE HOLE IN THE CSM.
SEE NOTE 6
YL
ALTERNATE
DOUBLE POLE
CONTACTOR
CHS
CH
IO
AUX
MAIN
CM
CFH
AUX
MAIN
COMP
C
S
R
SEE NOTE 6
CSM
O
W2
R
Y
C
Y2
LVJB
SEE NOTE 1
C
RPYC
R-DFT
DFT DFT
C
DC
Y
PS2
LPS
R-PS1
LVDR
CMR
RVC
3
C-RV
O-RV
1
W
O
R
C
HPS
DT
INDOOR POWER SUPPLY
CCR
CNT
Y2 C
CS
Y
2WO2Y
R
SEE NOTE 1
CSM
RYCP
FIELD LOW
VOLTAGE
CONNECTIONS
RD
RD
RD
BL
RDBK
RD BL
RD
BL
BL
BK
BL
RD
BK
RD
RD
RD
YL
YL
YL
PU
BR
GR
RD
BK
RD
BK
BL
BL/PK ORBKBKWHYLYL/PK
RD
RD
RD
RD
BK
BK
OR
WH
RD
PU
BL
YL
BK
BK
BK
BK
BL
BL
YL/PK
RD
PU
BL
YL/PK
BL/PK
PU
BK
BL
BK
RD
RD
BL/PK
CSM
BK
BL/PK
BK
BK
BK
YL/PK
YL/PK
RD
YL
PU
BR
BK
(HIGH)
RD
(LOW)
SEE NOTE 4
BLACK
BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BROWN
ORANGE
PURPLE
RED
WHITE
YELLOW
YELLOW /PINK STRIPE
CONTACTO R
COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY
CRANKCASE HEATE R
CRANKCASE HEATE R SWITCH
OUTDOO R FAN MOTOR
CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY
COMPRESSOR
COMPRESSOR SOLENOID
CORESENSE MODULE
DEFROST CONTROL
DEFROST THERMOSTA T
DISCHARGE THERMOSTAT
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LOW PRESSURE SW ITCH
LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RUN CAPAC ITOR FOR COMPRESS OR & FAN
REVERSING VALVE COIL
START ASSIST
START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSO R (OPTIONAL)
START RELA Y FOR COMPRESSO R (OPTIONAL)
SEE NOTE 4
SEE NOTE 4
SEENOTE7
ASZ160601- L*
157
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
*SX160[24-60]1**
158
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
*SX180[36-60]1A*
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY
EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
COMP
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
CADM
SA
2
1
RC
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
C
Y2
C
A
D
M
CADM
C
A
D
M
C
R
Y1
DC
SOL
CS
Y2
C
INDOOR POWER
SUPPLY
C
LPS
HPS
Y1Y2
CR
0140R00106
PU
YL
BL
RD
Y1
Y2
C
R
LVJB
NOTE 1
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
GR --------------- GREEN
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
GR/YL ---------- GREEN/YELLOW STRIPE
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CADM -------- COMFORT ALERT MODULE
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RC ------------ COMPRESSOR RUN CAPACITOR
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRING CODE
FAC TOR Y WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FIE
LD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
RD
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
LV J B
CONTROL BOX
BK
SC
RD BL
L2
T2
L1
T1
C
BK
BK
RD
RD
BL
BL
YL/PK
PU
BL
RD
RC
YL
YL
YL
BR
RD
YL
RD
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
CM
WH
(HIGH)
BR
GR/YL
YL
(LOW)
YL
C
R
S
RD
BK
AUX
MAIN
COMP
CS
Y2
C
BK
RD
BL/PK
BL/PK
HPS
LPS
YL
BK
RD
DC
SOL
YL
PURD
BL
CADM
Y2 R C Y1
YLRD
BK
R C S
EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER
CONDUCTORS ONLY
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
YL/PK YL/PK
YL/PK
BL/PK
BL/PK
PU
CM
CM
L1
L2
GND
L1
L2
GND
Y
L
W
H
B
L
BL
(COM)
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR
L1
T1 T2
L2
YL
BK
C
HERM
159
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY
EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
3) CRANKCASE HEATER MAY BE
FACTORY OR FIELD INSTALLED.
0140R00082 REV B
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CADM --------
COMFORT ALERT DIAGNOSTIC MODULE
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
DT ------------- DISCHARGE THERMOSTAT
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
SA ------------- START ASSIST (OPTIONAL)
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THER MOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FIELD W
IRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
CONTROL BOX
EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER
CONDUCTORS ONLY
CADM
Y2
CRY1
DC
SOL
CS
Y2
C
CMR
3
1
HPS
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
CH
C
F
LPS
OR
BL
RD
O
C
R
NOTE 1
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
LVJB
DF1
DF2
HVDR
CH
(IF USED)
NOTE 3
W2
LVD R
O
R
O
O
Y1
C
RVC
W2
INDOOR POWER
SUPPLY
RC
DFT
C
Y
DC
R
DFT
WH
W2
CADM
C
A
D
M
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
(
L
O
W
)
2
4
(HIGH)
5
C
M
R
C
A
D
M
Y2
DT
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
YL
C
R
S
RD
BK
AUX
MAIN
COMP
BK
CH
(IF USED) NOTE 3
BK
IO
CM
AUX
MAIN
BK
(HIGH)
BR
PU
RD
(LOW)
RD
BK
DC
SOL
YL
PURD
BL
CADM
Y2 R C Y1 R C S
CS
Y2
C
RD
BK
YL
BK
LPS
YL/
PK
YL/
PK
HPS
BL/
PK
DT
BK
BK
DFT
RVC
BK
RD RD
RD
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
RCCF
F
C
HERM
YL
YL
YL
BR
RD
PU
YL
RD
SC
RD
BL
L2
T2
L1
T1
C
BK
BK
BK
RD
RD
BL
BL
YL/
PK
PU
BL
RD
BK BK
PU
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
DC
OR
C Y
O O
BL
PU BK
RD
R
R
LVDR
W2
WH
DFT
RD
H
V
D
R
DF2
DF1
BK
BK
BK
RD
BK
4
1
3
CMR
2
5
BK
BK
RD
RD
RD
YL
YL
BL
BL
YL
Y2
PU Y1
BL/
PK
NOTE 2
*SZ160[24-60]1A*
160
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
*SZ180[36-60]1A*
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY
EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
3) CRANKCASE HEATER MAY BE
FACTORY OR FIELD INSTALLED.
0140R00108
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CADM --------
COMFORT ALERT DIAGNOSTIC MODULE
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
DT ------------- DISCHARGE THERMOSTAT
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RC--- --------- COMPRESSOR RUN CAPACITOR
RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
SA ------------- START ASSIST (OPTIONAL)
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FIE
LD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
CONTROL BOX
EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER
CONDUCTORS ONLY
CADM
Y2
C
RY1
DC
SOL
CS
Y2
C
HPS
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
C
LPS
OR
BL
RD
O
C
R
NOTE 1
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
LVJB
DF1
DF2
HVDR
CH
(IF USED)
NOTE 3
W2
LVDR
O
R
O
O
Y1
C
RVC
W2
INDOOR POWER
SUPPLY
R
C
DFT
C
Y
DC
R
DFT
WH
W2
CADM
C
A
D
M
C
A
D
M
Y2
DT
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
GR/YL-----------GREEN/YELLOW
STRIPE
YL
C
R
S
RD
BK
AUX
MAIN
COMP
BK
CH
(IF USED) NOTE 3
BK
CM
WH
(HIGH)
BR
BK
YL
(LOW)
RD
BK
DC
SOL
YL
PURD
BL
CADM
Y2 R C Y1 R C S
CS
Y2
C
RD
BK
YL
BK
LPS
YL/
PK
YL/
PK
HPS
BL/
PK
DT
BK
BK
DFT
RVC
BK
RD RD
RD
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
RC
C
YL
YL
YL
RD
YL
RD
SC
RD BL
L2
T2
L1
T1
C
BK
BK
RD
RDBL
YL/
PK
YL
BL
RD
BK BK
PU
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
DC
OR
C Y
O O
PU
BK
RD
R
R
LVDR
W2
WH
DFT
RD
H
V
D
R
DF2
DF1
BK
BK
BK
RD
BK
RD
RD
YL
Y2
PU Y1
BL/
PK
NOTE 2
Y
L
B
L
W
H
CM
CM
L1
L2
GND
CM
L1
L2
GND
BL
(COM)
GR/YL
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR
PU
BL
BR
HERM
BL
BL
161
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
GSX11[090-120]*A*
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
T1
C
FC
T3
C
L1
L3
C
C
0140R00190 - D
BL
Y
C
LVJB
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CM ---------- OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
FC -------- ----- FAN CAPACITOR
IO -------- ------ INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
CH ------------ CRANKCASE HEATER
CHS ----------- CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH
LPS -------- -- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
HPS -------- -- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
F
IELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
Y
YL
YL
L2
C
T2
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
BK
RD
BK
BL
BK
YL
C
YL/PK
RD
FC
PU
BR
LVJB
CONTROL BOX
SEE NOTE 1
PU
BR
BK
CH
BK
CH
BK
BK
BK
BK
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH --------------WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW w/PINK
HASH MARKS
BL/PK ---------- BLUE w/PINK
HASH MARKS
PK --------------- PINK
L1
L2 L3
SEE
NOTE 2
SEE NOTE 3
LPS
HPS
HPS
LPS
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
THERMOSTAT.
2) CRANKCASE HEATER FACTORY INSTALLED OPTION.
3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY
4) 40VA TRANSFORMER MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIRED
5) TRANSFORMER COMMON SIDE MUST BE GROUNDED
COMP
L1
L2
L3
EQUIPMENT GROUND
CM
COMP
R
C
S
CM
SEE NOTE 2
T1
L1
T2
L2
T3
L3
YL
BL/PK
YL/PK
BL/PK
PU
PU
SEE NOTE 3
SEE NOTE 1
162
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
GSX130[36-61][3, 4]A* / 3-Phase
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK &
INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2) USE COPPER CONDUCTOR ONLY
COMP
T1
C
T3
T2
FC
T3
C
L1
L3
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
C
C
BL
Y
C
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
COMP
ONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
FC ------------- FAN CAPACITOR
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
FI
ELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
IO
CM
Y
YL
BK
T3
COMP
T1
L2
C
T2
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
T1
T2
RD
YL
RD
BL
BK
BK
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
T3
L3YL
YL
RD
FC
PU
BR
RD
LVJB
CONTROL BOX
SEENOTE1
PU
BR
BK
MAIN
AUX
CM
IO
EQUIPMENT GROUND
SEE NOTE 2
0140R00016P-D
SEE NOTE 1
163
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1 L2
(IF USED)
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
C
C
0140R00015P-C
BL
Y
C
LVJB
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- W HITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
CONTROL BOX
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FI
ELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
IO
CM
Y
YL
YL
C
R
S
RD
BK
AUX
MAIN
COMP
SEE NOTE 1
SC
RD
BL
RCCF
YL
PU
YL
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
RD
YL
BL
RD
RD
BKBK
BK
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
EQUIPMENT GROUND
SEE NOTE 3
PU
BR
BK
MAIN
AUX
CM
IO
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE POLE
CONTACTOR
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK &
INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
CFH
RD
RD
RD
BR
SEE NOTE 1
GSX140[18-60]1K*,
GSX160[18-48, 611]1F*
164
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
GSX160601F*
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1 L2
(IF USED)
CH
C
C
C
0140R00287-B
BL
Y
C
LVJB
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
GR/YL------------ GREEN/YELLOW STRIPE
GR---------------- GREEN
CONTROL BOX
COMP
ONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCC --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CH-------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FI
ELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
Y
YL
YL
C
R
S
RD
BK
AUX
MAIN
COMP
SC
RD
BL
RCC
YL
YL
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
RD
YL
BL
RD
RD
BKBK
BK
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
EQUIPMENT GROUND
SEE NOTE 3
BR
BK
YL
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE POLE
CONTACTOR
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK &
INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
3) USE COPPER CONDUC TORS ONLY.
H
C
RD
RD
RD
WH
BL
GND
L1
L2
CM
C
F
GR/YL
GR
BK
BK
GR
BK
BK
CH
CH
CM
L2
L1
CM
BL
WH
YL
GR/YL
SEE NOTE 1
SEE NOTE 1
165
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
GSX160611F*
166
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
GSZ11[090-120]3A*
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2) CRANKCASE HEATER FACTORY INSTALLED OPTION.
3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY
4) 40VA MINIMUM TRANSFORMER IS REQUIRED
5) COMMON SIDE OF TRANSFORMER MUST BE GROUNDED
0140R00186 - C
OR
YL
BL
RD
O
Y
C
R
SEE NOTE # 1
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW W/PINK
HASH MARKS
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
FC ------------- FAN CAPACITOR
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
CMR ----------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
CHS ----------- CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH
CONTROLS SH OWN W IT H THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' PO SITION.
WIRING CODE
FA CTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
LV JB
CONTROL BOX
BK
BR
PU
BK
DFT
YL/PK
LPS
EQUIPMENT
GROUND
DFT
W
O-RV
DC
RVC
BK
BK
CH
BK
WH
W2
YL
BK
RD
BK
BK
YL
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
T3
L3PU
PU
RD
FC
PU
BR
PU
3
1
CMR
BL
BL
BK
BL/PK
BL/PK
HPS
RD
BK
BK
CMR
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PK ---------------- PINK
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
BL/PK ---------- BLUE W/PINK
HASH MARKS
L1 L2 L3
DC
RD
BK
BK
BL
RD
PU
OR
BL/PK
WH
T1
C
FC
T3
C
L1
L3
L2
C
T2
CH
Y
PS1 PS2 CNT
DFTR-DFT
C-RV
DF1 DF2
O
LPS
HPS
W2 YO
C
CMR
RVC
R
C
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
2
1 3
COMP
L1 L2 L3
CM
COMP
S
C
R
CM
YL
YL/PK
YL/PK
OR
WH
RD
BL
BK
BL
BL
R
DF1
DF2
0
0-RV
C-RV
W
LVDR
HVDR
CCR
CNT
0
DFT
R-DFT
R-PS1
Y
Y
C
R
C
C
PS2
RD
RD
RD
RD
SEE NOTE 2
SEE NOTE 4 & 5
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
SEE NOTE 3
SEE NOTE 3
INDOOR POWER SUPPLY
167
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
GSZ130181A[D/F/G], GSZ130241[B*/C*], GSZ130421A[G/H]
GSZ130301A[E/F/G/H], GSZ130361B*, GSZ140[18-30/48-60]1AA
GSZ140[36-42]1AB, GSZ130181AC, GSZ130241BB, GSZ130301AD
GSZ130361B*,GSZ130421A*, GSZ130481AC, GSZ130601AC
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL B LOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
3) USE COPPER CONDUCTOR ONLY.
4) CRANKCASE HEATER & CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH ARE FACTORY INSTALLED OPTION
5) 40VA MINIMUM TRANSFORMER IS REQUI RED.
6) COMMON SIDE OF TRANSFORMER MUST BE GROUNDED.
COMP
ALTERNAT E DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
0140R00171 - B
OR
BL/PK
BL
RD
O
Y
C
R
COLORCODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
GR---------------- GREEN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK----------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CADM -------- COMFORT ALERT DIAGNOSTIC MODULE
CCR ----------- COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
CHS ----------- CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
DT ------------- DISCHARGE THERMOSTAT
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LPS ---------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
LVJB --------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPAC ITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRING CODE
FA CTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FIE
LD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
LVJB
CONTROL BOX
SC
RD BL
L2
T2
L1
T1
C
BK
BK
BK
RD
RD
BL
RD
RCCF
F
C
HERM
YL
YL
YL
BR
RD
PU
YL
RD
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
IO
CM
A
UX
MAIN
BR
PU
YL
C
R
S
RD
BK
A
UX
MAIN
COMP
YL/PK
LPS
EQUIPMENT
GROUND
DF1
DF2
CH
LV D R
R
CNT
INDOOR POWER SUPPLY
DFT
C
Y
DC
DFT
WH W2
DC
BL/PK
HPS
O
C
RV C
W2
R
HVDR
YL/PK
BK
RD
BK
PU
BK
BL
BL
PU
CHS
R-DFT
O-RV
C-RV
LPS
PS2
R-PS1
O
W
C
HPS
CCR
}
FIELD LOW
VO LTAG E
CONNECTIONS
RD
BK
CH
CHS
RD
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
DFT RVC
RD
BK
BL/PK
BK
GR
Y
T1
L1
T2
L2
A
LT ER NAT E
DOUBLE POLE
CONTACTOR
R
DF1
DF2
0
0- RV
C-RV
W
LV DR
HVDR
CCR
CN T
0
DFT
R-DFT
R-PS1
Y
Y
C
R
C
C
PS 2
YL/PK
YL/PK
RD
RD
BL/PK
WH
OR
BK
BK
SEE NOTE 4
SEE NOTE 5 & 6
SEE NOTE 4
SEE NOTE 3
BK
BK
RD
NOTE 1
IO
168
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
THERMOSTAT.
LPS
0140R00162-C
OR
BL
RD
O
BL/PK
C
R
NOTE 1
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/ PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- W HITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK------------YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
HPS-------------HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
FC ------------- FAN CAPACITOR
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
WIRING
CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FIE
LD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
LVJB
CONTROL BOX
IO
CM
AUX
MAIN
BK
BR
PU
BK
DFT
YL/PKYL/PK
LPS
EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER
CONDUCTORS ONLY
CH
(IF USED)
W2
LV DR
O
R
O
O
C
RVC
W2
INDOOR POWER
SUPPLY
R
C
DFT
C
Y
DC
R
DFT
RVC
BK
RD
RD
BK
CH
(IF USED)
BK
WH W2
DC
OR
C Y
O O
BL
YL BK
RD
R
R
RD
LV DR
W2
WH
DFT
RD
H
V
D
R
DF2
DF1
BK
BK
COMP
T1
C
T3
T2
FC
T3
C
L1
L3
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
BK
T3
COMP
T1
L2
C
T2
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
T1
T2
RDYL
RD
BK
BK
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
T3
L3YL
RD
YL
FC
PU
BR
RD
DF1
DF2
HVDR
BK
BL
YL/PK
BL
BK BK
HPS
HPS
BL/PK
BL/PK
YL/PK
BL/PK
Y
GSZ130[36-60][3,4]A*
169
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
GSZ160[18-48]1B*
INDOOR POWER SUPPLY
NOTES:
1. TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2. START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN RE QUIRED.
3. USE COPPER CO NDUCTOR ONLY.
4. CRANKCASE HEATER & CR ANKCASE HEATER S WITCH ARE FACTORY INSTALLED OPT ION.
CRANKCASE HEATER MA Y NOT HAVE ADDITIONAL GROUND WIRE
5. 40VA MINIMUM TRANSFORMER IS REQUIRED.
6. COMMON SIDE OF TRANSFORM ER MUST BE GROUNDED.
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
0140R00171 - D
OR
BL/PK
BL
RD
O
Y
C
R
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
GR---------------- GREEN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK----------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CADM -------- COMFORT ALERT DIAGNOSTIC MODULE
CCR ----------- COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
CHS ----------- CRANKCASE HEATER S WITCH
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
DT ------------- DISCHARGE THERMOSTAT
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LPS ---------- LOW PRESSURE S WITCH
LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
LVJB --------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPT IONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
LVJB
CONTROL BOX
SC
RD
BL
L2
T2
L1
T1
C
BK
BK
BK
RD
RD
BL
RD
RCCF
YL
BR
PU
RD
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
IO
CM
AUX
MAIN
BR
PU
YL
RD
BK
YL/PK
LPS
DF1
DF2
CH
LVDR
R
CNT
DFT
C
Y
DC
DFT
WH
W2
DC
BL/PK
HPS
O
C
RVC
W2
R
HVDR
YL/PK
BK
BK
BL
BL
CHS
R-DFT
C-RV
LPS
PS2
O
W
C
HPS
CCR
}
FIELD LOW
VOLTA GE
CONNECTIONS
RD
BK
CH
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
DFT
RVC
RD
BK
BL/PK
BK
Y
T1
L1
T2
L2
R
DF1
DF2
0
0-RV
C-RV
W
LVDR
HVDR
CCR
CNT
0
DFT
R-DFT
R-P S1
Y
Y
C
R
C
C
PS2
RD
RD
BK
BK
SEE NOTE 4
SEE NOTE 5 & 6
BK
BK
RD
SEE NOTE 1
EQUIPMENT GROUND
SEE NOTE 3
ALTERNATE
DOUBLE POLE
CONTACTOR
WH BK
BL/PK
YL/PK
YL/PK
OR
PU
PU
CHS
C
R
S
AUX
MAIN
COMP
H
FC
RD
RD
YL
YL
GR
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
SEE NOTE 4
RD
R-PS1
O-RV
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FIELD
WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
SEE NOTE 1
170
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
GSZ160601B*
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK----------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
COMPON
ENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CCR------------ COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
CHS ----------- CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
DT ------------- DISCHARGE THERMOSTAT
HPS------------ HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN ’OFF’ POSITION.
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
F
IELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
CONTROL BOX
SC
RD
BL
L2
T2
L1
T1
C
BK
BK
BK
RD
BL
RD
RCCF
BR
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
BK
BR
PU
BK
YL/PK
LPS
DF1
DF2
(HIGH)
CH
LVDR
R
Y
HPS
O
W2
R
(
L
O
W
)
5
4
2
HVDR
CMR
(HIGH)
(LO
W)
RD
BK
YL/PK
CMR
BL
RD
BK
1
3
4
2
5
RD
RD
RD
BKBK
BL
YL/PK
BL
BK
CHS
LPS
PS2
R-PS1
O
W
CCR
Y
Y2
C
Y2
CS
FIELD LOW VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS
BK
BK
RD
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
BL/PK
DFT
BK
RVC
BK
RD
BK
DT
RD
RD
BL
BK
GR
BL/PK
BK
DT
HPS
CS
C
Y2
T1
L1
T2
L2
CNT
DFT
C
DC
DFT
C
RVC
1
3
R-DFT
O-RV
CMR
C-RV
C
0140R00172-E
DC
R
DF1
DF2
0
0-RV
C-RV
W
LVDR
HVDR
CCR
CNT
0
DFT
R-DFT
R-PS1
Y
Y
C
R
C
C
PS2
RD
RD
EQUIPMENT
GROUND
NOTE 4
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL
BLOCK AND INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN
REQUIRED.
3) THE COMMON SIDE OF LOW VOLTAGE SHALL
NOT BE GROUNDED.
4) USE COPPER CONDUCTOR ONLY.
5) CRANKCASE HEATER MAY NOT
HAVE ADDITIONAL GROUND WIRE.
6) CRANKCASE HEATER & CRANKCASE
HEATER SWITCH ARE FACTORY
INSTALLED OPTION.
SEE NOTE 6
YL
YL/PK
BL/PK
OR
RD
BL
YL
O
R
C
Y2
ALTERNATE
DOUBLE POLE
CONTACTOR
CHS
CH
SEE NOTE 1
BL
B
K
IO
AUX
MAIN
CM
H
AUX
MAIN
COMP
C
S
R
SEE NOTE 6
SEE NOTE 1
WH
W2
PU
Y
LVJB
RD
RD
PU
YL
YL
YL
RD
RD
BKRD
YL
BL/PK
YL/PK
OR
WH
PU
INDOOR POWER SUPPLY
CF
171
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
SSX140[18-60]1A*/B*/C*
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY
EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
C
C
0140R00046
BL
Y
C
LVJB
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
CONTROL BOX
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
LVJB
---------- LOW VOLTAGE
JUNCTION BOX
RCCF
--------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC
------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
S
R
-------------
START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRING CODE
FACTO RY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FIELD W
IRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
IO
CM
Y
PU
BR
BK
MAIN
AUX
CM
IO
BL/PK
YL
C
R
S
RD
BK
AUX
MAIN
COMP
NOTE 1
SC
RD
BL
RCCF
F
C
HERM
YL
YL
YL
BR
RD
PU
YL
RD
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
RD
BL
RD
RD
BKBK
BK
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
RD
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER
CONDUCTORS ONLY
YL/PK
LPS
BL/PK
HPS
BL/PK
YL/PK
LPS
HPS
172
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
SSX160[24-48]1A*/B*; SSX160591AA
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
NOTES:
1. TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK &
INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2. START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
3. USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1 L2
(IF USED)
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
C
C
0140R00046-C
LVJB
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIP
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIP
CONTROL BOX
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LPS ----------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FI
ELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
IO
CM
Y
YL
C
R
S
RD
BK
AUX
MAIN
COMP
SEE NOTE 1
SC
RD
BL
RCCF
YL
BR
RD
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
RD
BL
RD
RD
BKBK
BK
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
EQUIPMENT GROUND
SEE NOTE 3
PU
BR
BK
MAIN
AUX
CM
IO
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE POLE
CONTACTOR
HPS
LPS
YL/PK
LPS
YL/PK
BL/PK
HPS
BL/PK
YL/PK
BL/PK
BL/PK
BL C
Y
H
FC
PU
YL
YL
RD
YL/PK
RD
SEE NOTE 1
173
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
SSX160601A*/BA
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY
EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF US ED)
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
C
C
0140R00115-A
BL
Y
C
LVJB
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
CONTROL BOX
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FIELD W
IRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
IO
CM
Y
PU
BR
BK
MAIN
AUX
CM
IO
PU
YL
C
R
S
RD
BK
AUX
MAIN
COMP
NOTE 1
SC
RD
BL
RCCF
F
C
HERM
YL
YL
YL
BR
RD
PU
YL
RD
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
RD
RD
RD
BKBK
BK
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
RD
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER
CONDUCTORS ONLY
YL/PK LPS
BL/PK
HPS
BL/PK
YL/PK
LPS
HPS
CMR
1
3
Y2 C
Y2
(
L
O
W
)
(HIGH)
2
4 5
CMR
(HIGH)
(LOW)
RD
1
3
4
BL
25
Y2
C
YL Y2
YL
CS
BL/PK
RD
RD
RD
BL
BL
BK
BL
BL
YL/PK
YL/PK
BL/PK
BK
CMR
CS
PU
174
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
SSZ140381AA, SSZ140[18,30,42-60]1A*, 241A*, 361A*
SSZ140[18-36]1B*, SSZ140[19-37]1A*
SSZ140[18,30,42-60]1A*, 241A*, 361A*, SSZ140361B*
INDOOR POWER SUPPLY
NOTES:
1. TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2. START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
3. USE COPPER CONDUCTOR ONLY.
4. CRANKCASE HEATER & CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH ARE FACTORY INSTALLED OPTION.
CRANKCASE HEATER MAY NOT HAVE ADDITIONAL GROUND WIRE
5. 40VA MINIMUM TRANSFORMER IS REQUIRED.
6. COMMON SIDE OF TRANSFORMER MUST BE GROUNDED.
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
0140R00171 - C
OR
BL/PK
BL
RD
O
Y
C
R
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
GR---------------- GREEN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK----------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CADM -------- COMFORT ALERT DIAGNOSTIC MODULE
CCR ----------- COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
CHS ----------- CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
DT ------------- DISCHARGE THERMOSTAT
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LPS ---------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
LVJB --------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
LVJB
CONTROL BOX
SC
RD BL
L2
T2
L1
T1
C
BK
BK
BK
RD
RD
BL
RD
RCCF
YL
BR
PU
RD
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
IO
CM
AUX
MAIN
BR
PU
YL
RD
BK
YL/PK
LPS
DF1
DF2
CH
LVDR
R
CNT
DFT
C
Y
DC
DFT
WH
W2
DC
BL/PK
HPS
O
C
RVC
W2
R
HVDR
YL/PK
BK
BK
BL
BL
CHS
R-DFT
C-RV
LPS
PS2
O
W
C
HPS
CCR
}
FIELD LOW
VOLTAGE
CONNECTIONS
RD
BK
CH
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
DFT
RVC
RD
BK
BL/PK
BK
Y
T1
L1
T2
L2
R
DF1
DF2
0
0-RV
C-RV
W
LVD R
HVDR
CCR
CNT
0
DFT
R-DFT
R-PS1
Y
Y
C
R
C
C
PS2
RD
RD
BK
BK
SEE NOTE 4
SEE NOTE 5 & 6
BK
BK
RD
SEE NOTE 1
EQUIPMENT GROUND
SEE NOTE 3
ALTERNATE
DOUBLE POLE
CONTACTOR
WH BK
BL/PK
YL/PK
YL/PK
OR
PU
PU
CHS
C
R
S
AUX
MAIN
COMP
HFC
RD
RD
YL
YL
GR
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
SEE NOTE 4
RD
R-PS1
O-RV
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
175
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
SSZ160[24]1AG, SSZ160[36-48]1AE,
SSZ160[24]1AA-AF, SSZ160[36-48]1AA-AD
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
3) USE COPPER CONDUCTOR ONLY.
4) CRANKCASE HEATER & CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH ARE FACTORY INSTALLED OPTION
5) 40VA MINIMUM TRANSFORMER IS REQUI RED.
6) COMMON SIDE OF TRANSFORMER MUST BE GROUNDED.
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
0140R00171 - B
OR
BL/PK
BL
RD
O
Y
C
R
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
GR---------------- GREEN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK----------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CADM -------- COMFORT ALERT DIAGNOSTIC MODULE
CCR ----------- COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
CHS ----------- CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
DT ------------- DISCHARGE THERMOSTAT
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LPS ---------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
LVJB --------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRINGCODE
FA CTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FIE
LD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
LVJB
CONTROL BOX
SC
RD BL
L2
T2
L1
T1
C
BK
BK
BK
RD
RD
BL
RD
RCCF
F
C
HERM
YL
YL
YL
BR
RD
PU
YL
RD
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
IO
CM
A
UX
MAIN
BR
PU
YL
C
R
S
RD
BK
A
UX
MAIN
COMP
YL/PK
LPS
EQUIPMENT
GROUND
DF1
DF2
CH
LV D R
R
CNT
INDOOR POWER SUPPLY
DFT
C
Y
DC
DFT
WH W2
DC
BL/PK
HPS
O
C
RV C
W2
R
HVDR
YL/PK
BK
RD
BK
PU
BK
BL
BL
PU
CHS
R-DFT
O-RV
C-RV
LPS
PS2
R-PS1
O
W
C
HPS
CCR
}
FIELD LOW
VO LTAG E
CONNECTIONS
RD
BK
CH
CHS
RD
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
DFT RVC
RD
BK
BL/PK
BK
GR
Y
T1
L1
T2
L2
A
LT ER NATE
DOUBLE POLE
CONTACTOR
R
DF1
DF2
0
0- RV
C-RV
W
LVD R
HVDR
CCR
CNT
0
DFT
R-DFT
R-PS1
Y
Y
C
R
C
C
PS2
YL/PK
YL/PK
RD
RD
BL/PK
WH
OR
BK
BK
SEE NOTE 4
SEE NOTE 5 & 6
SEE NOTE 4
SEE NOTE 3
BK
BK
RD
NOTE 1
IO
176
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
SSZ160[60]1BA,
SSZ160[60]1AB/AC/AD/AE
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
COMP
A
LTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
S
A
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BL
A
CK
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- OR
A
NGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK----------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
C
OMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CCR------------ COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR REL
A
Y
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
CHS ----------- CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR REL
A
Y
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
DT ------------- DISCHARGE THERMOST
A
T
HPS------------ HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST REL
A
Y
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST REL
A
Y
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE J UNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & F
A
N
RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTION
A
L)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTION
A
L)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOST
A
T IN 'OFF' POSITION.
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE R
A
TING PL
A
TE
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLT
A
GE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLT
A
GE
FIEL
D WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
CONTROL BOX
SC
RD BL
L2
T2
L1
T1
C
BK
BK
BK
RD
RD
BL
RD
RCCF
BR
PU
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
BK
BR
PU
BK
YL/PK
LPS
DF1
DF2
(HIGH)
CH
LV DR
R
INDOOR POWER SUPPLY
Y
HPS
O
W2
R
(
L
O
W
)
5
4
2
HVDR
CMR
(HIGH)
(LOW)
RD
BK
YL/PK
CMR
BL
RD
BK
1
3
4
2
5
RD
RD
RD
BKBK
BL
YL/PK
BL
PU
CHS
LPS
PS2
R-PS1
O
W
CCR
Y
Y2 C
Y2
CS
}
FIELD LOW
VOLT
A
GE
CONNECTIONS
BK
BK
RD
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
BL/PK
DFT
BK
RVC
BK
RD
BK
DT
RD
RD
BL
BK
GR
BL/PK
BK
BK
DT
HPS
CS
C
Y2
T1
L1
T2
L2
CN
T
DFT
C
DC
DFT
C
RVC
1
3
R-DFT
O-RV
CMR
C-RV
C
0140R00172-B
DC
R
DF1
DF2
0
0-RV
C-RV
W
LVDR
HV DR
CCR
CNT
0
DFT
R-DFT
R-PS1
Y
Y
C
R
C
C
PS2
RD
RD
EQUIPMENT
GROUND
NOTE 4
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNITLOW VOLT
A
GE TERMIN
A
L
BLOCK
A
ND INDOOR THERMOST
A
T.
2) START
A
SSIST F
A
CTORY EQUIPPED WHEN
REQUIRED.
3) THE COMMON SIDE OF LOW VOLT
A
GE SH
A
LL
NOT BE GROUNDED.
4) USE COPPER CONDUCTOR ONLY.
5) CRANKC
A
SE HE
A
TER M
A
Y NOT
HAVE
A
DDITION
A
L GROUND WIRE.
6) CRANKC
A
SE HE
A
TER & CR
A
NKC
A
SE
HEATER SWITCH
A
RE F
A
CTORY
INSTALLED OPTION.
SEE NOTE 6
YL
BL/PK
YL/PK
PU
WH
PUOR
OR
WH
RD
PU
BL
YL
O
W2
R
Y
C
Y2
LVJ B
ALTERNATE
DOUBLE POLE
CONTACTOR
CHS
CH
RD
BK
SEE NOTE 1
BL
BK
IO
AUX
MAIN
RD
YL
CM
H
F
C
YL
YL
YL
YL/PK
RD
RD
AUX
MAIN
COMP
C
S
R
SEE NOTE 6
177
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
VSX130[18-48/61]1A* / VSX130[24/36/42-60]1B*/1D*
VSX130[30]1D*/VSX130[36]1E*/
VSX140[18-60]1A*/ VSX130[18-48/61]1A*
VSX130[24/36/42-60]1B*/1D*/VSX130[30]1D*/ VSX130[36]1E*
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1 L2
(IF USED)
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
C
C
0140R00015P-C
BL
Y
C
LVJB
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
CONTROL BOX
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FI
ELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
IO
CM
Y
YL
YL
C
R
S
RD
BK
AUX
MAIN
COMP
SEENOTE1
SC
RD
BL
RCCF
YL
PU
YL
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
RD
YL
BL
RD
RD
BKBK
BK
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
EQUIPMENT GROUND
SEE NOTE 3
PU
BR
BK
MAIN
AUX
CM
IO
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE POLE
CONTACTOR
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK &
INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED W HEN REQUIRED.
3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
CFH
RD
RD
RD
BR
SEENOTE1
178
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
VSX130181B* / D*
COMP
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
C
C
BL
Y
C
LVJB
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BR --------------- BROWN
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
YL --------------- YELLOW
CONTROL BOX
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LVJB JUNCTION BOX
RCCF
--------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
SC
------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
S
R
-------------
IO
CM
Y
YL
YL
C
R
S
RD
BK
AUX
MAIN
COMP
SC
RD BL
RCCF
F
C
HERM
YL
YL
YL
BR
RD
PU
YL
RD
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
RD
YL
BL
RD
RD
BKBK
BK
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
RD
(IF USED)
EQUIPMENT GROUND
T1
L1
T2
L2
PU
BR
BK
MAIN
AUX
CM
IO
GR/YL------------- GREEN / YELLOW
OT ------------- OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
NOTE 1
WH -------------- WHITE
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WI RI NG
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FIELD WIRING
LOW VOLTAGE
HIGH VOLTAGE
---------- LOW
VOLTAGE
SA ------------- START ASSIST
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR
(OPTIONAL)
0140R00165-B
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
SA
NOTE 2
NOTE 4
CHS
CH
NOTE 3
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2) START ASSIST FACTORY
EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
3) CRANKCASE HEATER & CRANKCASE HEATER
SWITCH ARE FACTORY INSTALLED OPTION.
4) USE COPPER CONDUCTOR ONLY.
GR
RD
BK
RD
BK
CHS ----------- CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH
IO
BK
RD
CHS
CH
NOTE 3
179
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
VSX130[18-24]1E*
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1 L2
(IF USED)
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
C
C
0140R00258-C
BL
Y
C
LVJB
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
CONTROL BOX
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
F
IELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
IO
CM
Y
BL/PK
YL
C
R
S
RD
BK
AUX
MAIN
COMP
SEE NOTE 1
SC
RD
BL
RCCF
F
C
HERM
YL
YL
YL
BR
RD
PU
YL
RD
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
RD
BL
RD
RD
BKBK
BK
C
T1
L1
T2
L2
RD
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
EQUIPMENT GROUND
PU
BR
BK
MAIN
AUX
CM
IO
T1
L1
T2
L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
TERMINAL BLOCK AND INDOOR
THERMOSTAT
2) START ASSIST FACTORY
EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
BL/PK
HPS
BL/PK
HPS
BL/PK
IO
SEENOTE1
180
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
VSZ130181A[C/D/E/F], VSZ130241B[B/C/D], VSZ130301A[D/E/F/G]
VSZ130361B[B/C/D], VSZ130421A[C/D/E/F/G],VSZ130481A[C/D],
VSZ130601AC
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMI NAL BLOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2) START AS SIS T FACTORY EQUIP PED WHE N REQUI RED.
3) USE COPPER CONDUCTOR ONLY.
4) CRA NKCASE HEATER & CRANKCASE HEATE R SWITCH ARE FACTORY I NSTA LLED OPTION
5) 40VA MINIMUM TRANSFORMER IS REQUIRED.
6) COMMON SIDE OF TRANSFORMER MUST BE GROUNDED.
COMP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
M
A
I
N
R
A
U
X
5
S
SR
SA
2
1
RCCF
SC
T2
C
L1
L2
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
CH
C
F
M
A
I
N
A
U
X
IO
CM
0140R0 0171 - B
OR
BL/PK
BL
RD
O
Y
C
R
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN
GR---------------- GREEN
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK----------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
CADM -------- COMFORT ALERT DIAGNOSTIC MODULE
CCR ----------- COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
CHS ----------- CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
DT ------------- DISCHARGE THERMOSTAT
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LPS ---------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
LVJB --------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
SEE RATING PLATE
WIRING CODE
FA CTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
FIE
LD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
LVJB
CONTROL BOX
SC
RD BL
L2
T2
L1
T1
C
BK
BK
BK
RD
RD
BL
RD
RCCF
F
C
HERM
YL
YL
YL
BR
RD
PU
YL
RD
SR
5
2
1
BK
YL
BL
IO
CM
A
UX
MAIN
BR
PU
YL
C
R
S
RD
BK
A
UX
MAIN
COMP
YL/PK
LPS
EQUIPMENT
GROUND
DF1
DF2
CH
LV DR
R
CNT
INDOOR POWER SUPPLY
DFT
C
Y
DC
DFT
WH W2
DC
BL/PK
HPS
O
C
RV C
W2
R
HVDR
YL/PK
BK
RD
BK
PU
BK
BL
BL
PU
CHS
R-DFT
O-RV
C-RV
LPS
PS2
R-PS1
O
W
C
HPS
CCR
}
FIE LD LOW
VO LT AG E
CONNECTIONS
RD
BK
CH
CHS
RD
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
DFT RVC
RD
BK
BL/PK
BK
GR
Y
T1
L1
T2
L2
A
LT E R N AT E
DOUBLE POLE
CONTACTOR
R
DF1
DF2
0
0- RV
C-RV
W
LVD R
HVDR
CCR
CNT
0
DFT
R-DFT
R-P S1
Y
Y
C
R
C
C
PS2
YL/PK
YL/PK
RD
RD
BL/PK
WH
OR
BK
BK
SEE NOTE 4
SEE NOTE 5 & 6
SEE NOTE 4
SEE NOTE 3
BK
BK
RD
NOTE 1
IO
